DC503a.pdf - xDevs.com

e--"

x .

~

, . ~~'" ~, . . _.;1''~.v... . ..

.~

. . "'-w

W .

.. .. . . .

i

~

~~

L

7~Ictronbc

INSTRUCTION MANUALTektronix, Inc .P.O . Box 500Beaverton, Oregon

97077

Serial Number

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE

PLEASE CHECK FOR CHANGE INFORMATIONAT THE REAR OF THIS MANUAL .

DC 50~AUNIVERSAL

COUNTER/TAMERWith Options

070-2971-00

First Printing JUN 1980Product Group 75

Revised DEC 1981

Copyright © 1980 Tektronix, Inc . All rights reserved .

Copyright ©

1980 durch Tektronix, Inc . Alle Rechte vorbe-Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any

halten . Der Inhalt dieser Publikation dart ohne Genehmigungform without the written permission of Tektronix, Inc.

von Tektronix, Inc . nicht weitergegeben werden .

Products of Tektronix, Inc . and its subsidiaries are covered

Produkte von Tektronix, Inc . and seinen Tochtergesellschaftenby U.S . and foreign patents and/or pending patents.

sind durch US- and Auslandspatente and/oder schwebendePatente abgedeckt .

TEKTRONIX, TEK, SCOPE-MOBILE, and

are reg-istered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc.

TEKTRONIX, TEK, SCOPE-MOBILE and

sind geschutzteWarenzeichen von Tektronix, Inc .

Printed in U.S.A. Specification and price change privilegesare reserved.

Gedruckt

in

U.S.A .

Spezifikations- and

Preis~nderungenbleiben vorbehalten .

Copyright © 1980 TEKTRONIX INC . Tous droits r~serv~s .Le contenu de ce manuel ne peut ~tre reproduit sous quelque for-me que ce soit sans I'accord de Tektronix Inc.

Tous les produits TEKTRONIX sont brevets US et Etranger etles logotypes TEKTRONIX, TEK SCOPE MOBILE, sontd~pos~s.

© 1980 ~KTR~~PjT~T ~J I' Ca =l ~~f,~ Ta~~~~

TEKTRONIX, TEK, SCOPE-MOBILE,

ItT7 h o=7~~f~sS~~~ z~a

Imprim~ aux USA . TEKTRONIX se reserve le droit de modifier :

*(~ i= -~ ~~]~I) � 1f~']<j'Z iJ1f~~~13 ~q~a C ~~~~f~pract~ristiques et prix daps le cadre de d~veloppements techno-logiques .

oh :~ h ~ ~

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , vi

OPERATOR'S SAFETY SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . vii

SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1 SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Instrument Description . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Instrument Options . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1

Standard Accessories . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Performance Conditions . . . . . . . . 1-1

Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . .

1-2

Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . 1-8

OPERATORS PART-ENGLISH

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Installation and Removal . . . . . . . . 2-1

Controls and Connectors . . . . . . . . . 2-2Display and Unit Indicators . . . . . . 2-2

Mode Selection and ControlFunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Channel A Input and Level Functions 2-4Input Considerations . . . . . . . . .

. 2-4Input Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Input Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Attenuators and Maximum InputVolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Sensitivity and Frequency Range . . 2-4

Slope and Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Operators Familiarization . . . . . . . . . 2-5Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Display Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Readout Segment Test . . . . . . . 2-5

Frequency A Displays . . . . . . . .

2-5

Period B, Width B, andTimeA -- BDisplays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

DC 503A

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

Section 2

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (cont)

Events A During B and Ratio A/BDisplays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Time Manual Displays . . . . . . . .

2-6Totalize A Display . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Channel A Slope . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Channel B Slope . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Frequency A Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Period Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Time Interval Modes . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Events A During B Mode . . . . . . . . 2-10

Ratio Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Time Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Totalize A Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Repackaging for Shipment . . . . . . . . 2-12

Section 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . 2-1

OPERATORS PART-FRENCH

Chapitre 2 INSTRUCTION D'UTILISATIONI ntroduction

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

2-1Installation et retrait

. . . . . . . . . .

2-1Commande~ et prises

. . . . . . . . . . 2-2Indicateurs d'affichage et d'unites

. .

2-2Selection du mode d'utilisation et

roles des commander

. . . . . . . .

2-2Entree de la vole A et fonctions de

niveau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Description des entrees

. . . . . . . .

2-4Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Couplage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Attenuateurs et tensions d'entree

maximales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Sensibilite et plage de fr~quence . .

2-4Pente et niveau de declenchement .

2-4Familiarisation de I'utilisateur avec

I'appareil

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Mire en service

. . . . . . . . . . . .

2-5Tests de I'affichage

. . . . . . . . . .

2-5Test des segments de 1'affichage.

2-5Affichage de la mesure de la

fr~quence A

. . . . . . . . . .

2-5Affichage des mesures de la p~-

riode B, de la largeur B et dutemps A ~ B

. . . . . . . . . .

2-6

DC 503A

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)

Chapitre 2

INSTRUCTION D'UTILISATION (cont)

Kaptiel 2

BEDIENUNGSANLEITUNG (cont)

Affichage du nombre d'~v~ne"ments presents sur A durant Bet du rapport A/B

. . . . . .

2-6Affichage de la mesure manuelle

de temps

. . . . . . . . . . . .

2-6Affichage de la mesure de tota-

lisation A (TOTALIZE A) . .

2-6Pente de la vole A. . . . . . . . . .

2-7Pente de la vole B

. . . . . . . .

2-7Modes d'utilisation

. . . . . . . . . . . .

2-7G~n~ralit~s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Mode «Mesure de fr~quence» dusignal de la voie A

. . . . . .

2-7Mesure de p~riode

. . . . . . . . . .

2-8Mode «Mesure d'intervalle de

temps» . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Mode «Mesure des t:venements A

durant B»

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Mode «Mesure du rapport»

. . . . 2-11Mode «Mesure de temps manuelle» 2-12Mode «Mesure de la totalisation A» 2-12Instructions de r~emballage pour

expedition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

OPERATORS PART-GERMAN

Kapitel2 BEDIENUNGSANLEITUNG

Seite

Einfiihrung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1Installation and Auswechseln . . . . . . 2-1

Bedienungselemente and Stecker . . . . 2-2Darstellung and Anzeigeder Einheiten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Wahl der Betriebsartenand Steuerfunktionen . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Eingang Kanal Aand Pegelfunktionen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Signaleingang . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Eingangsquellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Eingangskoppelung . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Teiler andmax. Eingangsspannungen . . . . . . . .2-4Empfindlichkeit andFrequenzbereich . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Flanke and Pegel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Einfiihrung in die Bedienung . . . . . . . . . 2-5Vorbereitung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

B %J.

Uberpriifung der Anzeige . . . . . . . . . 2-5lJberpriifung derLED-Segmente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Frequenz-Darstellungen A . . . . . . 2-5Periodendauer B, Pulsbreite Band Zeit A -' B Darstellungen . . . . 2-5

Ereignisse Aw~hrend B andVerhilltnis A/B - Darstellungen . . 2-6Manuelle Zeitdarstellung . . . . . . .2-6Darstellung Summe A . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Flanke Kanal A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Flanke Kanal B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Betriebsarten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Allgemeines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Frequenz A-Betrieb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Periodendauermessungen . . . . . . . .2-8Zeitintervallmessungen . . . . . . . . . . .2-8Ereignisse A w~hrend B . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Verh~ltnismessung . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Manuelle Zeitmessungen . . . . . . . . . 2-11Summierung A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Verpackung des Ger~tes . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

OPERATORS PART-JAPANESE

~ 2~

~#&1t~~ ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - I

t# l: dt~ t . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 -

I

~'(ftf~i~1l'~Zt#~`L7i ;~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2- I

~ i F A -IV ~ ~ ~'l 9 ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

~T ~i ~ i~~11~%T ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

~ - F ib#R 3~ ~ if ~ i F a -11.~E~~- . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

~-i" i~Jl.A~J~yJ~i~Z~li'~1L ~~~ . . . . . . . .2-4

~~t~~~~z~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - a

~~ i-~~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - a

~~~A' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - a

rT~-5' ~~~7~fJ'~T~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - 4

!!~ f~ ~i ~ U`1~1 i~'~CVi ~.. . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4

~Q-fir L~.~~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - a

#!~1'~t_~~~z~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 - s

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)Page

#'fll~I~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

~zTT~ F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 _ 5

~J-FT'7 F " t~l'><i F " T~ F . . . . . . . . . . ..2-5

Jal>~~A ~T~ . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p _ 5

I~~AB .h~ B ~i~tJt~167AyB~T~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .p - 5

e1tAR~~-f'~i FA#i~11À/B~T~ . . . . . . ..2-6

~~a9a-3PIL~T~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 _ 6

~A~at;llt A~T~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 _ 6

fi t' i ~ 1V A ~~ o - T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 _ ~

~ i" i ~ 1V B ~~ [] - 7~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - ~

#~'h1= ~- F~ . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p _

~

~~~.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . . . ~

!~ ifs~t A ~-

F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

p _

~

Ie7~B~-F . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..2_g

y-(L, " -(i9-iC11 . "~- h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 _ 8

B~ARA~~-f~iFA~-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..p_10

A/B~--F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..p_10

f~~a7~-sTll. " ~-F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . ..p-~I

~1A~~t ;GJt~- F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 _ ~2

~`z? 75>~~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p - ~ 2

WARNING

THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONSAREFOR USEBYQUALIFIEDPERSONNEL ONLY.TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT PER-FORMANYSERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CON-TAINED IN OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS UNLESSYOU ARE QUALIFIED TO DO SO.

Section 3

THEORY OF OPERATION

. . . . . . . .

3-1BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION . . . 3-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Channel A and B Amplifiers . . . . . 3-1

FREQUENCY A (Variable Gate) . . . 3-1

PERIOD B (Variable Clock) . . . . . . 3-1

PERIOD B (Averageable - 100 nsClock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1WIDTH B (Variable Clock)

. . . . . . 3-1WIDTH B (Averageable - 100 ns

'

Clock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Section 3

THEORY OF OPERATION (cont)

DC 503A

Page

TIME A - B (Variable Clock) . . . . .

3-2TIME A - B (Averageable - 100 nsClock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2EVENTS A DURING B (Averageable) 3-2RATIO A/B (Averageable) . . . . . . . 3-2

TOTALIZE A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

TIME MANUAL (Variable Clock) . . 3-2

Decade Accumulators, 6_DecadeCounter/8-Decade Latch . . . . . . . . 3-2Measurement Cycle Timing . . . . . . 3-2Decimal Point and AnnunicatorEncoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Time Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

CH A and CHAmplifiers

~O2

. . . . . . . . . 3-3Introduction to SignalRouting 3O . . . . . .

. . . . . 3-4

Time A -- B Generator

. 3O

. . .

3-4Signal Routin and GateGenerator 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

N Circuit

~

. . . . . . .

. 3-7

Measurement Cycle Timin

.5O

3-8

Decade Accumulators

~

O7

3-9ipple Through

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Decimal Poi t and AnnunciatorEncoder ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

DisplayO

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Switching Logic (FUNCTION,AVGS/TIMING) O . . . . . . . . 3-10Time Base

10

. . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Power Supplies

10

. . . . . . . . 3-11

6-DecadeCounter

Section 4 CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Performance Check Procedure . . . . . 4-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Calibration Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Services Available . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . 4-1

Time Base Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

DC 503A

TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont)Page

PageSection 4 CALIBRATION (cont)

Section 5 MAINTENANCE (cont)

CH A and CH B Checks . . . . . . . . 4-3

Circuit Board Removal . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Minimum Pulse Width Checks . . . .

4-7

Switch Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .

5-5

Two Channel Function Checks . . . 4-10

Front Panel Latch Removal . . . . . . 5-5

Trigger Level Checks . . . . . . . . . . 4-11

Rear Interface Information . . . . . . . . 5-6

Rear Interface Checks . . . . . . . . . 4-13

Functions Available at Rear

Adjustment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . 4-15

Section 6 OPTIONS

Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

OPtion 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Section s MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

General Maintenance Information . . . 5-1

Static-Sensitive Components . . . . . 5-1

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Obtaining Replacement Parts . . . . 5-2

Soldering Techniques . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Semiconductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Interconnecting Pins . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Square Pin Assemblies . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Circuit Board Pins and Ferrules . . . 5-3

Dual Entry Circuit Board Pin Sockets 5-4

Bottom Entry Circuit Board PinSockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Multipin Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Section 7 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS

7-1

Section 8 DIAGRAMS AND ILLUSTRATIONSBlock DiagramAdjustment LocationsSchematic DiagramsComponent Reference Charts (GridLocators)

Section 9 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS 9-1

FIG. 1 EXPLODED VIEW

ACCESSORIES

CHANGE INFORMATION

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

DC 503A

Fig.

Fig.No.

Page No.

Page

2-1

Plug-in installation/removal . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

5-1

Typical square pin assembly . . . . . . . . . 5-3

2-2

Controls and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-3

5-2

Exploded view of circuit board pin and

2-3

Triggering circuitresponsetoimproper(A)

ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-3

and proper (B) level settings . . . . . . . . .

2-5

5-3

Dual entry circuit board pin socket . . . . 5-42-4

Representation of interval measurements

2-9

5-4

Bottom entry circuit board pin socket

. . 5-42-5

Typical CH A and CH B Level Out voltage

5-5

Orientation and disassembly of multipinsettings for various time interval

connectors

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-4measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 5-6

Rear frame removal

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-52-6

Illustration of CH A events counted fromportion of CH A signal pulses during the

5-7

Circuit board removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

counter gate open time (controlled by the

5-8

Pushbutton switch removal . . . . . . . . . .

5-5

CH B signal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

5-9

Rear interface connector assignments . . 5-7

5-10

Rear interface timing for a display of

3-1

Typical DC 503A timing diagram . . . . . .

3-5

1079.0674 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-8

4-1

Check set-up for the high frequencysensitivity using X1 and X5 attenuation . . 4-4

4-2

Check set-up for low frequency ac and dosensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

4-3

Check set-up for minimum pulse widthsignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

4-4

Check set-up for two channel functions .

4-10

4-5

Check set-up for trigger level range (±3.5V) and accuracy (±20 mV ±0.5% of reading) 4-12

NOTE

The following illustrations are found in the foldoutpages at the rear of this manual .

8-1

Main Board (A15 Assy) Adjustment Locations8-2

Auxiliary Board (A12 Assy) Adjustment Locations8-3

Auxiliary Board (A12 Assy) Parts Location8-4

Main Board (A14 Assy) Parts Location

LIST OF TABLES

TableNo.

Page

1-1

Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-2

1-2

Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

1-3

Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

1-4

Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

2-1

Frequency A Display Check . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-2

Period B, Time A - B, Width B (TimingMode) Display Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2-3

Period B, Time A ~ B, Width B (AveragingMode) Display Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2-4

Ratio A/B and Events A During B DisplayCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

2-5

Gate Time vs Measurement Resolution . .

2-8

3-1

PROM Selection Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

4-1

List of Test Equipment Requirements . . . 4-2

5-1

Relative Susceptibility to Static DischargeDamage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

NOTE

The following fables are found in the foldoui pagesat the rear of this manual .

8-1thru

Component Reference Charts (Grid8-10 Locators)

The general safety information in this part of the summary

250 volts rms between the supply conductors or betweenis for both operating and servicing personnel. Specific

either supply conductor and ground . A protective groundwarnings and cautions will be found throughout the

connection by way of the grounding conductor in themanual where they apply, but may not appear in this

power cord is essential for safe operation.summary.

In This Manual

OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY

TERMS

CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices thatcould result in damagetothe equipment or other property .

WARNING statements identify conditions or practicesthat could result in personal injury or loss of life .

As Marked on Equipment

CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not im-mediately accessible as one reads the marking, or ahazard to property including the equipment itself .

DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard immediatelyaccessible as one reads the marking.

SYMBOLS

As Marked on Equipment

DANGER - High voltage.

Protective ground (earth) terminal .

ATTENTION - refer to manual .

Grounding the Product

This product is grounded through the grounding conduc-tor of the power module power cord . To avoid electricalshock, plug the power cord into a properly wired recep-tacle before connecting to the product input or outputterminals. A protective ground connection by way of thegrounding conductor in the power module power cord isessential for safe operation.

Danger Arising From Loss of Ground

Upon loss of the protective-ground connection, allaccessible conductive parts (including knobs and con-trols that may appear to be insulating) can render anelectric shock.

Use the Proper Fuse

In This Manual

To avoid fire hazard, use only the fuse of correct type,voltage rating and current rating as specified in the parts

This symbol

indicates where applicable

list for your product.I

cautionary or other information is to befound .

Refer fuse replacement to qualified service personnel .

Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres

DC 503A

To avoid explosion, do not operate this product in anexplosive atmosphere unless it has been specificallycertified for such operation .

Do Not Operate Without CoversPower Source

To avoid personal injury, do not operate this productThis product is intended to operate from a power module

without covers or panels installed . Do not apply power toconnected to a power source that will not apply morethan

the plug-in via a plug-in extender .

DC 503A

SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARYFOR QUALI FIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY

Refer also to the preceding Operators Safety Summary.

Do Not Service Alone

Disconnect power before removing protective panels,soldering, or replacing components .

Do not perform internal service or adjustment of thisproduct unless another person capable of rendering firstaid and resuscitation is present.

This product is intended to operate in a power module

Use Care When Servicing With Power On

connected to a power source that will not apply morethan250 volts rms between the supply conductors or between

Dangerous voltages may exist at several points in this

either supply conductor and ground . A protective groundproduct. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed

connection by way of the grounding conductor in theconnections and components while power is on .

power cord is essential for safe operation.

Power Source

Dane ce manuel

Rep~res graves cur I'appareil

Dane ce manuel

Graves sur I'appareil

CONSIGNES DE SECURITE

Ce rappel des consignee generates de securite s'adresse ~ la

Source d'alimentationfois aux utilisateurs et au personnel de maintenance. Avertis-

L'appareil est conqu pour fonctionner ~ partir dune sourcecements et precautions e respecter sont annotes au long de ce

d'alimentation maximale de 250 V efficaces entre lee conduc-manuel i3 chaque fois que ('utilisation du DC 503A I'exige .

teurs d'alimentation ou entre chaque conducteur d'alimenta-II est ~ noter que ceux-ci peuvent ne pas figurer dans cette

tion et la terre . Pour utiliser I'appareil en toute securite, unerubrique de rappel .

connexion a la masse, realisee au moyen d'un conducteurprevu dans le cordon d'alimentation, est indispensable .

TERMES

Les paragraphes intitules ATTENTION identifient lee circons-tances ou operations pouvant entrainer la deterioration deI'appareil ou de tout autre equipement .

Les paragraphes intitules AVERTISSEMENT indiquent leecirconstances dangereuses pour I'utilisateur (danger de mortou risque de blessure) .

CAUTION (ATTENTION) : ce mot identifie lee zones de ris-que non immediatement perceptibles ou un risque eventuelde deterioration de I'appareil .

DANGER (DANGER) : ce mot indique lee zones de risqueimmediat pouvant entrainer blessures ou mort .

SYMBOLES

Ce symbole signifie «se reporter aumanuel .

DANGER - Haute tension.

Mise a la masse de I'appareil

DC 503A

Une fois installe dans le chassis d'alimentation, I'appareil estrelict e la masse e ('aide d'un conducteur du cordon d'alimen-tation . Pour eviter tout choc electrique, inserer la prise ducordon d'alimentation dans une prise de distribution corres-pondante avant de connecter ('entree ou lee sorties de I'ap-pareil . Pour utiliser I'appareil en toute securite, une conne-xion e la masse, realisee au moyen d'un conducteur prevudans le cordon d'alimentation, est indispensable .

Danger provoque par la coupure de connexion demasseEn car de coupure de la connexion de masse, tour les ele-ments conducteurs accessibles (y compris boutons etcommander apparaissant isolants) peuvent provoquer unchoc electrique .

Utiliser le cordon d'alimentation appropri~Borne de masse de protection (terre).

N'utiliser que le cordon d'alimentation et la prise recornman-des pour votre appareil .

ATTENTION - se reporter au manuel

Utiliser un cordon d'alimentation en parfait etat .

DC 503A

SICHERHEITSANGABEN FUR DEN ANWENDER

Die allgemeinen Sicherheitsinformationen in diesem Teil

aneine Versorgungsleitung and Masse anzulegen . Inner-der Angaben dienen dem Anwender- and Serviceperso-

halb des Netzanschluf3kabels muf3 ein Schutzleiter vor-nal . Spezielle Warnungen and Hinweise sind iiberall im

handen sein, der mit Ger~temasse verbunden ist .Handbuch zu finden, mussen jedoch in diesen Angabennicht erscheinen .

BEGRIFFEDieses Ger~t wird fiber den Schutzleiter der Versor

In diesem Handbuch

gungseinheit mit Erdpotential verbunden. Zur Vermei-dung von elektrischen Schl~gen ist vor der Beschaltung

VORSICHTSHINWEISE erl~utern Bedingungen, die zur

der Ein- and Ausg~nge der Netzstecker in eine korrektZerstdrung des Ger~tes oder anderer Gegenstande fuh-

verdrahtete Steckdose einzustecken . Verwenden Sieren kunnen .

den Schutzleiter nicht als einzige Verbindung zwischenzwei oder mehreren Ger~ten . Zur Vermeidung von elektri-

WARNUNGSHINWEISE erl~utern Bedingungen, die zu

schen Schl~gen sind die Ger~te untereinander mit sepa-Personensch~den fuhren ktinnen oder lebensgef~hrlich

raten Leitungen zu verbunden .sind .

Markierungen auf dem Gerat

CAUTION - VORSICHT weist darauf hin, daf3 durch zufalli-ges Beruhren an einer nicht unmittelbar zug~nglichenStelle Personenschaden entstehen kann, oder Schadenam Ger~t selbst .

DANGER -GEFAHR weist darauf hin, daf3 durch zuf~lligesBeruhren an einer zug~nglichen Stelle Personenscha-den entstehen kann .

$YMBOLE

Zur Vermeidung von Brandsch~den sind nur Sicherun-gen zu verbunden, die in den Teilelisten dieses Ger~tes

In diesem Handbuch

aufgefiihrt sind and die in Spannungs- and Stromwertentsprechend sind .

Dieses Symbol zeigtan, wo Vorsicht waltenIQ

zu lassen ist, oder wo Informationen zu

Ersatz von Sicherungen ist nur von geschultem Personalfinden sind . vorzunehmen .

Markierungen auf dem Gerat

GEFAHR - Hochspannung .

Schutzerdungskontakt.

ACHTUNG - beziehen Sie sich auf dasHandbuch .

4

Masseanschlu(3 des Gerates

Gefahr durch fehlende Schutzerde

Durch eine fehlende Schutzerde, kt~nnen alle beriihr-baren, leitenden Teile (einschlief3lich Knt~pfe and andereBedienungselemente, die isoliert sind) einen elektri-schen Schlag bei der Beruhrung ausltisen .

Verwendung einer richtigen Sicherung

Arbeiten Sie nicht in explosiver Umgebung

Zur Vermeidung von Explosionen ist die Inbetriebnahmedieses Ger~tes in explosiver Umgebung zu unterlassen,wenn das Gerat nicht dafiir geeignet ist .

Entfernen Sie keine GehauseabdeckungenNetzspannungsversorgung

Zur Vermeidung von Personensch~den sind keineDie Betriebsspannung fur dieses Ger~t darf 250 Ve � nicht

Gehauseteile zu entfernen . Auch ist das Ger~t ohneuberschreiten and ist an die Versorgungsleitungen bzw .

Geh~use nicht in Betrieb zu nehmen .

REV A FEB 1981

SICHERHEITSANGABEN FUR DEN SERVICENUR FUR GESCHULTES PERSONAL

Beziehen Sie sich auch auf die vorangehenden Sicherheitsangaben fur den Anwender.

Fuhren Sie keine Servicetatigkeiten alleine durch

Vor dem Entfernen von Geh~useteilen, LSten oder Erset-zen von Bauteilen ist immerdie Betriebsspannung zu ent

Nehmen Sie an dem Ger~t keine Service- oder Einstell-

fernen.arbeiten vor, wenn nicht eine andere Person verfiigbar ist,um im Bedarfsfall Erste Hilfe oder Wiederbelebungsver-suche zu leisten .

Lassen Sie besondere Vorsicht walten, wenn Siean einem unter Spannung stehenden Gerat arbei-ten

Netzspannungsversorgung

DC 503A

Die Betriebsspannung fur dieses Ger~t dart 250 Veff nichtAn verschiedenen Stellen im Ger~t liegen hohe and damit

iaberschreiten and ist an die Versorgungsleitungen bzw .gef~hrliche Spannungen. ZurVermeidung von Personen-

an eine Versorgungsleitung and Masse anzulegen . Inner-sch~den sind solche Stellen and Bauteile nicht zu beriih-

halb des Netzanschluf3kabels muf3 ein Schutzleiter vor-ren, w~hrend Betriebsspannung anliegt .

handen sein, der mit Ger~temasse verbunden ist .

REV A FEB 1981

L~~`~t~fi>a3t#19t~>4>f~f~`< f~bfi~7~?~ ~~;i~'~h~'LZ~>

~~t~°at3

ib~~-F~?- :CST#~fi~c~~l ~~'o ~:~LfrlY o

:% 3 ~i 7 'k J3l I ~a f.:d~ l~ .

~~7-_ l: 7~ ~ I 'L" I t' l .'. 3r: L

z-,.P~~~p~1~~F

~"L.~c~?d~ii~i~~:Z"~o

#~~~;fl'~~1Z1,,fd;6>~ . '-~f~O~u~~ 1~1~~~G~~"l .f.:

~'~~~l~Jlf~l~#~f~~ rt-z.f~ ~) "tea, l~fir~~l~l~'~'r~

'~~ ~'~t~~ ~ ~ #~ ~ ~) ~$o

~1.~d5Ta~Fi~%~~Z"~'o

#~~.~G:.ttC ~ ti T ~~ b 1~ ~

'~~~- FCAUTIONI~h1~t3~ilU~

~~f~l~lalil

~l~#~f~~b'c

~'rmi~il~a Lf,: ~iCR~~~d~>'~i~~- F ~ .::'(~~JTc ~,a

G~~.n ~1. fJ# c~ Ta pG'S~''~ :r: L Z 6 > ~"#' o

DANGERt~Jlf~t~#~~}~1fct1;'l,f,:~)~ii6~f%I~'~ t- ZTaru

r. ~lbt~t~t~9~1.'_ t~'C < b ~3~3-

t*

~#~1~ q - ; t 1~

0 ~~~:

xx#xc~#.~~~~~~

~a~

''7 i F f~~;250VrmsL:lfx1~~®~'~i~:Zt'~~171. ~ ~' o ~!~'

~='~~41~~J ~~.

DC 503A

'~i~~-ht~~U`~fi~9t~~'~'Ta~l~~l~~T i't"f'i~v~~~ `~Z- ~ ~> o

~-F ~f~l~~~ 75'v~~#~I~GTI.ZI~~#~ .=ir=T

REV A FEB 1981

X111

DC 503A

DC 503A Universal Counter/Timer

REV A FEB 1981XIV

Instrument Description

Instrument Options

The instrument has two input channels, CH A and CHB, each with 125 MHz capability. Each channel hasseparate triggering level, triggering slope, attenuator, andcoupling mode controls .

The triggering level for each channel can be monitoredvia the front panel or the rear intertace connections . Thebuffered voltage available at these connectors cor-responds to the trigger levels set by the front panelcontrols.

SPECI FI CATION

Standard Accessories

Performance Conditions

Section 1-DC 503A

The DC 503A Universal Counter/Timer is designed to

Option 01 replaces the internal 10 MHz time baseoperate in a TM 500-series power module .

(clock)

circuit

with

a

self-contained

proportionaltemperature controlled oven oscillator for increased ac-curacy and stability .

The DC 503A has eight measurement functions : FRE-

1

Instruction Manual .QUENCY A, PERIOD B, WIDTH B, TIME A- B,RATIOA/B, EVENTS A DURING B, TOTALIZE A, and

1

Cable assembly, bnc-to-tip jack .TIME MANUAL. All of the modes except FREQUENCY A,TOTALIZE A, and TIME MANUAL have the capability ofaveraging the selected measurement over a range of 1 to

NOTE108 times the input signal . The signals to be counted ormeasured can be applied via front panel bnc connectors or

Refer to the tabbed Accessories page at the rear ofthrough the rear interface.

this manual for more information.

The limits stated in the Performance Requirementscolumns of the following tables are valid only if theDC 503A has been calibrated at an ambient temperature

The output of the internal signal shaping circuits can

between +20° C and +30° C and is operating at an ambientalso be monitored via front panel connectors . These

temperature between 0°C and +50°C, unless otherwiseshaped signal outputs are useful in setting the triggering

stated .points on complex waveforms .

I nformation given in the Supplemental Information andMeasurement results are displayed in an eight digit

Description columns ofthefollowingtablesisprovidedforLED readout . The decimal point is automatically position-

user information only and should not be interperted ased and leading zeros are blanked . Single annunciators

Performance Check requirements.(LEDs) are used to indicate register overflow, active gatinginterval, and the frequency or time units associated withthe measurement being made.

The DC 503A must be operated or stored in anenvironment whose limits are described under En-vironmental Characteristics .

The DC 503A can be equipped with an optional, ovencontrolled, 10 MHz crystal oscillator to obtain a highlystable and precise internal time base . Both the optional .

Allow at least 20 minutes warm-uptimefor operation tooscillator and the standard 10 MHz time bases provide

specified accuracy, 60 minutes after storage in a high100 ns single shot resolution .

humidity environment .

Spedficatlon-DC 503A

CH A and CH B INPUTS/OUTPUTS

Input Frequency Range

Front Panel

DC Coupled

0 Hz to 3125 MHz.

AC Coupled

10 Hz to 3125 MHz.

Rear Interface

DC Coupled

0 Hz to 350 MHz.

AC Coupled

10 Hz to 350 MHz.

Input Sensitivity

X1 Attenuation

20 mV rms sine wave to 100 MHz.

35 mV rms sine wave to 125 MHz.

X5 Attenuation Accuracy

~

I ~2% at dc .

Input Dynamic Range

X1 Attenuation

~

I S3 V, peak-to-peak .

X5 Attenuation

~

I ~15 V, peak-to-peak .

Shaped Outputs

Delay From Front Panel

I

I Typically 15 ns .

Output Voltage Levels

I

I

3100 mV into 50 f2, 3200 mVunterminated .

Trigger Level

Slope

I

Plus (+) or minus (-)

I

Independently selectable .

Output accuracy

~

f20 mV f0.5% of reading

Input Impedance

Range

~

f3.5 V times attenuation

Front Panel

Rear I nterface

Table 1-1

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics

Performance Requirements

Supplemental Information

60 mV peak-to-peak pulse at aminimum pulse width of 5 ns to100 MHz.

100 mV peak-to-peak pulse at aminimum pulse width of 4 ns to125 MHz.

X1, X5 Attenuation

I

I

1 Mfg, shunted by approximately

X1, X5 Attenuation

I

I

Approximately 50 fl at dc .

Characteristics

Maximum Safe Input Voltage

Front Panel

FREQUENCY A

Range

Specification-DC 503A

Table 1-1 (cont)



CH A and CH B INPUTS/OUTPUTS (cont)

X1 Attenuation

DC to 50 kHz

200 V peak, 400 V peak-to-peak .

50 kHz to 1 .33 MHz

I

200 V peak, peak-to-peak

voltage ~

20f (MHz)

1 .33 MHz to 125 MHz

I

200 V peak, peak-to-peakvoltage ~15 V.

X5 Attenuation

DC to 5 MHz

200 V peak, 400 V peak-to-peak .

5 MHz to 100 MHz

I

200 V peak, peak-to-peak

voltage <

2000f (MHz)

100 MHz to 125 MHz

I

200 V peak, peak-to-peakvoltage S20 V.

Rear I nterface

X1, X5 Attenuation <4 V, peak .

FUNCTIONS

DC Coupled

~

DC to 125 MHz.

AC Coupled

~

10 Hz to 125 MHz.

Minimum Pulse Width

~

4 ns at 100 mV, peak-to-peak .

Accuracya

I

I ±1 count ± time base error.

Gate Time

10 sec to 100 ns (0 .1 Hz to

(Resolution)

10 MHz), selected in decadesteps.

PERIOD B (Single Shot)

Repetition Rate

~

>125 MHz

Minimum Pulse Width

~


Accuracya `

I

±1 count ± time base error±1 .4 X CH B trigger error.

Resolution

10 sec to 100 ns (0 .1 Hz to

(Clock Rate)


PERIOD B (Average)

Repetition Rate

>125 MHz

Minimum Pulse Width



WIDTH B (Average)

Characteristics

WIDTH B (Single Shot)

FUNCTIONS (cont)

Accuracy a n `

±100 ns ± time base errorN

Minimum Pulse Width

I

20 ns .

Table 1-1 (cont)



±1 .4 X (CH B trigger errorN

Clock Rate

~

~

100 ns (10 MHz), fixed.

Number of Averages (N)

I

10° (1) to 108 , selectedin decade steps.

Resolution

1 femtosecond (10- ") to100 ns, selected in decadesteps.

Accuracya `

±1 count ± CH B trigger error(rising edge)± CH B triggererror (falling edge) ± timebase error.

Resolution

10 sec to 100 ns (0.1 Hz to(Clock Rate) 10 MHz), selected in decade

steps.

Minimum Pulse Width

I

5 ns.

Repetition Rate

~

,100 MHz

Minimum Dead Time

I

I

5 ns.

Clock Rate

~

~

100 ns (10 MHz), fixed.


10° (1) to 10 8 , selected indecade steps.

Resolution b

I

100 ns

Accuracya n`

+100 ns ± time base error

TIME A - B (Single Shot)

Minimum Time Interval

I

12.5 ns .

±CH B trigger error (rising edge)

±CH B trigger error (falling edge)

Accuracya `

±1 count ± time base error±CH A trigger error ± CH Btrigger error ±4 ns .

Resolution (Clock Rate)

I

10 sec to 100 ns (0 .1 Hz to10 MHz), selected in decade steps.

TIME A - B (Average)


Table 1-1 (cont)

Characteristics



Minimum Time Interval

~

12.5 ns .

Minimum Dead Time

~

~ 12.5 ns .


110° (1) to 108, selected indecade steps.

Clock Rate

~

~ 100 ns (10 MHz), fixed.

Resolutionb

100 ns

Accuracya b`

I ±100 ns ± time base error

EVENTS A DURING B (Average)

Maximum CH A Frequency

,125 MHz.

Minimum CH B Pulse Width

5 ns .

Minimum Dead Time BetweenPulses

~

~ 5 ns.


10° (1) to 10 8 , selected indecade steps.

Accuracy b ` ±Period AWidth B x~

RATIO A/B (Average)

t

FUNCTIONS (cont)

±CH A trigger error

±CH B trigger error ±4 ns .

Frequency Range

I

>125 MHz

I Both channels .

Minimum Pulse Width

~

4 ns at 100 mV, peak-to-peak

~ Both channels .

±CH B trigger error (rising edge) x Freq A

±CHBtriggererror (falling edge) x Freq A


10° (1) to 108 , selected indecade steps.

Accuracy b `

+Freq BFreq A x N

±1 .4 X CH B trigger error x Freq AN

+Freq into CH A0.3 x 10 8


TOTALIZE A

TIME MANUAL

Standard Time Base

Characteristics

Table 1-1 (cont)



FUNCTIONS (cont)

Frequency Range

DC to 125 MHz.

Start/Stop function from frontpanel or rear interface. Over-flows with >99,999,999counts .

Clock Rate

10 sec to 100 ns (0 .1 Hz to(Resolution)


Range

100 ns to 109 sec. Start/Stopfunction from front panel orrear interface.

Frequency

I

10 MHz (100 ns) .

I

Adjustable to ±1 part in 10',or better .

A in

,1 ppm/year .9 9

Option 01 Time Base

INTERNAL TIME BASES

Temperature Stability

I

I

±5 ppm.(0° C to +50° C)

Frequency

I

10 MHz (100 ns).

I

Adjustable to t2 parts in 10 8 ,or better .

Temperature Stability

t0.2 ppm of final frequency inless than 10 minutes when coldstarted at 25°C ambient.

Aging

At Time of Shipping

I

I

1 part in 108/day, maximum.

Continuous Operation

After 30 Days

I

I

4 parts in 108/week, maximum.

After 60 Days

~

I

<1 ppm/year .

Short Term Stability

~1 part in 109 (rms),based on 60 consecutive 1second measurements.

Adjustment Range

I

I

Sufficient for 8 years of aging.

e Time base error is the sum of all errors specified for the time base used.

n N is the number of periods averaged in PERIOD B (AVGS) mode, the number of intervals averaged inthe TIMEA - B(AVGS)mode, the number of widths averaged In the WIDTHB(AVGS) and EVENTS A DURING Bmode, and the number of periods ofthe CH B signal in the RATIO A/B mode .

` CH A or CH B Trigger error (/.~s rms)

The second formula is for signals with an S/N ratio better than 40 dBand greaterthan 100 mV rms amplitude. In the first formula,e~, =typically 100 pV (or less) rms internal noise and enz = input rms signal noise voltage for a 125 MHz bandwidth.

Power Dissipation (Plug-in)

Standard Instrument

Option 01 Instrument

Temperature

Operating

Non-operating

Humidity

Altitude

Operating

Non-operati ng

Vibrationb

Shock`

__

(enl)2 + (en2)2Input slew rate at trigger point (V/Ns)

Bench Handling °

Characteristics

Characteristics

or

Table 1-1 (cont)

Table 1-2

MISCELLANEOUS

Approximately 9.5 W.

Approximately 12.5 W.

0° C to +50° C.

-55° C to +75° C.

4.6 Km (15,000 ft) .

15 Km (50,000 ft) .

Table 1-3

ENVIRONMENTALe

Description

Description


t0.3% of one period

whichever is greater.N periods

Meets MIL-T-288008, class 5.

95% RH, 0° C to +30° C.

Exceeds MI L-T-288008, Class 5.

75% RH, 0°C to +40°C.

45% RH, 0° C to +50° C.

Exceeds MIL-T-288008, Class 5.

0.38 mm (0.015 inch) peak-to-

Exceeds MIL-T-288008, Class 5 .

peak, 10 Hz to 55 Hz, 75 minutes.

30 g's (1/2 sine), 11 ms, 18

Meets MIL-T-288008, Class 5.

shocks .

Dropped from 45° or 4 inch or

Meets MIL-T-288008, Class 5.equilibrium, whichever occurs first .


Electromagnetic Compati-bility

Electrical Discharge

Transportationd

Vibration and PackageDrop

aWith power module, except where noted.

b.26 mm (0.10 inch), 10 Hz to 55 Hz in TM 501, TM 503, TM 504, TM 506.

`20 g's (1/2 sine), 11 ms, 18 shocks in TM 501, TM 503, TM 504, TM 506.

°Without power module .

Characteristics

Maximum Overall Dimensions

Height

Width

Length

Net Weight

Standard Instrument

Option 01

Finish

Front Panel

Chassis

Characteristics

MIL-STD 461A/462

Meets MIL-T-288008, Class 3.

20 kV, maximum.

Charge applied to each protrudingarea except the input/output terminals.

Qualified under National Safe Transit Association Preshipment TestProcedures 1A-B-1 and 1A-B-2 .

Table 1-4

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

=126.0 mm (4.96 inch) .

-=64 .5 mm (2.54 inch) .

-=285.5 mm (11 .24 inch).

~0.9 Kg (2 .0 Ib) .

~1 .0 Kg (2 .2 Ib) .

Anodized aluminum .

Table 1-3 (cont)

Plastic-aluminum laminate.

Descri ption

Description

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INTRODUCTION

press firmly to seat thecircuit boardedge connector inthepower module interconnecting jack . Apply power to the

This section of the manual provides installation and

DC 503A by operating the power switch on the powerremoval instructions and the operating information re-

module .quired to obtain the most effective performance from theinstrument . Also included is the function of all front panelcontrols andageneral description of the operating modes,

To remove the DC 503A from the power module, pullwhich

also

describes

procedures for making

basic

therelease latch (located in the lower left corner) until themeasurements .

interconnecting jack disengages . The DC 503A will nowslide straight out.

INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL

The DC 503A is calibrated and ready to use whenreceived . It operates in one compartment of a TM 500-Series power module. Refer tothe power module instruc-tion manual for line voltage requirements and powermodule operation.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the DC 503A, turn the powermodule off before installation or removal of theinstrument from the mainframe. Do not use ex-cessive force to install or remove.

Interconnecting Jack

,Barrier

,~:I~;~I

. .

11~,_.~~PLUQ-INCheck to see that the plastic barriers on the inter-

connecting jack of the selected power module compart-

Bottom Groovement matchthe cutouts in the DC 503A circuit board edge

'connector. If they do not match, do not insert the

I

Latchinstrument until the reason is investigated . When the unitsare properly matched, align the DC 503A chassis with theupper and lower guides of the selected compartment (see

Fig . 2-1 . Plug-in installation/removal .Fig. 2-1) . Insert the DC 503A into the compartment and

Section 2-DC 503A

Operatlng Inst~uctlons-DC 503A

CONTROLS AND CONNECTORSEven though the DC 503A is fully calibrated andready

MODE $ELECTION ANDto use, the functions and actions of the controls and

CONTROL FUNCTIONSconnectors should be reviewed before attempting to useit .

O FUNCTION : selects the measurement, events, or

With the exception of theTOTALIZEA/TIMEMa'NUAL

time counting modes for the counter.

jumper, which is described in the maintenance section, allcontrols for operation of the DC 503A are located on thefront panel. A brief functional description of these controls

NOTE

follows (refer to Fig. 2-2) .The TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL position is an

NOTE

"either/or" function . TOTALIZE A or TIMEMANUAL is selected and set by positioning an

Because the Channel A and Channel Bcontrols are

infernal jumper. Placement of thisjumper is discuss-

identical, only Channel A will be described.

ed in the maintenance section.

DISPLAY AND UNIT INDICATORS

DISPLAY READOUT: eight-digit, seven segmentLED readout with automatically positioned decimalpoint .

WARNING

Unless you are qualifiedto do so, referpositioning ofthis jumper to qualified personnel.

O AVGS/TIMING: depending on the position of theOVERFLOW : when illuminated indicates register

FUNCTION switch, this switch selectstheclockrateoverflow.

which will be counted or the number ofmeasurements to be averaged .

GATE: indicates the state of the main gate . When lit,the main gate is open (the DC 503A is in the processof making ameasurement) . When the light is off, the

10

DISPLAY TIME: sets the length of time the reading

gate is closed .

will be displayed after the count is made and beforethe next measurement is taken. Display time canbevaried from about 0.1 second, fully counter

GHz/nSEC : when illuminated, indicates the dis-

clockwise(ccw),toaboutl0secondsfullyclockwise

played number is gigahertz (GHz) in FRED Amode

(cw). The HOLD position provides continuous dis-

or nanoseconds (nSEC) in a time mode .

play until reset by pushing the RESET button.

MHz/pSEC : when illuminated, indicates the dis-

11

RESET: momentary switch resets the count to zero

played number is Megahertz (MHz) in FREQ Amode

when operating in the TOTALIZE Amode. Also acts

or microseconds (pSEC) in a time mode .

as amaster reset, ensuring thatthe readout has beencleared before the next measurement. Provides acheck of all display LED's; when pressed, a row of 8's

© kHz/mSEC: when illuminated, indicates the dis-

will be displayed in the readout window.

played number is kilohertz (kHz) in FREQ Amode ormilliseconds (mSEC) in a time mode .

12

START/STOP: push-push switch acts as a manualgate when the FUNCTION switch is in the

O Hz/SEC : when illuminated, indicates the displayed

TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL position . Button in

number is Hertz (Hz) in FRED A mode or seconds

Starts the measurement interval gate; button out

(SEC) in a time mode .

terminates the gate.

English 2-2

Fig . 2-2. Controls and connectors .

Operating Instructions-DC 503A

2977-fli

English 2-3


CHANNEL A INPUT AND LEVEL

18

SOURCE: push-push switch selects the source of

FUNCTIONS

the input signal . Button out, EXT, selects the frontpanel connector as a signal source. Button in, INT,

13

CH A INPUT: bnc connector for Channel A signal

routes the input signal to the counter via the rear

input. Input impedance is 1 Mf! shunted by ap-

interface connections.

proximately 20 pF .

14

LEVE4:selectstheamplitudepointonthepositiveor

19

SHAPED OUT A: provides a shaped output signal

negative slope of the input signal at which the

derived from the output of the Channel A signal

triggering window is placed .

shaper circuitry.

15

SLOPE: push-push switch selects the slope of the

®SHAPED OUT GND:

common connector forinput signal on which triggering will occur. Button

Channel A shaped output signals.outselects plus (+) slope; button in minus (-) slope.

16

ATTEN: push-push switch selects X1 (button out) or

21

TRIG LEVEL A: pin jack permits monitoring of theX5 (button in) attenuation of the input signal .

Channel A triggering voltage level .

11

COUPL: push-push switch selects DC (button out)or AC (button in) coupling of the input signal tothe

22

RELEASE LATCH: pull to disengage and remove

attenuator circuit .

DC 503A from the power module .

Input Sources

be calculated (see Specification section) . The maximumsafe input voltage to the rear interface input connectors is

I

NOTE

equal to or less than 4 V (dc plus peak ac) from do to50 MHz.

Maximum input voltage limited to 200 V peak .

TheSOURCEswitchforeach channel selectseitherthe

CH Aand CH B will respond to a signal amplitude offront panel bnc connector (external), or the rear interface

20 mVrms sinewave ; times attenuation, to 100 MHzand to

connector (internal) pins . The external inputs present

a sinewave of 35 mV rms, times attenuation, to 125 MHz.

impedances of approximately 1 Mfg paralleled by about 27pF. The internal input circuits present nominal 50 f2

Depending on the coupling mode selected, the low

impedances to match typical coaxial cablesignal connec-

frequency limit for each channel is either zero (dc

lions.

coupled) or 10 Hz (ac coupled) .

Input Coupling

INPUT CONSIDERATIONS

Sensitivity and Frequency Range

Front panel pushbuttons select ac (capacitive) or do

Slope and Level

(direct) coupling for the input signal of each channel. This

The SLOPE pushbuttons for each channel determinecoupling takes place beforethe signals are passed intothe

whether the trigger circuits will respond to the negative orattenuator circuits .

positive transition of the input signal .

Attenuators and Maximum Input Volts

Refer to Fig. 2-3. The LEVEL control for each channelFor either attenuation factor, Xt or X5, the maximum

allows the operator to move the hysteresis window of thesafe input voltatage that can be applied tothe front panel

trigger circuit to an optimum level on the input signal tobnc connectors is 200 V (peak) from do to 50 kHz. At

ensure stable triggering . The LEVEL control adjusts overfrequencies above 50 kHz, the maximum safe peak-to-

t3.5 V, times attenuation, of the input signal . This levelpeak inpufvoltage to the front panel bnc connectors must

can be monitored at thefront panel TRIG LEVELpinjacks.

Noise Impulses

PREPARATION

20-millivolttypical

hysteresis window

(A) Erroneous count.

(B) Corrnct count.

Fig. 2-3. Triggering drcuit response to Improper (A) and proper (B) level settings.

OPERATORS FAMILIARIZATION


Table 2-1

FREQUENCY A DISPLAY CHECKTurn on the power module to apply power to the

DC 503A. One or more characters inthe display should bevisible . Allow twenty minutes warm-up timefor operationto specified accuracy .

100 ns

GHz/nSec

0.001 E~s

MHz/NSec

010 EtS

MHz/pSec

0.0100 Ere

MHz/E,~Sec

0.00DISPLAY TESTS

1 ms

MHz/NSec

o.ooo10 ms

MHz/pSec

0.0000With no signal applied, test the DC 503A readout

100 ms

kHz/mSec

0.00displays and switching logic . The following checks will

1 s

kHz/mSec

0.000test most ofthe major circuits of the counter and ensure its

10 s

kHz/mSec

0.0000readiness to make measurements . If any malfunctions areencountered, refer the condition to qualified servicepersonnel .

With the DISPLAY TIME control in the fullycounterclockwise position, observe that the GATE in-dicator flashes rapidly for short gate times and more

Readout Segment Test

slowly for longer gate times . Using a short gate time(100 ms),

rotate the DISPLAY TIME control slowly

Press the RESET button to check the seven character

clockwise. Observe that the GATE indicator stays off for a

segments of each digit. A row of 8's should be displayed.

longer and longer time, until the control clicks into the

This check of the displaydevices can be done at anytime .

HOLD (detent) position, holding off the gate indefinitely.Return the DISPLAY TIME control to thecounterclockwise position .

AVGS/TIMINGSwitch Setting

Unit

Decimal PointIndicators I Display

Frequency A Displays

Period B, Width B, and Time A ~ B Displays

19842

Set the FUNCTION switch to FREQUENCY A. With the

Timing Mode . Set the FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B

AVGS/TIMING switch, select a gatetime of 100 ns . Check

in the blue area of the front panel and the AVG/TIMING

the deFimal point location, leading zero suppression, and

switch to 100 ns . Observe the correct readout displays as

units indicators according to Table 2-1 .

shown in Table 2-2.


AVGS/TIMINGSwitch Setting

100 ns1 l.~s10 ps

100 Irs1 ms

10 ms100 ms1s10s

11010210310°10510~10'10"

Table 2-2

Table 2-4

PERIOD B, TIME A - B, WIDTH B

RATIO A/B AND EVENTS A(TIMING MODE) DISPLAY CHECK

DURING B DISPLAY CHECK

UnitIndicators

MHz/NSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSecHz/SecHz/SecHz/SecHz/Sec

Set the FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B in the blue areaof the front panel while retaining the setting of theAVG/TIMING switch ; observethecorrect readout display.

Set the FUNCTION switch to TIME A - B in the bluearea of the front panel while retaining the setting of theAVG/TIMING switch ; observethecorrect readout display.

kHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSecMHz/NSecMHz/pSecMHz/pSecGHz/nSecGHz/nSecGHz/nSec

Events A During B and Ratio A/B Displays

Dedmal Pdnt

_

AVGS/TIMINGDisplay

Switch Setting

0.0

10.000

100.00

1020.0

1030.000

10'0.00

1050.0

10~0

10'0.00

10"

Time Manual Displays

Decimal PdMDisplay

00.00.000.0000.00000.000000.0000000.00000000

Verify that the jumper located on the Auxiliary CircuitBoard is in the TIME MANUAL position . Set the FUNC-TION switch to the TIME MANUAL Position and theAVGS/TIMING switch to 1 sec.

Averaging Mode . Repeat the preceeding checks for

The GATE indicator should light and an advancing

these functions in the dark grey area of the front panel.

countshould be displayed when theSTART/STOP button

Observe the correct readout display for each switch

is pushed in . The GATE indicator should go out when the

setting as shown in Table 2-3.

count is stopped by releasing the START/STOP button .Check the overflow display by setting theAVGS/TIMINGswitch to 100 ns pressing theSTART/STOP button in, and

Table 2-3

letting the count advance. When the last decade (eighthdigit) goes from ni ne to zero theOVERFLOW i ndicator will

PERIOD B, TIME A -- B, WIDTH B

light. Release the START/STOP button and observe that(AVERAGING MODE) DISPLAY CHECK

the OVERFLOW indicator remains on, but the count doesnot change . Pressing the RESET button clears the

AVGS/TIMING

Unit

Decimal Pdnt

overflow condition, sets the count to zero, and ex-Switch Setting

Indicators

Display

tinguishes the OVERFLOW indicator.

0.00000.000000.0000000.0000

Totalize A Display0.00000

For this check, the jumper located on the Auxiliary0.0000000.0000

Circuit Board must be in the Totalize position .

0.000000.000000

WARNING

Unless you are qualified to do so, refer placement ofthis jumper to qualified personnel.

Set the FUNCTION switch to EVENTS A DURING Band the AVGS/TIMING switch to 1. Check the readoutdisplays according to Table 2-4.

Set the FUNCTION switch to the TOTALIZE A/TIMEMANUAL position . Observe a zero at the right of thereadout display. The GATE indicator should light when

Set the FUNCTION switch to RATIO A/B and the

the START/STOP button is pushed in, and go out whenAVGS/TIMING switch to 1 . Again check the readout

the button is released . The units indicators and decimaldisplays using Table 2-4.

points should remain off.

Channel A Slope

Channel B Slope

Verify that the TOTALIZE/TIME MANUAL jumper is in

Set the FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B, CH B to +the TOTALIZE position . With the FUNCTION switch set to

SLOPE (button out), and the AVGS/TIMING switch to 1 .TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL and CH A to + SLOPE

Push the RESET button . Check that the GATE indicator(button out), press the START/STOP button . Turn the CH

turns on when the CH B LEVEL control is rotated fromA LEVEL control fully clockwise . The readout display

clockwise to the counterclockwise position . Turning theshould increase one count each timethe control is rotated

control back to clockwise should have no effect on thefrom clockwise to counterclockwise (past center posi-

GATE indicator. Another turn from clockwise tolion) . Verify that the count does not increase when the

counterclockwise turns the GATE indicator off.control is turned from counterclockwise to clockwise .

Change to - SLOPE (button in) and push the RESETbutton to clear the display . The readout should now

Change to - SLOPE (button in) and press the RESETincrease one count each time the CH A LEVEL control is

button. Observe that rotating the CH B LEVEL controlrotated from counterclockwise to clockwise (past center) .

from counterclockwise to clockwise and back producesTurning the control from clockwise to counterclockwise

an action that is just opposite that described in theshould not increment the display .

preceeding paragraph .

GENERAL

changes unreasonably, the DC 503A is not beingtriggered properly, either because the controls are not

The following discussion provides general information

correctly set or the signal is beyond the capabilities of theabout each mode of operation and instructions on making

counter.measurements for FREQUENCY A, RATIO~A/B, TIMEINTERVAL (WIDTH B and TIME A - B), EVENTS ADURING B, and TOTALIZE.

FRECiUENCY A MODE

In this modethe input signal is connected to CH A Inputonly, either through the rear interface or the front panelconnector. Use ac coupling for most frequencymeasurements to avoid readjusting the LEVEL controlbecause of changing do levels. The repetitive nature of thesignals makes slope selection unnecessary for frequencymeasurements . Signals less than 3 volts peak-to-peakneed not be attenuated ; larger signals should beattenuated to within the range of 60 mV to 3 V peak-to-peak .

Set the FUNCTION switch to FREQUENCY A and, withthe AVGS/TIMING switch, select one of the shorter gate

Overflow. Through intentional use of "overflow" dis-times. Set the DISPLAY TIME control fully coun-

plays, it is possible to improve the resolution of theterclockwise . Connect the signal to be measured to the

counter . Select a gate time that displays the most signifi-input and adjust the LEVEL control for a stable display.

cant digit as far to the left as possible . Note the numbersThe LEVEL control setting should not be critical unlessthe

displayed to the right of the decimal . Move the decimal tosignal amplitude and frequency are close to the specified

the left, by selecting longer gate times, until the desiredlimits.

resolution isachieved . The OVERFLOWindicator will lightwhen the most significant number overtlows the laststorage register . The relationship between gate time,

If the count varies from reading to reading, it is

measured frequency, displayed digits, and overflow isprobably caused by fitter in the signal source . If the count

shown in Table 2-5.

OPERATING MODES

Operating Instructions--DC 503A

Measurement Intervals . To adjust the trigger controls,choose a short gate time such as .1 second or .01 seconds .This gives rapid feedback via the display whether or notthe counter is being triggered . Final selection of gate timedepends upon the frequency being measured, desiredresolution, and willingness of the 'operator to wait for ameasurement.

Resolution . A 10 second gate time means the operatormust wait 10 seconds for a measurement to be made anddisplayed . This will give 0.1 Hz resolution . A 10 secondcount will display fewer than the available eight digits forany signal below 10 MHz.

English 2-7


GateTime

100pS1 pS

10 NS100 pS

1 mS10 mS

100 mS1S10S

The DISPLAY TIME control is uncalibrated andvariable from about 0.1 second (in the MIN position) toabout 5 seconds. At the extreme clockwise end of thecontrol is a detent position called HOLD. In HOLD; the lastcount taken will be stored and displayed for an indefiniteperiod . A new count and display can be initiated bypressing the RESET button, moving the DISPLAY TIMEcontrol out of the detent, or changing the gate time.

Table 2-5

GATE TIME vs MEASUREMENT RESOLUTION

>700 MHz

I

~~MHz

I

110 MHz

I

<~ MHz

2 digits

1 digit3 digits

2 digits

1 digit4 digits

3 digits

2 digits

1 digit5 digits

4 digits

3 digits

2 digits6 digits

5 digits

4 digits

3 digits7 digits

6 digits

5 digits

4 digits8 digits

7 digits

6 digits

5 digitsOVERFLOW

8 digits

7 digits

6 digitsOVERFLOW

OVERFLOW

8 digits

7 digits

LSD

.01 GHz1 MHz0.1 MHz.01 MHz.001 MHz.0001 MHz.01 kHz.001 kHz.0001 kHz

Measurement Rate . Once a stable measurement is

preferred. Otherwave shapes canbe accurately measuredobtained, the rate at which measurements are made can

if the amplitude is kept high .be controlled by the DISPLAY TIME control. Turning thecontrol clockwise holds off the gate and storesthe displayfor a longer time before a new measurement is made anddisplayed.Displaytimeandgatetimetogethercompietea

TIME INTERVAL MODESmeasurement-display cycle.

Two modes of time interval measurement can beselected : WIDTH B, and TIME A- B. TheWIDTH B modemeasures the time between two points on a waveform .These two points are selected by the CH B triggeringcontrols such that the counter main gate turns on at thepoint selected by the CH B SLOPE and LEVEL controls,and turns off at the same level but the opposite slope.Refer to Fig. 2-4C.

The TIME A ~ B mode measures the time between two

PERIOD MODES

points on two waveforms. Thesetwo points are controlledsuch that the CH A triggering controls select the point at

The period and period average modes allow single

whichthe maingateturnson,andtheCHBcontrolsselect

period measurements or multiple period averages to be

the point at which the main gate turns off. Refer to Fig. 2-

made with input frequencies into CH B. These modesare

4D.

useful for making low frequency measurements wheremaximum resolution is desired without waiting for longmeasurement time . Simply stated, the PERIOD B mode

Triggering . The voltage levels necessary to establish

reverses the functions of signal and clock as compared to

the triggering points on any selected slope are monitored

FREQUENCY A mode. Refer to Fig. 2-4A .

and set with digital voltmeter readings at the CH A/CH BTRIG LEVEL pin jacks on the front panel or rear interfaceconnections. Fig. 2-5 illustrates typical TRIG LEVEL

Averaging. Resolution and accuracy is improved by

voltage settings for various time interval measurements .

averaging the signal value over a large number of signal

When making these measurements, each channel must be

events. This increases the total time to take a measure-

do coupled and coaxial cables must lie properly ter

ment, i .e ., similar to selecting a longer gate time in

urinated in order to maintain signal fidelity .

FREQUENCY A mode. Refer to Fig. 2-4B .

WIDTH B Mode. In order to measure pulse duration

Low Frequencies. Period Measurements of signals

(Fig. 2-5, waveform 3), the 50°k level must be determined .

below 10 Hz, and particularly in the lowest decade from

Set the FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B and the CH B

0.1 Hz to 1 .0 Hz, become rather sensitive to wave shape

LEVEL control fully counterclockwise . Apply the input

and amplitude. Since it is desirable for the signals to pass

signal to the CH B input connector. TheGATE indicator

through the trigger hysteresis abruptly, square waves are

must be off .

PERIOD

PERIOD AVERAGED (X10)----+I

B.

C.

B INPUT

PERIOD

Rg. 2-4. Representation of interval measurements.


PERIOD AVERAGED

WIDTH B

D.

TIME

TIME A-~BINTERVAL

TIME INTERVAL

(747 711984-79

Rotate the LEVEL control until the GATE indicator just

4. Set the Channel B LEVEL control to the desiredcomes on and record the digital voltmeter reading .

triggering level as calculated in Step 2.Continue rotating the LEVEL control until the GATEindicator just goes off and record the digital voltmeterreading . Subtract the first digital voltmeter reading from

5. Set the FUNCTION switch to TIME A - B.the second and divide by 2; this is the 50% level .

6. Set the Channel A LEVEL control to the desiredReset the CH B LEVEL control so that the digital

triggering level as calculated in Step 3 .voltmeter indicates the 50% level . Read the pulse durationfrom the DC 503A display.

7 . With signals connectedtotheproperchannels,readthe elapsed time interval between the triggering

Time A - B Mode . This measurement requires input

level of Channel A and the subsequent triggeringsignals to both CH A and CH B, but the peak-to-peak

level of Channel B from the DC 503A display.signal amplitude should first be determined using theWIDTH B mode instructions. For TIME A - Bmeasurements, follow these steps :

1 . Set the FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B .

Time Interval Averaging . Averaging can be used toincrease the accuracy and resolution of repetitive signalmeasurements . The basic reason for averaging is the

2 . Referring to WIDTH B mode instructions, determine

statistical reduction of the f1 count error. If the t1 countthe peak-to-peak amplitude and desired triggering

error is truly random, then as more intervals are averaged,level of the signal to be applied to the Channel B

the measurement will tend to approach the true value ofinput .

the time interval . For time interval averaging to work, thetime interval being measured must be repetitive and have arepetition frequency that is nonsynchronous to the

3 . If the signal to be applied to Channel A input is

counter clock rate . The DC 503A will measure up to 10"different than that being applied to Channel B,

averages in both Width B averaging and TIME A - Brepeat Step 2 for this signal .

averaging .

English 2-9


90°k

~

~%

______ A LEVELSET

RISETIME FALLTIME i+ SLOPE

-SLOPE

,i

5

'

~B LEVEL10%

0

O

i10% ~

SET

OV

LEVEL \- (CONTROL/ +

TIMEA-BMODE

Fig. 2-5. TypIcN CH A and CH B Level Out voltage settings for various time Interval measurements .

19843

EVENTS A DURING B MODE

3. SettheFUNCTIONswitchtoEVENTSADURINGB .

In the EVENTS A DURING B mode, the events appliedto Channel Aare counted. Thecount is gated bythe signal

When theChannel Bsignal excursion occurs, Channel

applied to Channel B input. The accumulated total of

B is triggered and the gate opens, allowing the Channel A

events A that arrived during the time signal B was

pulses to be counted.triggered is displayed in the readout. Refer to Fig. 2-6.

The following procedure can be used to make ameasurement like that shown in Fig. 2-6.

1 . Apply the signal to be counted to Channel A. Withthe FUNCTION switch at FREQUENCY A, setChannel A SLOPE switch to + SLOPE. Adjust theLEVEL control for a stable display.

English 2-10

Averaging. Averaging can be used to increase theaccuracy and resolution of repetitive event per intervalmeasurements . As more events are averaged, themeasurement tends to approach the true value of thenumber of events per interval .

RATIO MODE2. Apply the control signal to Channel 8. With the

FUNCTION switch at PERIOD 8, set Channel B

TheDC 503A may be used to measure the ratio of two

SLOPE switch to + SLOPE. Adjust the LEVEL

signals, where one signal is applied to Channel A input

control for a stable display.

and the other signal is applied to Channel B input.

r

CH B InputSignal

CH A InputSignal

CH A EventsCounted

Countar/TimarI

Gata Open Tims

II

I

I

I

I

I

II

II

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

II

I

I

II

II

II

II

i


(1665)7984-24

Fly. 2-ti. Illustration of CH Aevents countedfrom portion of CH A signal pulses duringthe counter gate opentime(controlled byCH B signal).

In the Ratio A/B mode, the frequency of the signal

measurements, the smallest number of averages thatapplied to Channel A is divided by the frequency of the

produces a useful number of digits should be considered .signal applied to Channel B, and the resultant ratio isdisplayed.

Triggering . Theoperation of Channel A and Channel Btrigger controls is the same as for frequency and periodmeasurements . Set the trigger controls as follows:

TIME MANUAL MODE

This mode is amanual analog of the TIME A--Bmode .In this mode, only the AVGS/TIMING switch andSTART/STOP switch affect the display.

1 . Go to the FREQUENCY A mode and adjust the

Staging and Stopping . The TIME MANUAL mode mayChannel A trigger controls for a normal frequency

bethought of as a"stop-watch" type of operation. Withthemeasurement.

FUNCTION switch in theTIME MANUAL position (andtheinternal jumper properly positioned), the display stags

2. Go tothe PERIOD Bmode and adjustthe Channel B

counting time-base pulses when theSTART/STOPswitchtrigger controls for a normal period measurement.

is depressed. It will continue to count and display theaccumulated total until theSTART/STOP switch is releas-ed . The last count will then be held in the display until

3. Leaving the Channel A and Channel B trigger

another START command is given (in which case thecontrols asthey are, gotothe RATIO A/B mode. The

count will again advance), or other controls are actuated.correct ratio should be displayed.

Pressing the RESET button will return the display to zero.Changing the setting of the AVGS/TIMING switch willchange the frequency of the time-base pulses being

Resolution . TheAVGS/TIMING switch, which controls

counted and reset the display to zero . The start/stopthe number of averages of the Channel Bsignal, maynow

function can also be performed remotely via the rearbe

set

to

display

maximum

resolution .

For

most

interface connections.

English 2-11


Clocking Rate . When the AVGS/TIMING switch is in

will continue to be displayed. No more incoming eventsthe 1 s position, one-second pulses are being counted and

will be added to the total .the display accumulation advances one count per second,and so on .

Restarting and Resetting. When the START/STOPbutton is again depressed, incoming events will advance

Whenever the accumulated count is above 99,999,999,

the displayed total . Resetting the count to zero can be

the OVERFLOW indicator will light to indicate register

done at any time by pressing the RESET button .

overflow; however, the accumulation continues at thenormal rate, except that digits for decades above 10" arenot displayed.

Remote start/stop. Starting and stopping the count canbe accomplished remotely via connections to the rearinterface.

This mode is a manual analog of the FREQUENCY Amode . In thismode, signal events applied tothe Channel Ainput are counted and the accumulated total displayedduring the time the START/STOP button is depressed tothe START position . The main application of this mode isto accumulate the count of relatively infrequent andirregular events .

If the original package is not fit for use or not available,Operation. Apply the signal to Channel A input and set

repackage the instrument as follows:the trigger controls the same as for afrequency measure-ment . Only the Channel A trigger controls, the RESET

Surroundtheinstrumentwithpolyethelenesheeting,orbutton, and the START/STOP button affect the display in

other suitable material, to protect the exterior finish .

this mode .

Obtain a carton of corrugated cardboard of adequatestrength and having inside dimensions no less than sixinches more than the instrument dimensions . Cushion

Starting the Count. Press theSTART/STOP button and

the instrument by tightly packing dunnage or urethane

adjust theChannelALEVELcontroluntilacountbeginsto

foam between the carton and the instrument, on all

advance. The accumulated count is displayed in whole

sides. Seal the carton with shipping tape or an in-

numbers.

dustrial stapler.

Stopping the Count. If the START/STOP button is

The carton test strength for your instrument is 200released and no other controls are actuated, the last total

pounds .

TOTALIZE A MODE REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT

If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to aTektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach atagshowing: owner (with address) and the name of anindividual at your firm that can be contacted. Includecomplete instrument serial number and a description ofthe service required .

English 2-12

INTRODUCTION

le compartiment et appuyer fermement . Appliquer les ten-sions au DC 503A ~ faide du commutateur POWER du chas-sis d'alimentation .

Ce chapitre fournit les instructions d'installation et d'uti-lisation pour qua le DC 503A fonctionne salon ses possibilit~smaximales. S'y trouvent la description du role des comman-

Pour extraire le DC 503A du chassis d'alimentation, tirerdes du panneau avant, des modes d'utilisation et les mathodes

sur la barrette de verrouillage (situae dans le coin infarieurpermettant d'effectuer les mesures de base .

gauche) jusqu'~ ce qua le connecteur soit libara . Le DC 503Asera alors complatement dagaga .

Le DC 503A est livra atalonna et prat ~ atre utilisa . IIfonctionne dans un compartiment de n'importe quel chassisd'alimentation de la saris TM 500 . Se reporter aux instruc-tions du manual du chassis d'alimentation pour touts infor-mation sur les tensions requises et (utilisation de ce module.

Pour tsviier touts d~t~rioration du DC 503A, couperi'aiimeniation du chassis avant /'installation ou /'ex-traction du tiroir. Nepas forcer pour prodder ~ cesoperations.

INSTRUCTIONS D'UTILISATION

INSTALLATION ET RETRAIT

ATTENTION

ii ql

T

Guide wpirieur

Fente

Borne d'interconnexion

Ditrompeur

. . . .- . ~ ~c "

. .

- . .. . . .

. .

Chapitre 2 - DC 503A

Instructions d'utilisation -DC 503A

Bien que le DC 503A soft livr~ ~talonn~ et prat ~ ~tre uti-

SELECTION DU MODE D'UTILISATIONlisp, il est indispensable de revoir les fonctions et le r81e des

ET ROLES DES COMMANDESoommandes et des prises avant d'utiliser I'appareil .

FUNCTION : commande s~lectionnant le mode deA 1'exception du cavalier TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL,

®mesure.d~crit au chapitre rMaintenancen, du manuel en arglais, tou-tes les commanderdu DC 503A se trouvent sur le panneau

Q

NOTAavant. Vous trouverez ci-dessous une description de ces

La position TOTALIZE AITIME MANUAL permet lecommandes (se reporter 8 la figure 2-2) . choix enire deux fonctions. Le positionnement d'un

cavalier interne s~lectionne le mode de mesure r Tota

Les oommandes de la vole A et de la voie B ~tant identi+

lisation desw~nemenisA (TOTALlZEA)r ou lemo-

ques, seule la voie A est d~aite.

de rMesure manuel% de temps (TIME MANUAAIy.Le chapitre rMaintenance,s du manuel en anglais four-nit des explications sur le positionnement du cavalier.

INDICATEURS D'AFFICHAGE ET D'UNITES

AVG/TIMING : cette commande depend de la positionO du commutateur de fonctions (FUNCTION) et s~lec

DISPLAY READOUT : affichage ~ huit chiffres,

tionne la cadence ~ laquelle les impulsions d'horloge

O composts chacun de rapt segments ~lectroluminescents,

seront compt~es ou le nombre de mesures qui seront

aver cadrage automatique de la virgule .

moyenn~es.

O OVERFLOW : t~moin qui, allum~, indique le d~passe-

~O

DISPLAY TIME : cette commande determine la dur~e

2

ment de cepacite du registre .

d'affichage du resultat depuis la fin du dernier compta-ge jusqu au commencement du prochain . Ce tempsd'affichage peut varier depuis 0,1 s, ~ fond daps lelens anti horaire (CCW) jusqu'e 10 se ~ fond daps le

GATE : indicateur de porte principale de comptage .

sans horaire (CWI . La position HOLD maintient I'affi-O S'allume pendant le temps de comptage .

chage indefiniment jusqu'e ce que I'on appuie sur lebouton de remise ~ zero de I'affichage (RESET).

GHzirSEC : allume, indique que le chiffre affiche re-O presents des gigaherts (GHz) en mode rFrequence An

RESET : Ce bouton poussoir remet ~ zero le compta-ou des nanosecondes (ns) en mode rMesure de temps.

~~

ge lorsqu'il est utilise dans le mode rTotalisation A

5

MHz/pSEC : allume, indique que le chiffre affiche re-presente des Megahertz (MHz) en mode rFrequence Asou des miaosecondes (ps) en mode rMesure de temps» .

S

COMMANDES ET PRISES

(TOTALIZE A)x . II agit egalement comma remise ~zero principals, assurant ('effacement de I'affichageavant la prochaine mesure. II fournit aussi un moyende verifier toutes les diodes electroluminescentes deI'affichage en position renfonces, une ranges de r8sdolt appara~re dans la fenetre de visualisation.

kHz/mSEC : allume, indique que le chiffre affiche re-presente des kilohertz (kHz) en mode r Frequence As

START/STOP : ce bouton poussoir agit comma uneou des millisecondes (ms) en mode rMesure de temps» .

ports manuelle de comptage lorsque la commandsFUNCTION est sur la position TOTALIZE A/TIME

Hz/SEC : allume, indique que le chiffre affiche repre-

MANUAL. En position renfonck», la ports de compta-

sente des Hertz (Hz) en mode rFrequence AM ou des

ge est ouverte. Le bouton rsortis farms la ports de

secondes (SEC) en mode rMesure de temps» .

comPtage .

Fig. 2-2. Commandes et prises .

Instructions d'utilisation - DC 503A

French 2-3


ENTREE DE LA VOIE A

(source external, snit les contacts du connecteur de I'inter-

ET FONCTIONS DE NIVEAU

face arri~re (source internal . Les entries externes offrent uneimpedance d'environ 1 MSl, avec une capacity parall~le de27 pF. Les circuits internes d'entree offrent une impedance

,3

CHAINPUT : prise BNCd'entree du signal de la vole

nominate de 50 SZ pour s'adapter oorrectement aux conne-

A. Impedance d'entree de 1 MS2 en parallele avec

xions du signal par c5ble coaxial classique .

20 pF environ.

NOTA

La tension maximale admissible est de 100 Vcr~ie.

,4

LEVEL : cette commands selectionne le point sur lesignal d'entree ou la fenetre de declenchement est pla-ce .

15

SLOPE : ce bouton poussoir selectionne la petite dusignal d'entree sur laquelle le declenchement se pro-duira. En position asorti», selectionne la petite positi-ve (+), en position xenfonce», selectionne la petitenegative (-1.

16

ATTEN : ce bouton poussoir selectionne ('attenuationdu signal d'entree . Position ~sorti» : X1, position ~en-fonce» : X5.

17

COUPL : ce bouton poussoir selectionne le couplagecontinu (position xsorti») ou alternatif ( positionaenfonce») du signal d'entree aux attenuateurs .

SOURCE : ce bouton poussoir selectionne la source

Sensibiljt~ et plage de fr~quencedu signal d'entree. En position ~sorti» (EXTI selec-

~sensibilite des votes Aet B, pour un signal sinusoicJal,tionne la BNC du panneau avant comma source de si-

~de 20 mV efficeces, multipliee par ('attenuation utilises,gnat . En position ecenfonce» (INT) achemine le signal

jusqu'8 100 MHz et de 35 mV efficeces, multiplies par 1'at-d'entree au compteur par les connexions de I'interfa-

tenuation utilisee, jusqu'~ 125 MHz. En fonction du modece .

de couplage selectionne, la limits en base frequence estsoil 0 Hz (couplage continu), soil 10 Hz (oouplage alternatif)pour chaque vole .

SHAPED OUT A : delivre un signal derive de la sortie9

du circuit de miss en forma de la vole A.

2o

SHAPED OUT GND : borne commune de masse pourla~ sortie du signal mis en formade la vote A.

Petite et niveau de d~clenchement

TRIG LEVEL A : cette borne permet de contrSler leniveau du declenchement de la vote A.

RELEASE LATCH : verrou de securite. Le tirer pour© extraire le DC 503A du chassis d'alimentation .

DESCRIPTION DES ENTREES

SourcesLe commutateurSOURCE selectionne, pour chaque vote,

la source d'u signal : snit la borne BNC du panneau avant

French 2-4

CouplageLes boutons pqussoirs du panneau avant selectionnent,

pour le signal d'entree de chaque vote, le mode de couplagealternatif (par capacite) ou le mode de couplage continu(direct) . Ce couplage a lieu avant qua les signaux tie soienttransmis aux circuits attenuateurs.

-Att~nuateurs et tensions d'entr~e maximalesEn position acsorti» (X11, aucune attenuation du signal

d'entree . Dans ce mode, la tension d'entree maximale admis-sible est de 400 V(continu + crate alternative) ~ la frequen-ce de 120 kHz ou moins. Si I'on selectionne une attenuationde X5, la tension d'entree maximale admissible est de 400 V(continu -I- cr¬te alternative) ~ une frequence de 15 MHz oumoins (VOTE Aou VOIE B) .

Les boutons poussoirs SLOPE (petite) determinant pourchaque vole si les circuits de declenchement repondent auxfronts montants ou descendants de chaque signal d'entree.

Se reporter ~ la figure 2-3. Pour chaque vole, la commandsLEVEL (niveau) permet ~ I'utilisateur de deplacer la fene-tre d'hysteresis du circuit de declenchement vers un niveauoptimal sur le signal d'entree, afin d'obtenir un declenche-ment stable . La commands LEVEL est reglable sur une pla-ge du signal d'entree de t3,5 V, multiplies par ('attenuation.Ce niveau peut etre controls sur la sortie TRIG LEVEL situe~sur le panneau avant.

Impulsion: da bruit

FenStre d'hyst`risiidassique de ZO mV

_n -n

A1 Comptsge erron6

BI Comptage corro~

FAMILIARISATION DE L'UTILISATEURAVEC L'APPAREIL

Mise en service

Mauve le chassis d'alimentation sous tension pour alimen-ter le DC 503A. Un ou plusieurs caract~res doivent alors ap-parail:re sur I'affichage. Respecter une p~riode de chauffe de20 mn pour b~n8ficier de la precision sp~cifi~e .

Tests de I'affichageTester I'affichage et la logique de ~mmutation du DC

503A en ('absence de tout signal . Les verifications suivantestesteront les circuits pvincipaux du compteur . L'appareil estainsi prat ~ effectuer les mesures . Si I'on detects un defautfaire appal ~ un personnel de maintenance qualifie .

Test des segments de I'affichageAppuyer sur le bouton de remise ~ zero (RESET) afin

de verifier les sept segments de cheque caractere . Une rangeede K8x dolt etre affichee. Cette verification des circuits d'af-fichage peut s'effectuer ~ n'importe quel moment .

Affichage de la mesure de la fr~quence A

Placer la commands FUNCTION sur FREQUENCY A. A('aide du commutateur AVGS.TIMING, selectionner une per-te de comptage de 100 ns . Verifier qua ('emplacement de lavirgule, la suppression des zeros 8 gauche du chiffre significa-of et les,indicateurs d'unite sont conformes aux indicationsdu tableau 2-1 .

Fip. 23 . R~ponse du circuit de dbclenchement en function du riglape de niveau .

Indication ducommutataurAVGD/TIMING

(Moyannas et mesuresda temps)

Vivification de I'affichaye de la mesurede la fr8quence A (FREQUENCY A)

100 ns1 /.1s

.10 /1s

100 /1s1 ms10 ms

100 ms1s10a


Tableau 2-1

Indicateurd'unitbs

GHz/nSecMHz//.6ecMHz//,6ecMHz//.6ecMHz//JSecMHz/~.6eckHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSec

Affichaps da lavirgule

0.0000.00.000.0000.00000.000.0000.0000

19842

Lorsque la oommande du temps d'affichage (DISPLAYTIME) est en butee daps le sans anti-horaire, constater quafindicateur de comptage GATE clignote rapidement pour desportes de comptage courtes et de plus en plus lentement pourdes portes de comptage plus tongues . En utilisant une portsde comptage courts 1100 ms1, faire lentement tourney laoommande DISPLAY TIME dens le sans horaire . Observerqua I'indicateur de comptage GATE vests eteint durant untemps de plus en plus long, jusqu'e ce que la commands s'en-clenche sur la position HOLD, figrant alors indefinimentI'affichage (ports de comptage fevmeel . Replacev la ~mman-de DISPLAY TIME sur la position extreme du sans anti ho-raire .


Affichage des mesures de la p~riode B, de la largeur

Affichage du hombre d'~nements presents sur AB et du temps A-> B

durant B et du rapport A/BMode ~tMesure de temps>t. Placer le commutateur FUNC"

Placer la commande FUNCTION sur la position EVENTS

TION sur PERIOD B (dans la zone bleue du panneau event)

ADURING B et le commutateur AVGS/TIMING sur 1 . V~-

et positionner la oommande de moyenne/mesures de temps

rifier que I'affichage correspond au tableau 2-4.

(AVG/TIMING) sur 100 ns . Observer que I'affichage corres-pond aux indications du tableau 2-2 .

Placer la commande FUNCTION sur RATIO A/B et lecommutateur AVGS.TIMING sur 1 . Verifier 8 nouveau I'affi-

Tableau 2-2

drags ~ I'aide du tableau 2-4.

V~rffication de I'affichage des mesuresPERIODE B, TEMPS A -> B, LARGEUR B

(mode ~IMesure de temps>t)

Indication Indicateurdu oommuteteur I d'unitisAVGS/TIMING

100 ns

MHz//.6ec

0.0

Indieati°^ du commutateur

Affiehags de Ia

1 /JS

kHz/mSec

0.000

AVGS/TIMING

virgule

10 /,rs

kHz/mSec

0.00

1

p100 /15

kHz/mSec

0.0

10

0.01 ms

Hz/Sec

0.000

102

0,0010 ms

Hz/Sec

0.00

103

0,000100 ms

Hz/Sec

0.0

10a

0.00001 s

Hz/Sec

0

10s

0.0000010 s

0.00

106

0.00000010~

0.000000010s

oPlacer la commande FUNCTION sur WIDTH B (dans la

zone bleue du panneau event) tout en conservant I'indicetiondu commutateur AVG/TIMING . Verifier que I'aff.ichage ob-

Affichage de la mesure manuelle de tempstenu est correct.

Verifier que le cavalier situ

sur le circuit imprim~ auxi-liaire est sur la position TIME MANUAL . Placer la comman

Placer la commands FUNCTION sur TIME A ->B (dans

de FUNCTION sur la position TIME MANUAL et le commu-

la zone bleue du panneau event) tout en conservant I'indice-

tateur AVGS.TIMING sur 1 s.

tion du commutateur AVG/TIMING . Verifier que I'affichageobtenu est correct.

L'indicateur GATE dolt s'allumer et le comptage suivantdolt ~tre affich~ lorsque le bouton START/STOP est en po

Mode rMoyenne de plusieurs mesuresa. R~p~ter les opt-

sition senfonc~» . L'indicateur de comptage GATE dok

rations pr~c~dentes pour les oommandes se trouvant dans la

s~teindre lorsque le comptage .est arret~ en relachant le bou-

zone gris sombre du panneau event. Noter que I'affichage ob-

ton START.STOP. Verifier le d~passement de capacity de

tenu est correct pour cheque indication des commutateurs,

I affichage en plagant le commutateur AVGS/TIMING sur

oonform~ment au tableau 2-3.

100 ns et en enfongant le bouton START.STOP. Laisser en-suite le comptage se poursuivre . Lorsque la derni~re decade

Tabhu 2-3

(huiti~me digit) prise de 9 ~ 0, I'indicateur OVERFLOWdolt s'allumer. Reli~cher le bouton START/STOP et obser-

Vfrification de I'affichage des mesures

verque I'indiceteur OVERFLOW rests allum~, mais que lePERIODE B, TEMPS A -> B, LARGEUR B

comptage ne varie pas. En appuyant sur le bouton RESET,(Mode moyenne de pluaieurs mewres)

le d~passement de capacity est supprim~, le comptage est re-

Indication

Indicateur-

Affichsge ds la

mis ~ zero et I'indicateur OVERFLOW s'~teint .

du oommutatsur

d'uîtb:

virguleAVGS/TIMING

11010210310a10s10610~1as

kHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSecMHz//6ecMHz//.6ecMHz//.6ecGHz/nSecGHz/nSecGHz/rSec

Affichage de Isvirgule

Tableau 2-4

Verification de I'affichage du rapport A/Bet du hombre d'~v~nements pr8sents wr A durant B

0.00000.000000.000000

Afficha

de la mesure de totalisation A (TOTALI-0000000

ZE A~ ~0.000000 -0.000o

Pour effectuer cette verification, le cavalier situ sur le

0.00000

circuit imprim~ auxiliaire dolt se trouver sur la position0.000000

KTotalisation~ (TOTALIZE) .

Placer le commutateur FUNCTION sur la position TO-

r~aliser les mesures FREQUENCE A, RAPPORT A/B, IN-TALIZE A/TIME MANUAL. Observer qu'un zero se trouve

TERVALLE DE TEMPS (LARGEUR B ET TEMPS A ->B),~ la droite de 1'affichage . L'indiceteur GATE dolt s'allumer

EVENEMENTSA DURANT B, et TOTALISATION .lorsque le bouton START/STOP est en position ~cenfonc~ret s'Esteindre lorsque le bouton est rel~ch~. Les indiceteursd'unit~s ainsi que les virgules doiveht raster ~teints .

Pente de la vole A

Verifier que le cavalier TOTALIZE/TIME MANUAL estsur la position TOTALIZE. Le oommutateur FUNCTION~tant pled sur TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL et la pentepositive de la vole A ~tant s~lectionn~e au moyen de lacommands +SLOPE (position ssortir), appuyer sur le bou-ton START/STOP . Tourney la commands LEVEL de la voleA ~ fond daps le sans horaire. L'affichage dolt augmenterdune unity cheque fois qua la commands de niveau d~passela position nmi courser du sans anti horaire vers le sans ho-raire. Verifier que le total n'augmente pas lorsque le boutonest tourn~ dens le sans oontraire.

D~ns ce mode, le signal d'entr~e nest appliqu~ qu'8 I'en-tr~e de la voie A, soft par I'interm~diaire de ('interface arri~-re soit sur la prise du panneau event. Utiliser un couplagealternatif pour la plupart des mesures de fr~quence afind'witer le r~ajustement de la oommande de niveau (LEVEL)en raison des changements des niveaux continus. La naturerEsp~titive des signaux rend inutile la selection de la pentepour les mesures de fr~quence. Les signaux inf~rieurs ~ 3 Vaete-~-crate ne n¬~cessitent aucune attenuation . Pour des si-gnaux d'amplitude plus grande, s~lectionner un facteur d'at-t~nuation tel qua le signal att~nu~ se trouve dens la plagede 60 mV ~ 4 V aete-8-crate .

S~lectionner la pente negative, ~ ('aide de la commands(- SLOPE) (position senfoncer) et appuyer sur le boutonRESET pour effacer 1'affichage . Les indications doivent

Placer la oommande FUNCTION sur FREQUENCY Aalors augmenterdune unite cheque fois qua la commands

et ~ 1'aide du commutateur AVGS/TIMING, selectionnerLEVEL de la vole Adepasse la position smi courser du

Tune des portes de comptage les plus courtes. Placer lasans horaire vers le sans anti horaire. Verifier qua le total

commands DISPLAY TIME 8 fond dens le sans anti horaire.n'augmente pas lorsque le bouton est tourne dens le sans

Connecter le signal 8 mesurer ~ ('entree et regler la commancontraire .

de LEVEL pour obtenir une representation stable. La posi-tion de cette commands ne doit pas titre critique 8 moinsqua ('amplitude et la frequence du signal ne se trouvent pro-

Pente de (a voie B

ches des limites des ceracteristiques .

Placer la commands FUNCTION sur PERIOD B, selec-tionner la pente positive de la voie B au moyende la commarrde +SLOPE (position «sortir) et positionner le commute-

La variation du comptage dune lecture e I'autre est pro-teur AVGS/TIMING sur 1 . Appuyer sur le bouton de remise

bablement due e la gigue de la source du signal . Une varia-~ zero (RESET(. Verifier qua I'indiceteur GATE s'allume

tion exageree du comptage peat titre provoquee par un mau-brsque la commands LEVEL de la voie B depasse la posi-

vais declenchement du DC 503A, soft parce qua les comman-tion mi course du sans anti horaire vers le sans horaire. Le

des ne sort pas eorrectement positionnees soit parce qua lesfait de faire revenir la commands dens le sans horaire n'a

caracteristiques du signal depassent les possibilites du compaucun effet sur cat indicateur. Une autre rotation dens le

tear.lens anti horaire eteint I'indiceteur de ports de comptageGATE .

Selectionner la pente negative (- SLOPE) et appuyer surle bouton de remise e zero . Verifier qua la rotation de lacommands LEVEL de la voie B du sans anti horaire vers lesans horaire et retour produit une action opposes ~ cells de-aite au paragraphs precedent.

MODES D'UTILISATION

Resolution . Une ports de comptage de 10 s signifie quaa

futilisateur dolt attendre 10 s pour qu'une mesure soit ef-fectuee et affichee . Ceci donna une resolution de 0.1 Hz .

G~n~ralit~s

Pour tout signal inferieur ~ 10 MHz, un comptage pendantVous trouverez ci-dessous des informations g~n~rales

10 s affichera une mesure avec moinsde huit chiffres signi-eoncernant cheque mode d'utilisation et les instructions pour

ficetifs.


Mode tcMesure de fr~quencea du signal de la vole A

Intervallea de mesure. Pour regler les commander de de-clenchement, choisir une ports de comptage (GATE TIME)oourte tells qua .1 s ou .01 s. Cette contra reaction rapidslue sur I'affichage indique un declenchement correct ou in-oorrect. Le choix definitif de la ports de oomptage estfonction de la frequence ~ mesurer, de la resolution souhai-tee et de la borne volonte de I'operateur pour attendre lamesure.

French 2-7

Instructions d'utilisatbn -DC 503A

Dfpassement de cepacit~. L'utilisation intentbnnelle du

en chosissant des porter de comptage de plus en plus bngues

sD~passement de capacit~u (OVERFLOW) permet d'am~lio-

jusqu'~ la resolution souhait~e. L'indicateur OVERFLOW

rer la resolution du compteur . S~lectionner une ports de

s'allumera lorsque le chiffre le plus significatif d~passera la

comptage qui donna une mesure comportant le plus grand

derni~re case du registre de m~moire. Le tableau 2-5 montre

nombre de chiffres significatifs . Noter lee chiffres repr~sen-

la relation existent anus la ports de comptage, la fr~quence

t~s ~ la droite de la virgule . D~placer la virgule vers la gauche

mesure, les chiffres affich~s et le d~passement de capacity.

Ports de comptage

100 (.is1 /.Is10 /.Is100 /.Is

1 ms10 ma100 ms

1s10s

Tableau 2~6

Relation anus la ports de comptage et la r~solutbn de la mesure

100 MHz

de 10 MHz il 100 MHz

de 1 MHz ~ 10 MHz

~1 MHz

2 chiffres

1 chiffre3 chiffres

2 chiffres

1 chiffre4 chiffres

3 chiffres

2 chiffres

1 chiffre5 chiffres

4 chiffres

3chiffres

2chiffres6 chiffres

5chiffres

4chiffres

3chiffres7 chiffres

6 chiffres

bchiffres

4chiffres8 chiffres

7 chiffres

bchiffres

b chiffresdApassement

8chiffres

7 chiffres

6 chiffresdbpassement

d~passement

8 chiffres

7 chiffres

Chiffre le moinssilp~ificatif

.01 GHz1 MHz0.1 MHz.01 MHz.001 MHz.0001 MHz.Ot kHz.001 kHz.0001 kHz

Rythme des mesures. Apre}s avoir obtenu une mesure sta-

8une mesure complete. L'am~lioration est similaire 8 la s~-

ble, la commands de temps d'affichage (DISPLAY TIME)

lection dune plus tongue ports de ~mptage Bans le mode

regle le rythme des mesures ~ effectuer. Une rotation daps

ecMesure de la frequence As. Se reporter ~ la figure 2-4B .

le sans horaire maintient la ports de comptage fermee et figsI'affichage pendant un temps plus long jusqu'e la prochainemesure affichee . Le temps d'affichage et ~temps de compta-

Basses friquencea. Les mesures de periods de signaux in-

ge constituent un cycle complet xcomptage/affichage>r .

ferieurs ~ 10 Hz et particulierement dans la plus base decadede 0,1 Hz ~ 1,0 Hz, deviennent assez sensibles ~ la forma dusignal et ~ son amplitude. Les signaux cams sont prefera-

La commands DISPLAY TIME nest pas ~talonnee et est

tiles car il est souhaitable qua le signal franchisee le seuil

variable anus 0,1 s (position minimale MIN1~t 5 s. A I'ex-

d'hysteresis dune maniere brusque. Si ('amplitude d'entree

tr~mit~ du sans horaire, cette commands peut etre enclenchee

est maintenue assez elevee, il est possible de mesurer d'au-

sur une position denomm~e HOLD. Cette derniere maintient

tree signaux qua lee signaux cams.

pendant un temps illimit~ la derniere mesure affichee . Unenouvelle mesure et un nouvel affichage peuvent etre initiali-ses en appuyant sur le bouton RESET, en mettant la comman-ds DISPLAY TIMEsur la position enclenchee ou en changeant

MOdes teMesure d'intervalle de temps),

la ports de comptage .II est possible de selectionner deux modes de mesures

d'intervalles de temps : LARGEUR B et.TEMPS A y B. Le

Mesure de p~riode

mode LARGEUR B mesure I'intervalle de temps anus deuxpoints sur un signal . Les commandes de declenchement de la

Les modes xPeriodeM et eMoyenne sur plusieurs periodess

vole B selectionnent ces deux points de tells maniere qua la

permettent de mesurer une seule periods ou d'effectuer la

ports principals du compteur s'ouvre sur le point selection-

moyennede plusieurs periodes du signal applique ~ ('entree

ne par lee commandes SLOPE et LEVELde la vole B et se

de la vole B. Ces modes sont utiles pour lee mesures en base

ferme au mama niveau, mais sur la gents opposee. Voir la

frequence, lorsque I'on souhaite une resolution maximale

figure 2-4C.

sans attendre longtemps pour effectuer la mesure . Autrementdit, le mode PERIOD B inverse lee roles du signal et de 1'hor-bge par rapport au mode de mesure Frequents A. Se repor-

Le mode x Mesure de temps A y B mesure le temps anus

tar 8 la figure 2-4A .

deux points sur deux signaux. Ces deux points sont contr8lesde tells maniere qua lee commander de declenchement de lavole A selectionnent le point ou la ports principale de

Moyenne. La resolution et la precision peuvent ¬tre ame-

comptage s'ouvre et lee commander de la voie B selection-

liorees en moyennant la valeur du signal sur un grand nom-

rent le point ou la ports de comptage se ferme. Se reporter

bra d'evenements du signal . Ceci accroi~ le temps necessaire

8 la figure 2-4D .

r

PERIODE

q,

~ PERIODE

B .

C .

ENTREE A

ENTREE B

PERIODE MOYENNEE (10X1-

D . Intarvalle Intervallede temps

detamps

DBclenchement. Les niveaux de tension necessaires auxpoints de declenchement sur la pente selectionnee sont eta-blis et regles 8 ('aide des indications d'un voltmetre numeri-que branche sur les bornes TRIG LEVELdu panneau eventou par I'intermediaire des connexions de 1'interface arriCre .La figure 2-5 montre les niveaux de tension classiques sur laprise TRIG LEVEL, pour diverses mesures d'intervalles detemps. Lorsque I'on realise ces mesures, chaque vole dolt titreoouplee en continu et les cables coaxiaux doivent atre correc-tement termines afin de conserver la purete du signal .

Mode LARGEUR B. Afin de mesurer la duree dune im-pulsion (Fig . 2-5, 3eme signal), il feat determiner le niveau50 %d'amplitude. Placer le commutateur FUNCTION surWIDTH B et la commands de niveau de la vole B a fond densle sans anti horaire. Appliquer le signal d'entree a ('entree dela vole B. L'indicateur de comptage GATE dolt titre eteint .

Faire tourney la commands LEVEL jusqu'a ce qua I'ir7di-cateur GATE s'allume et enregistre ('indication du voltmetrenumerique. Continuer 8 faire tourney la ~mmande LEVELjusqu'8 ce que 1'irxiiceteur GATE s'eteigne et voter I'indice-tion du voltmetre numerique. Faire la soustraction entre lapremierg indication du voltmetre numerique et la deuxiemeet diviner par deux ; ceci correspond au niveau 50 %.

Fip. 2-4 . Reprbsentation des mesures d'intervallas de temp:.


PERIODE MOYENNEE

I.ARGEUR B

TEMPS A y B

(7411)1984-19

Replacer la oommande LEVEL de la vole B pour que levoltmetre numerique indique le niveau 50 %. Lire la dureede ('impulsion directement sur I'affichage du DC 503A .

Mode sMesure de tempsAy B. Cette mesure necessite unsignal applique ~ chaque entree des volesA et B . Cependant,(amplitude cr ¬te-~-crate du signal dolt titre au prealable,determine~ en utilisant le mode ecMesure de la largeur B~ (sereporter aux instructions de ce mode de mesure) .

1 . Placer la commands FUNCTION surWIDTH B .

2. Se reporter aux instructions du mode ecMesure de lalargeur B» . Determiner ('amplitude crate-e-crate et le niveaude declenchement desire du signal 8 appliquer e ('entree dela vole B.

3. Si le signal e appliquer e ('entree de la vole A est dif-ferent de celui de la vole B, repeter les operations du para-graph~ 2.

4. Regler la ~mmande LEVELde la vole B au niveau dedeclenchement desire, comma indique ~ paragraphs 2.

5. Placer le commutateur FUNCTION sur TIME A y B.

6. Regler la commands LEVEL de la vole A au niveau dedeclenchement souhaite salon les indications du paragraphs3.

French 2-9

Instruction: d'utilisation -DC 503A

Position du nivsaud'amplitude A

d'amplitude A

iMode

~ . ds ia burps;

0~

--32 VPosition du niwaud'amplitude B

___~_ _ _ ; 1.5 V

O

~1.5 V\ii

v

Position du nivew _~

O

i10"/o~-Position du niveau~ 10°k

i

~

d'amplitude B

OV ModsdetempsA»B

__2,00 VNivesud'amplituds850%

0.00 V

Fq. 2-5. Indieatiom typiques de la ten;ion de sortie do nivswx de la vole A at ds la vois B pour diverse: mesures d'intervalle da temps.

7 9643

7. Les signaux correctement appliqu~s aux voles appro-

Mode KMesure des w~nementsA durant B~

pries, lire I'intervalle de temps s'~tant ~coul~ entre le niveaude d~clenchement de la vole A et le niveau de d~clenchement

Dans le mode KMesure des e v~nementsA durant BSI, lessuivant de la vole B sur I'affichage du DC 503A .

w~nementsappliqu~s ~ la vole A sont compass. Le compta-ge est valid

par le signal appliqu~ ~ I'entr~e de la vole B. Letotal cumuli des ~v~nements de A arrives pendant le tempsou la vole B est d~clench~e apparai~ sur I'affichage . Se re-porter ~ la figure 2-6 .

Moyennede plusieurs mesures d'intervalle de taempa. Onpeut utiliser la moyenne de plusieurs mesures de signaux r~-p~titifs pour augmenter la precision et la resolution . La r~-

Procedure ~ suivre pour effectuer une mesure identique

duction statistique de I'erreur de comptage (± 1 point)

~ celle de la figure 2-ti .constitue le Principe de base de la moyenne de plusieurs in-tervalles de temps. Si I'erreur de ± 1 point est reellement :lee-

1 . Appliquer lee signaux ~ oompter sur la vole A. Le

toire au fur et ~ mesure que le nombre d'intervalles moyen-

oommutateur FUNCTION sur FREQUENCY A. Selection-

r~s augments, la mesure approchera de la veritable valeur de

ner la pmts positive de la vole A (+SLOPEI . Regler la

I'intervalle de temps. Pour que la moyenne des mesures de

oommande LEVEL pour obtenir une mesure stable .

fintervalle de temps soit valable, I'intervalle de temps ~ mesu-rer dolt titre repetitif et la frequence de repetition ne dolt

2. Appliquer le signal de contr6le ~ la vole B. La comman-

pas titre synch onede I'horloge du compteur . Le DC 503A

de FUNCTION etant places sur PERIOD B, selectionner la

peut mesurer jusqu'e 10a moyennages dans les modes a Lar-

pmts negative (- SLOPE) de la vole B. Regler la commands

geur B et temps A ~ Bx .

LEVEL pour obtenir une representation stable .

Signal d'entrbede la voie B

Sipnsl d'eMrbsde la voie A

Ev`nemeMS ds Nvoie A totalisis

Port~ ds comptapeI

ouverte du comptwrI

I

I

I

Fig. 2~6 . Evinements de la voie A oomph i1 partir dune fraction d'impulsions de la voie A durant I'ouverture de la ports de comptape (coMrb-Ibe par le :goal de la voie BI .

3. Placer le commutateur FUNCTION sur EVENTS ADURING B. Lorsque survient le signal sur la voie B, celle-ciest d~clench~e et la ports de comptage s'ouvre ; le comptagedes impulsions de la voie A a lieu .

Moyenne de mesurer. On peut moyenner pour augmenterla resolution et la prlSCision des mesurer d'un ~v~nement r~-petitif pendant un intervalle de temps. Plus il y a d'evene-ments moyenner, plus la mesure approchera de la veritablevaleur du nombre d'evenements par intervalle .

Le DC 503A pent titre utilise pour mesurer le rapport dedeux signaux, lorsqu'un signal est applique 8 I'entree de lavoie A et I'autre signal applique ~ I'entree de la voie B.

Dans le mode ~Mesure du rapport A/B», la frequence dusignal applique ~ la voie A est divisee par la frequence du si-gnal applique ~ la voie B et I'affichage indique le rapport quien resul~e.

Mode KMesure du rapport


(166511984-24

D~clenchement. L'utilisation des commander de d~clen-chement des volesA et B est identique is cells des mesurerde fr~quence et de p~riode. Placer les commander de d~clen-chement comme suit

1 . Se placer en mode FREQUENCE A et r~gler la comman-d~ de d~clenchement de la voie A comme pour une mesurede frequence normale.

2. Se placer en mode ~cMesure de la periods Bs et reglerles commander de declenchement de la voie B comme pourune mesure de periods normale.

3 . Ne plus toucher aux commander de declenchement dela voie A et de la voie B . Se placer en mode sMesure de rap-port A/Bz. L'affichage dolt indiquer le rapport correct.

Resolution . Le commutateur AVGS/TIMING, qui contro-l~ le nombre de moyenner sur le signal de la voie B peutmaintenant titre regle pour afficher la resolution maximale .Pour la plupart des mesurer, c'est le plus pent nombre demoyenner produisant le nombre de chiffres significatifs vou-lu qui dolt titre considers.

French 2-1 1


D~marrage du oomptage. Appuyer sur le bouton START/STOP et r~gler la oommande LEVEL de la vole A jusqu'au

Ce mode est un mode manuel analogue au mode xMesure

d~marrage d'un comptage. Le comptage totalis~ est affich~de temps A y B . Seuls les oommutateurs AVGS/TIMING et

en nombres entiers .START/STOP ont une incidence sur I'affichage .

Amt du oomptage . Si le bouton START/STOP est rela-D~marrage et arrAt. Le mode acMesure de temps manuellei

d~~ et qu'aucune autre commands nest modifi~e, le dernierpeut etre consid~r~ comma un chronom~tre . Le commute-

comptage restera affich~ . Aucun ~v~nement ne viendra s'ajouteur FUNCTION ~tant pled sur la position TIME MANUAL

tar au total .let le cavalier interns correctement positionn~l, I'affichaged~marre le oomptage des impulsions de la base de temps lors-que le commutateur START/STOP est en position ecenfoncks .

Redbmarsge et remise i! ziro de 1'affichage. Lorsque leII continues 8 compter et 8 afficher le total cumuli jusqu'~

bouton START/STOP est de nouveau enfonc~, les nouveauxce que le commutateur START/STOP soft rel~ch~ . Le dernier

~v~nements s'ajouteront au total affich~ . II est possible de re-comptage sera alors maintenu sur I'affichage jusqu'~ ce qu'une

mettre le comptage ~ zero ~ n'importe quel moment en ap-autre instruction de dCmarrage soit donn~e (START) (dans

puyant sur le bouton RESET.ce ces I~, le comptage va de nouveau progresser), ou lorsqued'autres commander sont modifies. Le fait d'appuyer sur lebouton (RESET) remettra I'affichage ~ zero . Changer la posi-

D~marrage/arr~t ~ distance. I1 est possible de d~marrer ettion du commutateur AVGS/TIMING fern verist la fr~quence

d'arr~ter le comptage ~ distance par 1'interm~diaire des connedes impulsions de la base de temps qui doivent etrs compt~ss

xions de ('interface arri~re.ct replacent I'affichage ~ zero . La fonction START/STOPpeut ~tre dement oommand~e 8 distance par 1'interm~diairedes connexions de ('interface arri~re .

Cadence d'horbge. Lorsque le commutateur AVGS/TI-MING est sur la position 1 s, des impulsions de une seconds

Instructions de r~emballage pour expeditionsont compt~s,1'affichage augments d'un comptage par se-oonde, et ainsi de suite .

~

Si un appareil Tektronix doit titre exp~di~ ~ un centre demaintenance Tektronix, pour entretien ou reparation, atta-chez ~ I'appareil une etiquette portent les indications suivan

Chaque fois que le total cumule est au-dessus de 99 999

tes : nom du propri~taire, I'adresse complete et le nom du999, le temoin de depassement de cepacite (OVERFLOW)

responsible pouvant etre oontacte . Ne pas oublier de men-s'aliume pour indiquer qus li cepacite de registrs est degasses

tionner le type complet de ('instrument, le numero de retieCependant, Is cumul continue ~ une cadence normale, reins

et une description de ('intervention souhaitee .les chiffres dont Iss decades sont superieures s3 10a ne sontpas representes .

Nous vous recommandons de conserver le carton et le ma-teriel d'smballage d'origine dans lequel vous avez regu votre

Mode KMesure de la totelisation A»

appareil . Si vous n'avez pas preserve ceux-ci, emballez ('ins-trument de la minters suivante

Ce mode est un mode manuel analogue au mods aMesurede la frequence AM . Les evenements du signal applique 8 I'sn-

.

Procurez-vous une boite de carton ondule depassanttree de la vole A sont +comptes et le total affiche durant le

d'au moins 15 cm les dimensions de I'appareil de manie-temps ou le bouton START/STOP est en position eenfoncen

re a3 pouvoir entourer celui-ci de materiaux protecteurs .(position START). La principals application de ce mode

.

Entourez I'instrumsnt dune fsuilie de poluethyleneoonsiste ~ cumuler le comptage des evenements irreguliers et

de minters ~ assurer la protection du bonier .peu frequents .

.

Intercalez entre le carton et 1'instrument de la mous-se d'urethane, dune epaisseur de 7,6 cm de cheque cite .

Fermez le carton au moyen dune bands adhesive ouUtilisation . Appliqusr le signal e ('entree de la vole A et

dune gross agrafeuss industrielle .placer les oommandes de declenchement de la m¬me mintersque pour les mesures de frequence . Seuls, les commander dedeclenchement de la vote A, les boutons RESET et START/

test de resistance de I'emballage pour cat appareilSTOP ont une incidence sur I'affichage dans ce mode.

15 kg/cm2 .

French 2-1 2

Mode KMesure de temps manuelleM

EINF~HRUNG

schoben warden . Durch vorsichtiges DrOcken wardenSocket and Stecker verbunden . Der DC 503A ward Ober

Im Rahmen dieser Bedienungsanieitung warden

den Stromversorgungsschalter der Stromversorgungs-Installation, Auswechseln and Bedienung des DC 503A

einheit mit Betriebsstrom versorgt .beschrieben . Im einzelnen warden die Bedienungs-elemente der Frontplatte sowie die verschiedenen

Zur Herausnahme des DC 503A wird die Verriege-Betriebsarten erlgutert. Ais Beispiel wird die Durch-

lungslasche (oben linke Ecke) gezogen, um die Verbinfiihrung einiger Grundmessungen beschrieben .

dung von Socket and Stecker zu IlSsen . Danach wird derDC 503A gerade herausgezogen .

INSTALLAT10N UND AUSWECHSELNDer DC 503A ist bei Lieferung kalibriert and kann sofort

vervvendet warden . Erwird in einem Einschubfach einesbeliebigen Stromversorgungs-Moduls der Serie TM 500betrieben . Informationen hinsichtlich der Stromversor-gung and des Betriebs der Stromversorgungs-Moduleentnehmen Sie den entsprechenden Bedienungsanlei-tungen .

Um eine Zerstl3rung am Einschub DC 503A zuvermeiden, ist die Stromversorgungseinheit sus-zuschalten, bevor das Instrument ein- oder aus-geschoben wird.

Vergewissern Sie sich, daf3 die Kunststoffstege dasVerbindungssockels der gew~hlten Stromversorgungs-einheit mitderAussparung desVerbindungssteckersdesDC 503A ilbereinstimmen . Ist dies nicht der Fall, dart dasInstrument nicht eingeschoben warden, bis die Ursachegefunden wurde. Nach dieser lJberpriifung kann derDC 503A in die Ftihrungsschiene gesetzt and einge-

BEDIENUNGSANLEITUNG

VORSICHT

Verbindungsleiste

VERSOR(iUN®S-EINHEIT w

I

Kepitel 2 - DC 508A

OberoFiihrungsschiene

Schliiz

aEINSCHUB

UMsro Fiihrungsschiene /Venrisgelungstesb '

1437-~1

Abb. 2-1 : Ein- and Ausbeu das Elnachubs

Bedienungsanleituny - DC 503A

BEDIENUNGSELEMENTE UND STECKER

Obwohl der DC 503A komplett kalibriert and betriebs-bereit ist, sollten die Funktionen der Bedienungsele-mente and Stecker vor Verwendung iiberprtift werden .

Da dieArbeitsweise der Bedienungselemente fair Kanal Aand Kanal B identisch ist, beschr~nkt sich die Beschrei-bung auf die Arbeitsweise von Kanal A.

DARSTELLUNG UND ANZEIGEDER ELEMENTE

WAHL DER BETRIEBSARTENUND STEUERFUNKTIONEN

Mit Ausnahme der intern steckbaren Brucke TOTALIZE/

®

FUNCTION - Funktionswahlschalter : WAhlt dieTIME MANUAL, die im Servicehandbuch beschrieben ist,

Betriebsart der Messung : Ereignis- oder Zeitz~hlbefinden sich die Bedienungselemente des DC 503A auf

betrieb fur den Z~hler .der Frontplatte. Im folgenden finden Sie eine kurzeBeschreibung dieser Bedienungselemente (vergl.

BEACHTE!Abb . 2-2) .TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL ist eine �EntwederlOder°-Funktion. TOTALIZE A oder TIME MANUALwird mit Hilfe einer intern steckbaren Brucke ge-w~hlt. Weitere Informationen hierzu finden Sie imServicehandbuch .

WARNUNG

DISPLAYREADOUT-Anzeige: Die Wertewerdenmit Hilfe einer achtstelligen 7-Segment-LED-

Das Stecken dieser Brucke sollte nur von qualifiAnzeige mit automatischer Kommaverschiebung

ziertem Service-Personal vorgenommen werden.angezeigt .

OVERFLOW - Uberlauf : Das Leuchten dieserAnzeige macht einen Uberlauf im Register sicht-

O

AVG/71MING - Mittelung/Taktfrequenz : Dieserbar.

~

Schalter wAhlt in AbhAngigkeit von der Einstellungdes Wahlschalters FUNCTION dieTaktfrequenzfur

GATE - Tor: Zeigt den Status des Hauptgates an

dieZ~hlung oder die Anzahl der fUr eine Mittelungand leuchtet wbhrend eines aktiven Gate-Inter-

zu verwendenden Messungen .valls .

10

DISPLAYTIME - Darstellzeit : W~hlt die Zeitdauer,4

GHz/nSEC

-

GHz/ns:

Das

Leuchten

von

fur die ein Wert nach Beendigung eines Zf;hlvor-GHz/nSEC zeigt an, daf3 der dargestellte Wert in

gangs bis zum Beginn der n~chsten Messung inGigahertz (GHz) angezeigt wird, wenn die Be-

derAnzeige dargestellt wird . Mit Hilfevon DISPLAYtriebsart FREQ A eingestellt ist, oder daf3 die

TIME kbnnen Zeitintervalle von 0,1 s (Linksan-Anzeige in Nanosekunden (ns) erfolgt, wenn der

schlag) bis 10 s (Rechtsanschlag) eingestellt wer-Zeitbetrieb eingestellt ist .

den. In der Stellung HOLD bleibt derWert so langein derAnzeige stehen, bis dieTaste RESETbet9tigt

MHz/NSEC - MHz/Ns : Das Leuchten von

wird.MHz/NSEC zeigt an, daf3 der dargestellte Wert inMegahertz (MHz) angezeigt wird, wenn die Be-

11

RESET- Riicksetzen : In der Betriebsart TOTALIZEtriebsart FREQ A eingestellt ist, oder daft die

wird die Zbhlung durch Bet~tigen dieser TasteAnzeige in Mikrosekunden (Ns) erfolgt, wenn der

sofort auf Null zurUckgesetzt . Dariiber hinausZeitbetrieb eingestellt ist .

arbeitet die Taste als Master-Reset um sicherzu-

kHz/mSEC

-

kHz/ms :

Das

Leuchten

von

stellen, daB die Anzeige vor Beginn einer neuen

©

kHz/mSEC zeigt an, daft der dargestellte Wert in

Messung zuriickgesetzt wurde . Im weiteren kt5n-

Kilohertz (kHz) angezeigt wird, wenn die Betriebs-

nenalle LED's derAnzeige UberprUft werden : wenn

art FREQ A eingestellt ist, oder daf3 die Anzeige in

9edrOckt, erscheint in der Anzeige eine Reihe von

Millisekunden erfolgt, wenn der Zeitbetrieb einee-

Achten.

stellt ist . START/STOP - Start/Stop : Drucktaste, die alsHz/SEC - Hz/s: Das Leuchten von Hz/SEC zeigt

~''

manuelles Tor arbeitet, wenn der Wahlschalteran, daf3 der dargestellte Wert in Hertz (Hz) ange-

FUNCTION in die Stellung TOTALIZE A/TIMEzeigtwird, wenn die Betriebsart FREQ A eingestellt

MANUAL eingestellt ist. Gedriickte Taste startetist, oder daf3 die Anzeige in Sekunden erfolgt,wenn

das Mef3intervall-Gate ; gelt5ste Taste beendet dasder feitbetrieb eingestellt ist .

Gate.

Abb .

2-2

:

Bedienungselemente and Anschliisse

Bedienungsanleitung

- DC 503A

German 2-3

Bedienungsanleitung - DC 503A

EINGANG KANAL A UND

18

SOURCE - Eingangssignalquelle : Drucktaste zurPEGEL-~N~~ONEN

Wahl der Eingangssignalquelle. In gelOster Stel-lung (EXT) werden die an die BNC-Buchse der

1$

CHA INPUT- Eingang Kanal A: BNC-Buchse zum

Frontplatte angeschlossenen Signale verwendetAnschlu8 des EingangssignalsfUrden Kanal A . Die

and in gedrUckter Stellung (INT) wird der rOck-Eingangsimpedanz betr~gt 1 M R 20 pF.

w~rtige Eingang gew~hlt .

WARNUNG

Maximale Eingangsspannung 200 Vs.

14

LEVEL - Pegel : W~hlt den Amplitudenpunkt aufder positiven odernegativen Flanke des Eingangs-signals, an dem die Triggerung erfolgt .

1§ SLOPE-Flanke:DrucktastezurWahlderpositivenoder negativen Flankedes Eingangssignals, an derdie Triggerung erfolgt. GelOste Taste w~hlt diepositive Flanke (+) and gedriickte Taste w~hlt dienegative Flanke (-) .

16

ATTEN - D~mpfung : Diese Drucktaste gestattetes, das Eingangssignal unged~mpft (x 1) oder x 5

O

TRiG LEVEL A - Triggerpegel A : Gestattet die(Taste gedrUckt) zu d~mpfen .

Darstellung des Triggerspannungspegels von

17

COUPL- Eingangskopplung : Drucktaste zur Wahl

Kanal A.der Eingangskopplung .DC-Gleichspannungskopplung (gelUste Taste),das Eingangssignal wird direkt an den Eingangs-teiler gekoppelt.

®

RELEASE LATCH - Verriegelung : Dient zur Verrie-AC-Wechselspannungskopplung

(gedrUckte

gelung des Einschubs . Durch LSsen kann der Ein-Taste), das Eingangssignal wird kapazitiv an den

schub aus dem Stromversorgungs-Modul heraus-Eingangsteiler gekoppelt.

gezogen werden .

Eingangsquellen

Empfindlichkeit and Frequenzbereich

Mit Hilfe des Wahlschalters SOURCE wird fGr beide

Kanal A and Kanal Bverarbeiten Signalamplituden von

Kan~le entweder die BNC-Buchse an der Frontplatte (ex-

20 mVeff (Sinus), multipliziert mit dem gewAhlten Teiler-terner Eingang) oder der riickw~rtige Eingangsstecker

verhi~ltnis, bis zu 100 MHz and bis zu einem Sinus von(interner Eingang) gew~hlt:

35 mVeff, multipliziert mit dem TeilverhAltnis bis zu

Die externen Eing~nge haben eine Eingangsimpedanz

125 MHz.von 1 Mfg R 20 pF. Der interne Eingang hat eine Impedanz

In Abhi~ngigkeit von der gew~hlten Betriebsart ist dievon 50 f2 zur Anpassung an typische SignalanschlUsse

untere Frequenzgrenze der einzelnen Kan~le entwederUber Koaxialkabel .

Null (Gleichspannungskopplung) oder 10 Hz (Wechsel-spannungskopplung) .

Eingangskopplung

Mit Hilfe der Drucktasten an der Frontplatte wird kapa-zitive Eingangskopplung (ac) oder Gleichspannungs-kopplung (dc) fUr den Anschlufi der Eingangssignale forjeden Kanal gew~hlt . Die Kopplung erfolgt, bevor dieSignale an die Teilerschaltkreise gelangen .

Teiler and maximale Eingangsspannungen

Der Pegeleinsteller LEVEL gestattet es, das Hysterese-FensterdesTriggerschaltkreisesaufden optimalen Pegel

Ist die Taste fur die Abschw~chung gelt5st (x1), wird

desEingangssignals einzustellen, um eine stabile Trigge-das Eingangssignal nicht abgeschw~cht. In dieser

rung zu erhalten . Mit Hilfe des Einstellers LEVEL ktfnnenBetriebsart betr~gt die maximale Eingangsspannung

Einstellungen Uber ± 3,5 V mal dem Teilerverh~ltnis des200 Vs bei Frequenzen ~ 50 kHz . Bei gedriickter Taste

Eingangssignals vorgenommen werden . Es besteht die(x5) betr~gt die maximale Eingangsspannung ebenfalls

Mtfglichkeit, diesen Pegel Uber den Ausgang TRIG LEVEL200 Vs bei Frequenzen ~ 50 kHz .

zu Uberwachen.

German 2-4

SIGNALEINGANG

19

SHAPED OUT A - Geformtes A-Ausgangssignal :Liefert ein geformtes Ausgangssignal, das vomAusgang der Formerschaltkreise des Kanal Aerhalten wird .

® SHAPED OUT GND - Massebuchse : Massen-buchse fUr die geformten Kanal A-Ausgangs-signale .

Flanke and PegelDie mit SLOPE gekennzeichneten Drucktasten

bestimmen furjeden Kanal, obdieTriggerschaltkreiseaufein negatives oder ein positives Eingangssignal reagie-ren . Vgl . dazu Abb . 2-3 .

REV B FEB 1981

Tabelle 2-1Uberprilifung der Frequent-A-Darstellung

Schalten Sie die Stromversorgungseinheit ein andi--

versofgen Sie den DC 503A mit Betriebsspannung . In der

Einstellung

Anzeige der

Komma-Anzeige sollten ein oder mehrere Zeichen erscheinen .

AVGS/TIMING

Einheit

darstellungDamit das Ger~t mit der angegebenen Genaui9keit arbei-

100 ns

GHz/nSek

0.00tet, warten Sie 20 Min . (Anw~rmzeit), bevor Sie mit Mes-

1 Ns

MHz/ Sek

0sungen beginnen .

10 Ns

MHz/ Sek

0.0100 Ns

MHz/ Sek

0.001 ms

MHz/ Sek

0.000L-

~BERPRt1FUNG DER ANZEIGE

1 o ms

MHz/ Sek

0.0000100 ms

kHz/mSek

0.00Die Uberprufung der Anzeige sowie der Schaltlogik

1 s

kHz/mSek

0.000des DC 503A wird ohne Eingangssignale durchgefuhrt .

1 0 s

kHz/mSek

0.0000Die folgenden Tests dienen zur Uberprufung der Haupt-schaltkreise des Z~hlers and stellen sicher, daf3 die Mes-sungen korrektdurchgefuhrtwerden . Sollten Fehlerfest-gestellt werden, setzen Sie sich bitte mit Ihrem Textronix-

Wird das Element DISPLAY TIME auf Linksanschlag

`-

Service in Verbindung.

eingestellt, kann ein schnelles Blinken derAnzeigelampeGATE fur kurze Gate-Zeiten beobachtet werden ; bei I~n-geren Gate-Zeiten blinkt die Anzeigelampe langsamer.Stellen Sie eine kurze Gate-Zeit ein (100 ms) and bewe-

~L .

~berpriifung der LED-Segments

gen Sie das Bedienungselement DISPLAYTIME langsam

Drucken Sie die Taste RESET, um die sieben Zeichen-

im Uhrzeigersinn . Sie kt5nnen dabei beobachten, daB dieAnzeigelampe GATE fur immer IOngere Zeiten ausge-

segmente fur jede Stelle zu uberprufen. Es wird eine

schaltet bleibt. Ist die Position HOLD (Rasterposition)L

Reihe mit derZahl 8 dargestellt . Diese Uberprufung kann

erreicht, bleibt die Anzeigenlampe GATE st~ndig ausge-jederzeit durchgefuhrt werden .

schaltet . Stellen Sie das Bedienungselement DISPLAYTIME wieder auf Linksanschlag ein .

L

Rauschimpulse

20 MillivoltHysterese (typ.)

(A) Fahlerhafte ZBhlung

(B) Korrekte Zlihlung

Abb. 2-3 : Trlggerverhalten bei unkorrakter (A) and korrekter (B) Pegeleinstellung

EINFIJHRUNG IN DIE BEDIENUNG

VORBEREITUNG

Frequent-Darstellungen A

Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf die Posi-tion FREQUENCYA ein . Mit Hilfe von AVGS/TIMING w~h-len Sie eine Torzeit von 100 ns . Uberpriifen Sie die Lagedes Kommas, die Nullunterdriickung and die Lage der

`~' Einheiten . (Tabelle 2-1) .


Periodendauer B, Pulsbreite Band 2eit A -~ B-Darstellungen

Zeitbetrisb. Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTIONauf die Position PERIOD B ein and den Schalter AVG/TIMING auf 100 ns . Uberprufen Sie die Anzeige anhandder in Tabelle 2-2 gezeigten Werte.

German 2-5


Tabelle 2-2

Tabelle 2-4PERIOD B, TIME A -~ B, WIDTH B

RATIO A/B UND EVENTS A~~1MING-BETRIEB)

DURING B. ~BERPR(1FUNG DER DARSTELLUNGUBERPRUFUNG DER DARSTELLUNG

Einstellung AVGS/TIMING

KommadarstellungEinstellung

Anzeige der

Komma-

1AVGS/71MING Einheit darstellung

10

0.0100 ns

MHz1NSek

0.0

1020 .001 Ns

kHz/mSek

0.000

1030 .00010 Ns

kHz/mSek

0.00

104

0.0000100 Ns

kHz/mSek

0.0

1050 .000001 ms

Hz/Sek

0.000

1060 .00000010 ms

Hz/Sek

0.00

10~

0.0000000100 ms

Hz/Sek

0.0

10601 s

Hz/Sek

010 s

Hz/Sek

0.00

Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION im blau mar-

Vergewissern Sie sich, dab die interne Brucke auf derkierten Bereich auf der Frontplatte auf die Position

Hilfsschaltkreisplatine sich in der Position TIME MANUALWIDTH B ein, wobei die Einstellung des Schalters AVG/

befindet. Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf dieTIMING beibehalten bleibt . Uberprufen Sie die Anzeige.

position TIME MANUAL ein and den Schalter AVGS/

Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION im blau mar-

TIMING auf 1 s .kierten Bereich der Frontplatte auf die Position TIMEA -" B ein, wobei die Einstellung des Schalters AVG/

DieAnzeige GATE leuchtet and eine Aufw~rtsz~hlungTIMING beibehalten bleibt . Uberprufen Sie die Anzeige .

wird dargestellt, wenn die Taste START/STOP einge-driickt ist . Die Anzeige GATE erlischt, wenn die Z~hlung

Mittelung-Betrieb. Wiederholen Sie die vorausgegange-

durch Lnsen derTaste START/STOP beendet wird . PrUfennen Prufungen fur diese Funktionen im graven Bereich

Sie den Uberlauf, indem Sie AVGS/TIMING auf 100 ns Bin-der Frontplatte . Uberprufen Sie die Anzeige anhand der in

stellen, die START/STOPTaste drucken and die Vor-Tabelle 2-3 gezeigten Werte.

~

wiirtsz~hlung laufen lassen . Wenn die letzte Dekade(8 : Stelle) von 9 auf 0 springt, leuchtet die Anzeige OVER

Tabelle 2-3

FLOW. Wenn Siejetzt die Taste START/STOP Itfsen, k6n-

PERIOD B, TIME A -~ B, WIDTH B

nen Sie beobachten, dab die Anzeigelampe OVERFLOW

(AVERAGING-BETRIEB),

eingeschaltet bleibt, obwohl sich die Z~hlung nicht mehr

OBERPRi)FUNG DER DARSTELLUNG

~ndert. Durch Drucken der Taste RESET wird die Uber-laufbedingung gelt5scht, die Z~hlung auf 0 gesetzt and

Einstellung

Anzeige der

Komma-

die Anzeigelampe OVERFLOW erlischt .

AVGS/TIMING Einheit darstellung

Manuelie Zeitdarstellung

1

kHz/mSek 0.000010

kHz/mSek

0.00000

Darstellung SummeA102 kHz/mSek 0.000000103

MHz/NSek

0.0000

Furdiese Uberpriifung mu8 die interne Brucke auf der

104MHz/NSek

0.00000

Hilfsschaltkreisplatine in der Position TOTALIZE einge-

105MHz/NSek

0.000000

steckt sein .106 GHz/nSek 0.000010~ GHz/nSek 0.00000108 GHZ/nSek 0.000000

WARNUNG

Ereignisse in A wi~hrend B and Verh~ltnis A/B

Das Umstecken der internen Brucke sollte nur vonquaifiziertem Service-Personal durchgefiihrt wer-

Stellen Sie denWahlschalteer FUNCTION auf die Posi-

den.tion EVENTSA DURING B and den SchaIterAVGS/TIMINGauf 1 ein. Uberprufen Sie die Anzeige anhand der inTabelle 2-4 gezeigten Werte .

Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf die Posi-tion TOTALIZEA/TIME MANUAL ein . Auf der rechten Seite

Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf die Posi-

derDarstellung erscheint eine Null . Bei Drucken derTastetion RATIO A/B ein and den Schalter AVGS/TIMING auf 1 .

START/STOP leuchtet die Anzeigelampe GATE, dieUberprufen Sie die Anzeige erneut unter Verwendung der

erlischt, wenn die Taste geltfst wird. Die Einheitenanzei-in Tabelle2-4 gezeigten Werte .

ger sowie das Komma bleiben ausgeschaltet .

Flanks Kanal A

Flanks Kanal B

VergewissernSiesich,daBdieBriickeTOTALIZE/TIME

Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf die Posi-MANUALsich in der Position TOTALIZE befindet. Drucken

tion PERIOD B, CH B auf + SLOPE (Taste gelt~st) andSie die Taste START/STOP, wobei der Funktionswahl-

AVGS/TIMING auf 1 sin. Drucken Sie die Taste RESET.schalter FUNCTION auf die Position TOTALIZE A/TIME

Uberpriifen Sie, ob die Anzeigelampe GATE eingeschal-MANUAL and CH A auf+SLOPE (Taste gel~5st) eingestellt

tet wird, wenn CH B LEVEL vom Rechtsanschlag auf densind. Bringen Sie den Drehknopf CH A LEVEL auf Rechts-

Linksanschlag bewegt wird . Ein Zuruckdrehen im Uhrzei-anschlag . Der in der Anzeige dargestellte Wert erht5ht

gersinn hat keinen EinfIuB auf die GATE-Anzeige. Einsich jeweils um sine Z~hlung, wenn dieses Bedienungs-

erneutes Drehen vom Rechtsanschlag auf den Linksanelement von Rechtsanschlag auf Linksanschlag bewegt

schlag schaltet die Anzeigelampe GATE aus.wird . Vergewissern Sie sich; daB die Z~hlung sich nichterhtfht, wenn das Bedienungselement von Linksanschlagauf Rechtsanschlag eingestellt wird .

W~hlen Sie jetzt die negative Flanks - SLOPE (Tastegedruckt) and drucken Sie die Taste RESET, um die Dar-stellung zu I~schen . In diesem Fall erh~ht sich die Z~hlung jedesmal, wenn CH A LEVEL vom Linksanschlag auf

W~hlen Sie nun die negative Flanks - SLOPE (TasteRechtsanschlag bewegt wird . Bei einer Bewegung des

gedruckt) and driicken Sie dieTaste RESET. Wird nun dasBedienungselementes vom Rechtsanschlag zum Links-

BedienungselementCHBLEVELvomLinksanschlagzumanschlag wird der angezeigte Wert in der Darstellung

Rechtsanschlag and zuriick gedreht, passiert genau dasnicht erh~ht.

Umgekehrte, wie vorher beschrieben .

BETRIEBSARTEN


ALLGEME~WE$

sich die Z~hlung ohne Grund, liegt es daran, daB derDC 503 A nicht korrekt getriggert ist, was entweder an

Im folgenden werden grunds~tzliche Informationen

einer unkorrekten Einstellung der Bedienungselementehinsichtlich der einzelnen Betriebsarten, sowie Messun-

liegt oder von Signalen, die auBerhalb der MtSglichkeitengen fur FREQUENCY A, RATIO A/B, TIME INTERVAL

desZ~hlers liegen, verursacht werden .(WIDTH B and TIME A -~ B), EVENTS A DURING B andTOTALIZE beschrieben .

Messintervalle. Bei der Einstellung der TriggerelementeFREQUENZ A-BETRIEB

sollten kurze Torzeiten wie 0,1 s oder 0,01 s gew~hlt wer

In dieser Betriebsart wird das Eingangssignal fur CH A

den. Dadurch kann uberdie Darstellungsehrschnell fest-

entweder an den ruckw~rtigen Eingang oder die BNC-

gestelltwerden,obderZ~hlergetriggertistodernicht .Die

Buchse an der Frontplatte angeschlossen . Um sin Nach-

endgiiltige Einstellung der Torzeit h~ngt von der zu mes-senden Frequenz, der gewunschten AufltSsung and der

stellen des Einstellers LEVEL aufgrund von Gleichspan-

zur Verfiigung stehenden Zeit fur die Messung ab.nungspegel~nderungen zu vermeiden, sollte fur die mei-sten Frequenzmessungen die Wechselspannungskopp-

AuflBsung. Wird z. B . sine Gatezeit von 10 s eingestellt,lung benutzt werden . Da die Signals in repetierender

(Gatezeit = McBzeit) bedeutet dies, daB der AnwenderForm zur Verfugung stehen, ist eme Wahl der Flanks bei

bis zurDarstellung des McBergebnissesl0 swarten muB.Frequenzmessungen iiberflussig. Signals a 3 Vg$ brau-

DieAufltSsung betritgt in diesem Fall 0,1 Hz . Die Wahl die-chen nicht abgeschw~cht zu werden ; grtfBere Signals

ser relativ langen Gatezeit ist aber der einzige Weg, diesollten so abgeschw~cht werden, daB sie im Bereich von

bestmf5gliche Aufltfsung and Genauigkeit fur Signals60 mV bis 3 V~ liegen .

unterhalb von 10 MHz zu erzielen .Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf die Posi-

tion FREQUENCYA sin, wobei mit Hilfe von AVGS/TIMING

~berieuf. Durch die Verwendung einer Uberlauf-Anzeige'-

sine der kiirzeren Tor-Zeiten gew~hltwird . Stellen Sie das

ist es mt5glich, die Aufldsung des Z9hlers zu erh~hen .Bedienungselement DISPLAY TIME auf Linksanschlag

W~hlen Sie sine Gatezeit, bei der die hr!fherwertige Stellesin . SchIieBen Sie das zu messende Signal an den Ein-

so weit wie mt~glich links in der Anzeige dargestellt wird .gang an and justieren Sie den Drehknopf LEVEL so, daB

Beachten Sie die Zahlen, die rechts vom Komma darge-sine stabile Darstellung ertolgen kann . Die Einstellung

stellt werden . Bewegen Sie das Komma so lange nachvon LEVEL ist in der Regel nicht kritisch, wenn Signal-

links, indem Sie I~ngere Gatezeiten einstellen, bis dieamplitude and Frequenz sich nahe der spezifizierten

9ewunschte Genauigkeit erreicht ist . Die Anzeige OVER-Grenzen befinden.

FLOW leuchtet, wenn die hffherwertige Stelle das letzteSpeicherregister uberschreitet. Den Zusammenhang

Die Z~hlung ~ndert sich von Anzeige zu Anzeige, was

zwischen Gatezeit, gemessener Frequenz, dargestellten(

~-=

durch ~Jitter in der Signalquelle verursacht wird . Andert

Stellen and Uberlauf zeigt Tabelle 2-5.

German 2-7


Tabelle 2-5AUFL~SUNG DER MESSUNG IN ABHXNGIGKEIT VON DER .GATEZEIT

Gate-

=100 MHz

10 MHz bis

1 MHz bis

a 1 MHz

Niederwertigezeit

100 MHz

10 MHz

Stelle

100 ns

2 Stellen

1 Stelle

0,01

GHz1 N s

3 Stellen

2 Stellen

1 Stelle

1

MHz10 N s

4 Stellen

3 Stellen

2 Stellen

1 Stelle

0,1

MHz100 N s

5 Stellen

4 Stellen

3 Stellen

2 Stellen

0,01

MHz1 ms

6 Stellen

5 Stellen

4 Stellen

3 Stellen

0,001

MHz10 ms

7 Stellen

6 Stellen

5 Stellen

4 Stellen

0,0001 MHz100 ms

8 Stellen

7 Stellen

6 Stellen

5 Stellen

0,01

kHz1 s

lJberlauf

8 Stellen

7 Stellen

6 Stellen

0,001

kHz10 s

lJberlauf

Uberlaut

8 Stellen

7 Stellen

0,0001 kHz

McBgeschwindigkeit Nachdem eine stabile Messung

ZEITINTERVALLMESSUNGENerhalten wurde, kann die Darstellzeit, die nach der Mes-sung einsetzt, durch das Bedienungselement DISPLAY

Zeitintervallmessungen werden in den BetriebsartenTIME eingestellt werden . Durch Rechtsdrehen von

TIME A-~B oder WIDTH B durchgefUhrt .DISPLAY TIME wird das McBergebnis I~nger in der An-

In der Betriebsart WIDTH B wird die Zeit gemessen andzeige gespeichert, wodurch die Zeitspanne bis zur nach-

angezeigt, die zwischen dem gew~hlten Triggerpegel-sten Messung verl~ngert wird . Der gesamte McBzyklus

punkt der Startflanke fUr die zu messende Impulsdauerwird von der Einstellung der Bedienungselemente

and dem gleichen Triggerpegelpunkt der Flanke mitDISPLAY TIME and GATE TIME bestimmt .

entgegengesetzter Polariti;t verstreicht (Vgl . Abb. 2-4 C) .Der Einsteller DISPLAY TIME gestattet unkalibrierte

Einstellungen innerhalb des Bereichs von links nach

In der Betriebsart TIME A-~B wird die Zeit gemessen,rechts - von 0,1 s bis 5 s . Am Rechtsanschlag befindet

and angezeigt, die zwischen dem Triggerpunkt von CH Asich die Rasterstellung HOLD. In dieser Stellung bleibt

and dem nachfolgenden Triggerpunkt von CH B ver-das Ergebnis fiir eine unbestimmte Zeit in der Anzeige

streicht . Die beiden Punkte werden so gesteuert, dab mitgespeichert . Ein never Z~hlvorgang kann erst durch

Hilfe der Triggerbedienungselemente des Kanal A derDrUcken der RESETTaste, durch linksseitiges Verdrehen

Punkt gew~hlt wird, an dem das Hauptgate eingeschaltetvon DISPLAYTIME oderdurch Ver~nderung derGate-Zeit

wird, and die Bedienungselemente fUr Kanal B den Punkteingeleitet werden .

w~hlen, an dem das Hauptgate ausgeschaltet wird .

PERIODENDAUERMESSUNGEN

(vgl . Abb . 2-a D>

Die Betriebsarten Periodendauer and Periodendauer-mittelung gestatten es, einzelne Periodendauermessun-

Tri99enung. DiezurBestimmungderTriggerpunkteerfor-gen durchzufiihren oder mehrere Perioden deran Kanal B

derlichen Spannungspegel sind an die Ausg~nge CHangeschlossenen Eingangsfrequenzen zu mitteln . Diese

ARCH B TRIG LEVEL der Frontplatte oder an den riick-Betriebsarten eignen sich zur Durchfuhrung von Nieder-

w~rtigen Interface-Anschlu8 gelegt and ktfnnen mit Hilfe

frequenzmessungen, bei denen es auf eine hohe Auf-

eines Digitalvoltmeters eingestellt werden . Abb . 2-5 zeigt

Itfsung ankommt, ohne dab die Messung besonders zeit-

tYPische Einstellungen der TRIG LEVEL-Spannung furaufwendig ist . Einfach ausgedriickt kann gesagt werden :

verschiedene Zeitintervall-Messungen . FUr die Durch-

In der Betriebsart PERIOD B werden die Funktionen von

fiihrung dieser Messungen mUssen die Kan~le gleich-Signal and Takt im Vergleich zu der Betriebsart FRE-

spannungsgekoppelt sein, and die Koaxialkabel miissenQUENCY A umgekehrt (siehe Abb. 2-4 A) .

korrekt abgeschlossen sein .

Mittelung. Durch die Mittelung der Signalwerte fiber eine

Pulsbreite B. Um eine Periodendauer zu messen (Abb . 2-gro8e Anzahl von Ereignissen k~Snnen die AufISsung and

5~ Signalform 3), ist es erforderlich, den 50%-Pegel zudie Genauigkeit erht~ht werden . Dadurch wird aber die

bestimmen . Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION aufMcBzeit verl~ngert, wie dies z. B . auch bei der Wahl von

diePosition WIDTH B and CH B LEVELauf LinkgsanschlagI~ngeren Gate-Zeiten in der Betriebsart FREQUENCY A

ein. Schlie8en Sie das Eingangssignal an die Eingangs-der Fall ist (Vgl . Abb . 2-4 B) .

buchse CH B. Die Anzeige GATE sollte ausgeschaltetNiedrigeFrequenzen . Bei Periodendauermessungen von

sein. Bewegen Sie den Einsteller LEVEL solange, bis dieSignalen unterhalb von 10 Hz and bei Messungen inner-

Anzeigelampe B sich einschaltet and halten Sie den amhalb der untersten Dekade von 0,1 Hz bis 1,0 Hz wird die

Digitalvoltmeter gemessenen Wert felt . Drehen Sie denMessung in Bezug auf Form and Amplitude empfindlich .

Einsteller LEVEL solange welter, bis die AnzeigelampeFGr den Fall, dab das Signal der Triggerhysterese rasch

GATE ausgeht and halten Sie den am Digitalvoltmeterdurchl~uft, werden bei der Z~hlung Rechtecksignale be-

gemessenen Wert fest . Nun subtrahieren Sie den erstenvorzugt. Nichtrechteckftirmige Signalewerden mt5glichst

am Digitalvoltmeter gemessenen Wert vom zweiten Me8-am tiefsten~lmplitudenpunkt bei maximalerAmplituden-

Overt and dividieren Sie dieses Ergebnis durch 2 : dies istgrtf8e gemessen .

der50%-Pegel .

a~PERIODE~

-

PERIODE GEMITTELT (x 10)-~

B.

n n n n

PERIODEGEMITTELT

BR

C.

A EINGANG

B EINGANG

Stellung WIDTH B ein.

D.

ZEIT-INTERVALL

f

ZEITINTERVALL

Betrisbaart Zeit A-~B. FUr die Durchfiihrung dieser Mes-sung miissen Eingangssignale an beide EingOnge, CH Aand CH B, angeschlossen werden . Zuerst jedoch solltedie Spitzensignalamplitude, wie vorhergehend beschrie-ben, in der Betriebsart WIDTH B bestimmt werden . ZurTIME A-~B-Messung fUhren Sie folgende Schritte durch:

Abb. 2-4: Intervallmessungen


PERIODE

BREITE B

ZEIT AFB

Stellen Sie CH B LEVEL zurtick, so daf3 der Wert des

4. Stellen Sie CH B auf den in Schritt 2 errechneten50%-Pegelsan derAusgangsbuchse liegt andam Digital-

Triggerpegel ein.voltmeter abgelesen werden kann . Jetzt kann die Puls-

5. W~hlen Sie mit dem Wahlschalter FUNCTION diedauer in der Anzeige des DC 503 A abgelesen werden .

Position TIME A-~B .

6. Stellen Sie jetzt auch den errechneten Trigger-pegel furCH A ein .

7. Die Zeitdauer zwischen dem TriggerpegelpunktCH A and dem nachfolgenden TriggerpegelpunktCH B kann jetzt in der Anzeige abgelesen werden .

1 . Stellen Sie den Wahlschalter FUNCTION auf die

Mitteiiung derZeitintervallmessung . Mit Hilfe der Mittei-lung kt~nnen die GenauigkeitanddieAuflt~sungvonrepe-tierenden Signalen verbessert werden . Der Mittelungsvorgang ist im Prinzip eine statistische Verringerung des

2. Bestimmen Sie mit Hilfe des Digitalvoltmeters die

±1-ZOhlfehlers . Handelt es sich bei dem ±1-Z~hlfehler

Spitzenamplitude and fiber die Gate-Anzeige-

um einen echten Zufall, so kann durch eine Mittelung

lampe die Amplitude des an den Eingang CH B

mehrerer Intervalle das Ergebnis dem wahren Wert nOher

angelegten Signals. Errechnen Sie den Trigger-

9ebracht werden . Um eine Mittelung durchfiihren zu ktin-

pegel fur CH B.

nen, mu8 daszu messende Zeitintervall in repetierenderForm zur Verfiigung stehen, wobei die Repetierfrequenzand die Taktfrequenznicht synchron sein diirfen. Mitdem

3. Unterscheidet sich die Amplitude des Eingangs-

DC503A kt5nnen bis zu 108 Mittelungen sowohl als WIDTHsignals CH Avon CH B, so ist Schritt 2auch fOrCHA

B-Mittelung als auch als TIME A~B-Mittelung durch-durchzufiihren.

gefiihrt werden .

German 2-9

BedienungsaMsitung - DC 503A

German 2-10

In der Betriebsart EVENTS A DURING B wird die Anzahlvon Ereignissen des an den Eingang CH A angeschlos-senen Signals innerhalb der Zeit, fGr die das an den Ein-gang CH B angelegte Signal den Kanal B triggert and dasGate tfffnet, gezOhlt and dargestellt. Vgl . Abb . 2-6 .

Eine Messung wie in Abb . 2-6 zu sehen, kann wiefolgtdurchgefiihrt werden :

1 . SchlieBen Sie das zu z~hlende Ereignis an denEingang von CH A. W~hlen Sie mit Hilfe des Wahl-schalters FUNCTION die Betriebsart FREQUENCYA and stellen Sie den Flankenwahlschalter desKanals A auf + SLOPE ein . Justieren Sie den Ein-steller LEVEL so, dab eine stabile Darstellungerhalten wird .

B f~EGEL

_ _ _ _ ~ _ _ _ ~

_ ___ _

A PEGELEINSTELLUNG

;

, ~~°

~

~~° ~

EINSTELLUNG,

~ ANST'IEGZEIT ABFALLZEIT\v

+ FLANKE

- FLANKE ;v~v

v

EINSTELLUNG -~+ ~0%

0

OO

;10°16

B PEGELEINSTELLUNG

i0 V

ZERAFB

BETRIEB

PEGELEIN3TEL-

- C LUNG / +

Abb. 2-5 : lypische Einstellungen der Ausgengsspannung fair CH A and CH B fiir unterschiedliehe ZeitiMervallmessungen

EREIGNISSE A WXHREND B

3 . Stellen Sie jetzt den Wahlschalter FUNCTION aufdie Position EVENTS A DURING B ein .

Durch das an Kabel B angelegte Signal wird Kanal Bgetriggert and das Gate ge~5ffnet, wodurch die an Kanal Aangelegten Impulse gezOhlt werden .

Mittelung . Mit Hilfe derMittelung kt5nnen Genauigkeit andAufltfsung eines repetierenden Ereignisses pro Intervallerhiiht werden . Mit derAnzahl dergemittelten Ereignissen~hert sich die Messung dem wahren Wert derAnzahl vonEreignissen pro Intervall .

2 . SchlieBen Sie das Steuersignal (Gate-Steuerung)

VERHi4LTNISMESSUNGan den Eingang von Kanal B an . Stellen Sie denWahlschalter FUNCTION auf die Position PERIOD B

Mit Hilfe des DC 503 A kann das Verh~ltnis zweier

and den Flankenwahlschalter des Kanals B auf

Signale, die an den Eingang Kanal A and an den Eingang

+SLOPE ein . Justieren Sie mit Hilfevon LEVELeine

Kanal B angeschlossen sind, gemessen werden . In der

stabile Darstellung .

Betriebsart RATIO A/B (Verh0ltnis A/B) wird das an den

CH B Eingang-signal

CH A Eingangs-signal

CH A GeziihlteErofgnisse

Z~ihler/TimerI Offnungazsit dss Gab (I

I

I

I

I

III

I

I

II

II

II

I

i

II

II

II

I

I

II

I

Abb. 2-8: Darstellung von 1(anal A-Eroignisssn wiihrond Kanal B bei getfffnetsm Gab (gssbuert durch das (Canal B-Signal) .

Eingang des Kanals A angelegte Signal durch das an den

die eine vernUnftige Anzahl von Stellen erzeugt, beriickEingang von Kanal B angelegte Signal dividiert and das

sichtigt werden .Ergebnis erscheint in der Anzeige .

Auflt~sung. W~hlen Sie mit Hilfe des Schalters AVGS/TI-MING,der zurWahl der Anzahl der Mittelungen des KanalB-Signals dient, die maximale Aufl~Ssung . Fur die meistenMessu~gen sollte die kleinste Anzahl von Mittelungen,

Bedienungsanlsitung - DC 503A

MANUELLE ZEITMESSUNGENDiese Betriebsart arbeitet analog zu der Betriebsart

TIME A-~B. In dieser Betriebsart wird die Darstellung nurvon dem Schalter AVGS/TIMING and START/STOPbeeinfluf3t .

Triggerung. Die Triggeroperationen sind dieselben wiein den vorhergegangenen Messungen . Nehmen Sie

start and Stop. In der Betriebsart TIME MANUAL kannfolgende Einstellungen vor :

eine Messung schrittweise durchgefUhrt werden. Wird1 . Gehen Sie in die Betriebsart FREQUENCY A and

der Wahlschalter FUNCTION in die Position TIMEjustieren Sie die Triggerelemente CH A wie fOr nor-

MANUAL eingestellt (wobei die interne Brucke entspre-male Frequenzmessung .

chend gesteckt ist), werden in der Anzeige mit Driicken

2 . W~hlen Sie nun die Betriebsart PERIOD B and

der Taste START/STOP Zeitbasisimpulse gez~hlt. Der

justieren Sie die Triggerelemente CH B wie bei nor-

Z~hlvorgang wird fortgesetzt and dargestellt, bis dieTaste START/STOP wiedergeltfst wird . Die letzte Z~hlung

mater Periodenmessung .

wird dann solange in der Darstellung beibehalten, bis die3 . Behalten Sie die Einstellung fi]r Kanal A and Kanal

Taste START/STOP erneut gedrtickt wird (in diesem FallB bei and w~hlen Sie die Betriebsart RATIO A/B .

wirdweiteraufw~rtsgez~hlt)oderandereBedienungsele-Das korrekte Verhi~ltnis von A/B sollte jetzt ange-

mente bet~tigt werden . Durch Drucken der Taste RESETzeigt werden .

wird die Anzeige auf 0 gesetzt. Mit Hilfe des SchaltersAVGS/TIMING wird die Frequenz der gew~hlten Zeitba-sisimpulse ver~ndert and die Darstellung auf 0 zuNck-gesetzt . Die START/STOP-Funktion kann auch externfiber den Interface-Stecker an der Riickwand gesteuertwerden .

German 2-1 1

Bedienungsanleiituny - DC 503A

Clock-Frequent Ist der Schalter AVGS/TIMING in die

Beenden des Zi3hlvorgangs . Wird die START/STOP-Position 1 s eingestellt, werden Pulse von 1 s gez~hlt and

Taste gelt~st and keine anderen Bedienungselemente

der angezeigte Wert steigt um 1 Z~hlung pro s, usw .

werden bet~tigt, wird die letzte Summe in der Anzeigedargestellt and beibehalten . Weitere Ereignisse werden

Sobald der akkumulierte Z~hlwert sich oberhalb

zu der Summe nicht addiert .99.999.99 befindet, leuchtet die Anzeige OVERFLOW,wodurch ein Uberlauf im Register sichtbar gemacht wird .

Erneuter Start and Riicksetzen. Wird die Taste START/-

Die Akkumulierung wird in jedem Fall mit der normalen

STOP erneut bet~tigt, wird die Aufw~rtszahlung von ein-Frequenz fortgesetzt wobei die Stellen fUr Dekaden obey-

gehenden Ereignissen fortgesetzt . Das Z~hlergebnishalb 108 nicht mehr dargestellt werden.

kann jederzeit mit Hilfe der Taste RESET auf 0 zurOck-gesetzt werden .

$UMMIERUNG A

ExternsSteuerungvon Startand Stop Uber den Steckeran der Ruckwand des Ger~tes kann ein Start and Stop der

Diese Betriebsart arbeitet in der gleichen Weise wie

Z~hlung extern gesteuert werden .die Betriebsart FREQUENCY. In derBetriebsartTOTALIZEA (Summe A) werden Signals, die an die Eingangsbuchse

VERPACKUNG DES GERXTESCH A INPUT gelegt sind, solange gez~hlt, wie die TasteSTART/ STOP gedriickt ist. Diese Betriebsart wird in der

FiirdenVersand desGeri~tesandenTektronix-ServiceHauptsache dazu verwendet, relativ seltene and irregu-

sollte ein Etikett mit folgenden Angaben beigelegtIre Ereignisse zu z~hlen .

werden: Ihre Adresse mit der Angabe der zust~ndigenKontaktperson, die Seriennummer sowie die Service-

Dun;hfiihrung einer Messung. SchIieBen Sie das Signal

anleitung . FGr den Fall, dab die Originalverpackung

an den Eingang von Kanal A and stellen Sie die Trigger-

nicht mehr zur Verfiygung steht, wird das Ger~t wie folgt

bedienungselemente in der gleichen Weise wie fur eine

verpackt :

Frequenzmessung ein . In dieser Betriebsart haben nur

Schiitzen Sie das Instrument mit einer Kunststoff-dieTriggerelementevonKanalA,dieTasteRESETunddie

hUlle oder ~hnlichem . Verwenden Sie einen stabilenTaste START/STOP einen Einfluf3 auf die Darstellung .

Karton, dessen InnenmaBe die Ger~teabmessungennicht mehr als 15 cm Uberschreiten . SchUtzen Sie

StarteinesZilihlvorgangs. Drt~cken Sie dieTasteSTART/-

das Ger~t, indem Sie den Raum zwischen Gert;t and

STOP and justieren Sie das Bedienungselement A LEVEL

Karton an alien Seiten mit geeignetem Ft~llmaterial

so, daf3 die Zi~hlung startet . Das gesamte Z~hlergebnis

ausfiillen .

wird in ganzen Zahlen in der Anzeige dargestellt .

Der Karton muf3 eine Testfestigkeit von 90 kg haben .

:. ~~Tt~~~~~K1f t~ #~ ~ iJ~A~C h t~~` l,~ ~i~ ~ .

~ ht.'_~~N`1td:~d~~72~t:.~~~Z ~ n[.~'i~1_Z~ "~ ~'a

~ ,i hf~R

z-~® y~y~r .o~~fit~it~xrnec~~G~~`t.

Operating Ir~tructfons-DC 503A

DC503A ~ ~#~ f ~ ~E L ~ b ~R~=~~1*o~'R~

c~~~Elal~ cr ~ ~;bu ~ ~ ~. " -r -F ~ ~. "o

.~

~14`~~~ 93'fhJ6~J~ -~ Z~ " Ja7°7R~- '~ gv~~~'r~eh~'~`f ~'f' ~ ~ U'~~ 9 ~. ~J i~+.

~-~-+1' ~ DC508 A~~ .= ^r

" ~ ~ 1 5' ~f! 'i h ati5~ ~

DC508A~t~~'~~6~.#~`C~c'if1 .Z~ " ~~'-~T~' C- 6~1t~~

~~°~ yT y " t-,~a~~.T~~r'~f F(2 - 1 ®)tip ~ZZ ~ ~ $' o TM500

~) -X~'~if~~1%~t~#~1~ixh,T1~~ L

DC508A~'J ~#~ Li~o~i., c h 6~~1~~ ~ ~ 'l q 6 .'.DC508AZ~~~ " o '~il~'aft't''~7~~1~~T'~~b6~~~ "Zt~~1~K~'(

~1,~=~ r~ " ~~%5't~;l.-sir°r)~®~.~#'Lja~Z#~l,Z~~ F~%i a~ " ~=.z "p~~~ .~ ~T~~ "o

T~~ "e~f~~~i1~~~1'~t~L~~~ LEDtr; :~~l.~~o

DC503A~~~K~)t~~"-~'~A6~t~ . ~CTf~6~~fi~~.~~.~~rl~t~h k~~ ~~I~#~~~~'o

,_

~~I

\~\W~~ y7~1T i

1431-21

Japanese 2-1


DC503A~'1i~,95~f~1= c~6~~t~~~1Z~'~$-~T, ~

~- h'il~#R~ a~ U'~ ~ F

~~~'~~tl~'~6'~~>Z~ < )EA~Z33 C cL~c~;~ h ~~'o

®FUNCTION : ~(-~i F ~t~l~~'f~31~~.{- F v>i~t~l'~

TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL i -t" i~ "~i~ C $~Z~~i F Q-~~~I~DC503A~v>~n~~ "~n.~6~~ h ~~o

i~

(TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL -t'i~" L'I~l.Z0~,~7'~Tlw~~~(iT~'i.Z~~6~~'~h~1.Z~>~"~.a)Z.~'Lh~ ~ y F ~-n.~~~~-~ pl~~fd~~» ~~1Cl~tr~> ~-~-o ~~-~;

TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL witl*, r a y3'-ri~I~A~~'~-i~~~B~~~1.k"#1~~iFp-~L~

fi`-75~~E1f~~"~~b'~'~L~~oTOTALIZE A ~1_

~t~~i~fp7C~a~T, ~- ~"i~ I~A6~~~>Z~~~~Z~ h

ItTIME MANUAL~tJJ~xIti~l~

t" i~ " 'Cii~#R,

'~T~~ U~~'f~~T

Ol'~E~~1-FTrll" : 8J¢7~7-t'/~iFLED~)-FT~ FZ~~bH~ll_~,~~fi~'~Za~J " kSc~~~a~~'t.~$'o

Q2 pVERFLOW~f Y

~1^-q : t~ v~ 5'~i~T- "" 7 v-~"

Q9AVG/TIMING : 'f- FA~~~f~(~Y'~L-

i'l~~

3~(aATE :~~(i " 'y-hv~~1L~'~~`t%" 1,~~'0 ,=.~7i

~Sc~~IX~L~~'o ~~h~#~lX~,~~1.Ta~'«FUNCTIONR~(

(DC503A~'1j~~i1~~i7~Z~>~~'o) 7i7°~i`S~l-Z

~'td.'~'~sa«`f-F«r~L;Z~'~~'o

®DISPLAY TIME : tl rli Ftr;~7l.Zi~'hi1C~~~~

4~GHz/nSEC : .=.~7 i7°~;!$t~LZv>TaH3Fl~ FREQ A

~~~91~0 .1s(75clal.~' ~l~t,')~'h10s(~©Lv> ~IW')

~- h~~,AI~GHz, 5' ~ ~ " ~- F~~al~nsZ~trt.

~ Z'~TJrc~-~ra ` ~ ~sZ ~ ~ ~~ HOLDI~~TI~RESET

~f1AHz/,SEC : .:~7i7°~;!~'k~LZ~>~a~F1~,FREQ A

{-r~~A{MHz, 9~f 1> " ~-Fo~~a~~asZ~9~ilk: ~~~.11X ~) ~ ~' o

©kHz/mSEC : .:.~~ i7°~~r�s,~l.Z~>?a~l~, FREQ A

T~ ~~~AX ~) ~~' o

7(~Flz/SEC : .:. ~ 7 i7°~f �~r,1~ L Z~' Ta ~~~ , FREQ A

- F~~AI~Hz ,

9 ~ ~" " ~- F~~Al~ s Z31~1~f~~~.~c~) ~~'o

a ~ h a-~~~ a~~g'

TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL i" Yi "~

©RESET : TOTALIZE Ate- F Z-1'~~bc'~-~'Z~'TaA~,t!''1

a'~9~6~l~~>~8n1~~1-hT~F'~ ~1~7~1Y~'~~~~0~~~9 " ~1-t~iF~l.Z~'f~~Z~~~o ~.~f:9i

©START/STOP : FUNCTION R ~( ~i 3-t~iTOTALIZE A /

TIME MANUALT~~6~td ~Z~'=a~F, -~~~11y- F ~ LZ

Fig . 2-2 . Controls and connectors .


2971-01

Japanese 2-3


~-t~i~"I~A~~lf7~~UaV-~~~ ~~

©CH A INPUT : ~ -t " i ~ ~~A~~~~1~~7$?a~.:d~~BNC~~ 79Z~'o ~~7~(ir-5~'iZf~ 1M52~iJ6~#?720pFZ$a

©LEVEL :

F ~) iT " ''7 4 i F I~1 Z'J~ h 4-A %~ ~iE ~ t~ f~ 1~01 F U ~'!~;~~`,x~L~~'e

©SHAPED OUT GND : 3--t" i~~t,A~'~)F�'~,fJr"o)~~i " ~~ l9Z'$"o

®SLOPE : h ~)fl~'~~~"'~~3~h~_~o~~v-7°~i~

®ATTEN :l~fJ7A~- ~i~ l,~~'o t"9it~'~'f',Z~'~a~

©Ii~J-X " ~ "~~ :7°~l~(i~~1#t~'h~rl~ifS$~f~f~ x 1 . #~L~~~'iZ~,~~f~x 5 Zoo

~~J[~J~ " fiW~SOURCE~~( w3- Z°°, ~dU~i""~m~ BNC

CH A$3~UCH Bf~l00MHzL:lT6~Z20mVrms,125MHz~fi15' (EXT) ~~~'f~l~ltafS~fiS'-7=~(~ " ~~7

L~T6~Z35mVrms~~~~71~t6~fCAL~$'o (~ =r~-5'S' (INT) ~t,,"#`~1~'~3~~7~i~#R~1T~'~$"o5'}~r~J (EXT)

t~;XS~,~~~f~, J~F~f~%sf:.~a: h ~$'o)~.hZf~, ;(t11MS2 , ~~~16~,Y!727pF~~,~( ir°-YiRi~;'f~hw'1~"~'o I~lAti (INT) 3~j7laJl#Z6~, ~~#~ l~o~fpl~

$3--t" i~n,o~~lA7yl~~) , '~Ff~1~~7~~n~i~#R6~~ ~),~Y-TIL~i~.A$~a~ 75052 ~(it-9" iR~~d ~Z~'~

0 (DC#~A) ~t~f~lUHZ (AC~q) ~~'~~1.~'Z~'o$o

J~~]~r~.'

~~ -t'i ~ ~~O)SLOPE~S' ifs,

F ~1 ~iCaJi~tr'J~t7~A~'~-~-t~i~~~o)~~ %;f~~~tLZAC~t~f~DC~F~F;~'i~#)t

~~~t~f~~i~f~7~~'~"~1.Zfi,~q$'?a~'~~=~ii~l.~~'o1,~~'0 òy,y6~4a%W'a'r=Ti-3'L7>'~~i~it~~~ -li~l

L~1i~~1~~0

#~- -rid ~~~LEVEL~ i F v-~~f~~E.trt~ F ~) ~1'~1~Ta~~~f` h ~1 ~jCI>`~~~RT ~) iR " r~ T i F ~~f1~I'~'JIIb~~L~~'o

(2-3p~"~JJa7 c'~I, ') LEVEL~i FP "i7"*-9r~~J1~7'~T

a-~~f~ f3 .5V ('~=r~-5't~'`x5L~~d'~Z~,~at~~-;6~xi~~~6~x5ow'~~.a>i~~~=o>tt~s~~, . I~o~i~ " ~m

,~0~51~) vy®Z~ Z~~$'o ò~v-~mf~~~iu~i~ " ~BNC~~7~~ 7y-~o>

~~-~~f1~:If:6~DC-50kHz Z'

~L~TRIG LEVEL~i

-t"i7Z'~=qZ'~~$'o

200V t-~ Z'~o ~~1[~1 "" ~ mBNCJW7~ ~ 7 ~-~a~50 kHzL~~o>t-7 . ,~- . t°-~~~z~~f1"~~6~pf"~Z.

TEA(i-(~ ~-7s ~ ~J.f1 ~ ~ ~ 9~0>~~~-~J.f7 .

Japanese 2-4

~t~~~~rtftloov ~-~ -e-~- a

Z~ , Tafl~f~AC~i~e#Rl,~~o

®SOURCE : l~tJ~~-i1~'~i #1t$ Ja ~ T 'i~- T~o t 9 i~'`,'iiZ~'7a~(EXT)f~, 1A~'il~f~~~l~~ " ~ ~~o»~ 7 q~~)1~h~t'l.~$o ~9it~''#~1.,~~~'LZ~'ja~(INT)f~, 3~h~~f~i~c~ait'(i9-7=~(~~i~l~Z~!''li9~~h~~~o

~9SHAPED OUT A : ~' -t" i ~ ~ t, Av~~~-)F~p$~~,'f',tJ~I'`1~h~1 ~$o

©TRIG

LEVEL A : 3- ~' i ~ W A~ F ~) ~'~r V ~~~

/XJI. " i~ll. ."t

~ _n

DC503A~'116='~if.$~#~l~$Ja6~(~~:'tl,$~1~~~~;iG$R~( r

~TT~F

1~ 31~'~t A~TFUNCTION R ~( ~i~

FREQUENCY A'(if~(~~ -~x ;~E L ~ ~ o

AVG/TIMINGR~( '~3- Z', ~- hf>~f'~`1~100ns6~~x~L~~o

20mVr.ZT~JiT " '7~i F

(AI ~-~1=Y~r1i h

lBl .~L~`Y~~i F

2 - 3 ©

h ~1 ii " ~~.~~o~E~~~-~ b F ~J iipY3o»~


~ 2-1

FREQUENCY A ~T~= ~% l

AVGS/TIMING

100 ns1 ~s

10 ~s100 ~ s

1 ms10 ms

100 m sis10s

GHz/nSecMHz/SecMHz/SecMHz/SecMHz/SecMHz/SeckHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSec

0. 000.0. 000. 000. 0000. 00000. 000. 0000. 0000

.~ ^r ~i%' " av w%OwT~ h ~fi-iw'~~o i1Ct~ ~~-\Ta i

=w%6~, flr7i9o~p,R~oW - ~ F~i~il~.~~fit~(~Ti~t~

a~6~~Li"~Z'~o il_~R6=T'~~)Jl,t~:~>~li'~'~~~Lt~h, ''~i#f :

DISPLAY TIME7i hp-It,~~L~L~»(~~>o~$~~L=

.=ice-~l~ .~t<(1~'~-;~-~ T~~~'_

l.t~~~, AVG/TIMING~T ~-3-0>~~~.~~zZ'Y-F~f01t~'~R~>tt~(~GATE'( i

'T-9t~'%~< !~r,if~sl..,'r`- F~I'91t~'`

~) - F?'J F " "tl~ Y F " T~ F

~ t,' o iJCL "'..'Y`- F ~~~~~100ms(~~xii L, DISPLAY TIME

RESETrYS'i~$~LZ7-h7" /i F " ~l-F~'7 h~~'

~i FR-~t, ~~~ C °)~Af'IifG76~CIl.Z I; ~~' a GATE(

='~ll..~$'o iE~~d-1i:~.~z'(~, #~)-F~r7 F(~ "g ,~

i h- -5'(~~i hR-~~~'`HOLD1-;r_i~6~taTa~Z"L~!~.~'s~

Z'~" o

»~B, tea, ~~xu~r~A~a~T9'f ~ %~/` " ~- F : FUNCTION x ~( 'i~-~~~11~I~ " ~ ll-~W>a~S~o~PER100 BG~,AVG/TIMINGR~( w3- ~100ns 6~

~`~~L~~o ~l-F~~7 h~>>a~'`~2-2 ~I~~1C;Z'~~t~'~J~~ $o

Japanese 2-5


2-2

~2-4PERIOD B, TIME A~B, WIDTH B

RATIO A/B AND EVENTS A

(TIMING MODE) ~T~=i'J

DURING B T~='v'J

AVGS/TIMING Unit

100 ns1 ~s

10 ~s100 ~ s

1 ms10 ms

100 ms1slOs

AVG/TIMING'( '~~~~~~t~'~~'z-~`t~ . FUNCTION~~(

~~7=s I-'1V'~T'i3'~~~1~~~~IL~~~'iili'~O>WIDTH B6"R~L~~'o

1~J)fJ~lp-i~~~X~4~i~'i'~~~TIME MANUALT~'~6~~a:'~~)-F~~7hv>~%r~'`~L~'t~' a~~~'o

T~,Ta .=.~'~ ~1,~$e FUNCTION '( ~r3'~TIMEMANUAL~~6" AVG/TIMING'( 'i3'~ 1 t`~~L~~'o

AVG/TIMING'( 'i3-~~~x~t~~T.~'t=-, FUNCTIONR~('i3'~A~J~~~~~t,~~~'i;1;5~0)TIME A->B6~~ix~L~$o

7~'ZA~Ia'G~~J1~c~~'='~'/~1T~'~~'o ~~

' ~~$o

2-3PERIOD B, TIME A~B, WIDTH B(AVERAGING MODE) ~T~='/'7

AVGS/TIMING Unit ,J~,~Hr~TT~~~r-y

1101021031041051 O610'10 ~'

Japanese 2-li

MHz/SeckHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSecHz/SecHz/SecHz/SecHz/Sec

kHz/mSeckHz/mSeckHz/mSecMHz/SecMHz/SecMHz/SecGHz/nSecGHz/nSecGHz/nSec

o. o0. 0000. 000. 00. 0000. 000 . 000. 00

0. 00000. 000000 . 0000000. 00000. 000000. 0000000. 00000. 000000. 000000

AVGS/TIMING

11010210 310410510610'106

~1p~1~f''>~I A'~T

TOTALIZE~T~~t~$'~~L~~~'`~ °) ~~o

00. 00. 000. 0000. 00000. 000000. 0000000. 00000000

START/STOP t~ 9 i ~#~ Li~~ AGATE ~(i ~'r - S' ~4~~1., f!''7i h~'~)JA~?a~t~'`~:.c'i#'l.~$'o START/STOPt~S'i~1~~$Ta~, jJ'7i hJ~~ h 'i7° LGATE~(i i'r-96~i~z.~$'o AVG/TIMINGR~( 'i~-~lt~nst~ �xLZSTART/STOP ~ 5' i ~#R L ~~, ~Jr7 i h '~ $T~-~' .

t~'`9~'h 0 t~~'(1;~~~OVERFLOW~( i

'T-q~'`

!~

l.,~$o START/STOP%~9 i~A~I~LZ . fl''7i h ~'(Y 11= l~Z ~ OVERFLOW ~( i

'T- 9 ~'` :~:~ L ~~ ~ ~ Z~ 1a

i£~~'I i) ~ L ~~- o tJrl i h t~ 0 6~ta : ~)OVERFLOW'( i~ - 9 t~ ilii z. ~ ~ o

~~k~ìtb6ml=lt, ~#t=iii-?l_f~i=~'ta~c'i l .' o

B~M~o)-f-~v h A~i~L1''A/BSTFUNCTION~T 'i~~EVENTS A DURING Bt~, AVG/

TIMING~T 'i3'~lt~~`x~.L~~'o ~t2-4~~~td')-I; ~ ~ h ~~~,t~;T~h~'t~ ~,

~~$ oFUNCTION

R ~( ~~-~ ~TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL t~i.

FUNCTIONX~( ~i~'~RATIO A/B6~, AVG/TIMINGR-('i

6~ta~Z~,Ta`~~~ ~7~~'o GATE~f i 'Y-96~,

~'~ 1 t~w«l~~$o ~2-4~~ ~ to ~1 - F?'l h~~t

START/STOPrY9 it~~$~l,i?" ~~'tZ~'7ad~t~!$;~L, ti$~~~

~i+~*JLA~~Z []-yTOTALIZE/TIME MANUAL -r ;m"~TOTALIZE 11~6~

ta~z~>7a .:~~G~u~'.L~~o FUNCTION~~( r~~TOT-ALIZE A/TIME MANUALt~, CHA~SLOPE ~ + (#~Li?~~td~>~tL~') 6~~`x~L, START/STOP ;l:S~i~#~L~$ oCHA LEVEL ~i hR-~~~~~1~~$0 ~) - F. Y'7 h~

~0-7°~-(f'S'i~#~l.xl,,f~#~~) t~l,,z~)-~ rh

SLOPE- (~9i~#~1r~1,,~~~1C~~) 6~l.Z,RESET" t3~'a~#~1,~$e ?f~t~CHA

LEVEL~i h Q - ~~~

~q i~#~(-~ -~o CH B LEVELS i h v-~1.~7~~>%,~~tr>h~-~C7~'~ l~r7i h~1mL~~o ~i ha-~~~

^CpILZ, IJ`~J~~t~~~~J1f'~t~~T~h12~ .=.~~ a~'.l,~~o~,~J>h~'~L~Lz~~l'7i ht~~)JIIL~tth,o

.. . :.. z- L~FREQUENCY A, RATIO A/B, TIME INTERVAL

(WIDTH B$3 ~ UTIME A-" B) EVENTS A DURING B, TO-TALIZE, ~~#~1~~- F 6~f~~'?a-i~"x0`1ta.'):iia~r',$3~iJ~i1(~I :.E~ii~6~~~>z~~A L ~$o

1A7 :1~ ~t A~ - h,

#~~t~f~~iiT i 5' - 7 x .( ;L ~ t.-'.t~~~l~l~~fill.~7 ~ i/ 5'

t~Zi=i~>~'#-o DCL-~~~o)~~b6~~~LEVEL~ihv-~~~~~

~~ C f~bh6~, IaJi1~~Jc~~~1~.Zt~~ C ~~Â C

FUNCTIONS ~(r~

FREQUENCY A~,~6~,AVG/TIMING~'( 'i~'t~~~)~8~>y-h~l~f6~,;~~L~~o DISPLAYTIME ~i h v-wi3tsCIL~»t~~>~1~~t~~~;~L~$o

1'~hJ`1Ja~ 7 6=-LEVEL~ i h n-~~~il

l..~~- o LEVEL


~-t" ~*~~B~~o-~FUNCTIONR~( ^r~~PERIOD B6~, CH B~SLOPE~+

16"ix~L~~or1C6~RESET~:'9i~#~L~~ - o CH B L-EVEL~ i h o-~~'~~i~>h~cÔI,Z~> < AGATE ~( i

~"i^l~LZ~GATE~f ii'Y-5't~ .~~�

lrt~~~Z'~T~t~~

GATE( i i'Y - S~t~i~lz~$o

F~

~'L/~.o `~1l~, ~ i h v-IL~J>'~l, C r~x~.'~11Z~>td~>

$`~'L~>Z'$o

f"_~'7 h~~i~l,z~Pf~t~7 T- h ~" ~~7 c'~~'l.~~o y-

~~~'1 ~ ~Z', 10~1 ;f'~`Jf~f~~at~~a t) ~-Lh,~>`, `~16~~ ~)O .1Hz~5}YI~~eG~J''i~h)"1.~'$- 010#lla1~~J'J ihZ'~lOMHzL:l~~a~f~'.~t~~fl.Zt~B#~iL~~~o~~>J:t~td') ~'~-o>Z~~-

~ ~'o ~1> ;~ic :~La~T~-o)~JC~-~ ;~SCt~i~~ L ~'#'e -~" ~fd 53'Pf~~~~'

~~iJ~-t>-~~'o ~~t~v~fti~~~ h V-~ " vv~5'~>h~1-- ""7v-Lt~~, OVERFLOWT i 'Y - S~~T!~ 1,~$0

fJJl~f~llf:t~~ 2 - 5 ~i~ ~) z~$o

Japanese 2-7


100 MHzI O MHz

I MHz ~-100 MHz

I OMHzG I MHz

100~S

2 ~

1-1~S

3~

2 ~

110~S

4 ~

3 ~

2 ~

1

100~S 5~ 4~ 3~ 2~fi1mS

6~

5 ~

4 ~

310mS

7 ~

6 ~

5 ~

4

100 mS

8 ~

7 ~

6 ~

5

1 S

OVERFLOW

8 ~

7 ~ti

6

10 S

OVERFLOW

OVERFLOW

8 ~

7

LSD

. 01 GHz1 MHz0. 1 MHz. O1 MHz. 001 MHz. 0001

MHz. 01 kHz. 001 kHz. 0001 kHz

:A9~V- F " ~r~L>'~~%"~''i~h~"Lt~hDISPLAY TIME~ i h R-J~Zi~il~V- h ~i~t~~~"o ~ i b y-J~~~;f,Ip16~®~~, ~ h~e~ , ~~~~, ~liil~#~~t~'`~~~#~.~~o

q~~ " ~ iq-. :Jt,~il~6~1~2-~o~~-F, ~ta~~

~:.~Ff'a9~~7r7i htfi~f~a96~~ ~Z ~~J~il~.-~c-`~' ~'('/JL

WIDTH B~TIMEA-~B,~i~~$Ta "-.~~I'Z~~$'o

t~~i~~ h ~$"o

WIDTH B~- h Z6~71~1F~~ 2 ~;P~~o~~f'~~~r1ii1~L~~o

`~1 h 2 :~6~, CH B SLOPE ~LEVEL ~ i h R-J~Z"~tx~.

DISPLAY TIMES i h v-l~(~i!70 .1s(MINT~~) ~J'h%fl7

Lt`=.`.s'Z~7~7 r ~~'~ ~ ~ " ~- h~''ONI.., InJL-~l~Zi~

5s ~Z~1=~t~Z~'31~'~tah~~o ~,C7L~'-~t~~'~4~'~

o>~v-7°v~!~Z~Ti "T-h~''OFF~'Ta~~t`CH B h

1~HOLD~Ljac'~ .f1.Z~'~~"o HOLDI~~Z6~~'x1~C~~7r7i

~)~~ " ~ihv-ILZ,x~l.,~$'0 2-4C©~aao

:.6~RESETr1:9 i ~~~ LZ~'hDISPLAY TIME ~ i F .F-

TIME A-~B~- F~ZI~ 2 i1~1F~~.~ 2 !~P~9~f~f'~9'`~a~~l~ L

JL~HOLD~~~'~,I~~''$~', ~za~'6~Y- h~f'~'~~~ z.

~~o CH A h ~1 fl " ~ i h p-J~Z~'( i " ~- h SON

ja'~6~~~Zi~Ja'~~'Z'~~$o

~'Ta~'~, CH B ~iha-JLZ~'(i " y' - h~OFF~

~~st~~x~t,~$o 2-4DCxl~aao

I~~B~- F"

lal~~Ta~'1~~~71~1~Ha1h1~6~, CH B 6~1~f1c'~f1~~1`~~I~i1~C~Sc~1ll~~o>i~il~~~~~I~~JtJaJ~o>~~~~11~1~~'~`

~'Z~~P~9Z~r~o>~S?ff~~~~i~?a~6~'(~'~~1Z$a P~~-6~AzJ~, PERIOD B~- h{FREQUENCY Ate- F 6~~6 -}~1A

s~~p ~i7~1~b~~~i~6~ta-~t:.#~~Z"~o2-4A®~a8.

~~Ii-vii!" ~ ~~~1A~'('~i h 6~~t~-~Z~~1t~~

WIDTH B~- f' : ""J~~~'~711~1~.~xa 6~6~ ( 2 - 5©71~

~~l$~a "-. ~ 6~~-~Z, 5~'Jf~n~~

l~~~t~`~a~ ~t~''Z ~

~F:3~~),50%L-~l~~;l~~.c ~'t~al~~a~ ~-L3'/~,oFUNCTION

~o `~11~11~~1~~Ff'~9~~C ~~~=~6~ta ~ ~~'o ~'~a~

R~( ~r~-~WIDTH B6~~~~L, CH B LEVEL~ihn -Jt,

t,FREQUENCY A~-F6~~~'Z, ~~~c~''Y~-h~FP~9~

~fsCn7L~'~I~~'4~T~~~Z~~-~~~ ~~7'(~~~CH B

i~#h'~Ta'~~Ip1 Z~"o 2-4B©~a8o

7.~7~~7g6~J.~7L~~e ~'.~~1c~~TI~GATE ~(i ~

'(~1~i1~ : lOHzL~T~1A3, ~6~0 .1-1 .OHZ O>~~o)JA]~

LEVELS i h v-Jt,~~LZ~'~, ~'~l,t~a~a~T`

9JL

t11i1~Z1~, 71~~F:3~~t1~#~~ta ~ 6~~ ~Zfu~t~t~>t~1~~l~il~~h'~

" ~J~ F ~-S'o)ps~~°aG

L~$o c~ h6~LEVEL~i h

T1;L~$o l.,f~t~'`-~Z h ~) ~ " t ~T ~1 iR

®~I~¬P~9H7

v-J~~171.~rt~ ; GATE( i-'i'r-9~'ì~z.Ja~~,T i

6~iJ~i~.~'7a~ ~ ~d~~, ~~d~~~lF:it~t~~l~l~~~~l~t~l~~

~JL " ~1:JL h ~-9o~a;~~2~.~a~

l.~~'o t~Ce~~=T`v5'

LZ~'~~"o #liE~~'`-t-5~6~~~1~~11~, fL~I1~lf%Z~,

I~ " ~;IL h ~-5'~Ps~X1~~ ~) 2p~~PIL~K1~_~U~., ?c

td~~l~t~'`TTZ~'1-'0

~~~2Z~~1')~$0 .~~1i~~50%t,-~Jt,Z~o

Japanese 2-8

~~~a'~1~1~-\Jt,6~, 9~1~ "~fiW~CH A/CH B TRIG

~d;TRIG LEVEL'~r~~x~~'Tc'~~'LZ~'~~a ~-~-h~i~iJ~'~17~A~tl~~~-ri~Jt,I~DC6~~ ~~7° ~1 iTL,

0

A .

B .

C.

Ji1J~fi~7 t:x 10)

+SLOPE

r .'LT ~1 v.'t

-SLOPE~J~tiF

D.

~

9-f 1,.

~

9-f 1.-f i 9 -~:n.

TIMEA-~B~- F : `~?~I1~ZI~CH A,CH B f~7~6~~~~1~~7c'~~1 .~a .=.~~l~~L'~~~Z~o ~-l'(A~#~~I~WIDTHB ~-hZ'~,-~~~~76~rfr~t,~$oTIME A--~B i~ll~l~i1C6~'~~~~a-~-IIIOZ°17~'~"~-o

2- 4®

-f i9-~<~~~1~


WIDTH B

TIME AFB

T"

9It, " r}:IL h ~-90)i~11~.11~~I'50%1~-~~~6~~a Ta ~

6 . CH A LEVELS i h Q-~~'~3 .Z"~~t~ h ~l ~1 " L

7 6~, CH B LEVELS i h v-I~~wi .~.L~~-o

~IL6"i~L~$oDC503A~1~~:.Z~"~~~~~asJ~.AXh ~$o

7 . $n~fi-t'i~~1.6~~~~ksc~~'Lt~~-°r,6'~~7, 3'~'i

v-~~~P~~~~P~~~~DC503A~v~~~~ har~~sc~

'o

1 . FUNCTIDNR~( ~r~- WIDTH BG"~~L~~'o

9-fb " ~fi9'- ""~~ . P~I~-viJ` ~ ~-~V-iii'2 . WIDTH B~- FZ ~~-~t~~-111~6~i~'~Z~-l#~~~,

~'f7- 7 ~=-~ 6:-~ '~Z

~JiXL~~~7~&11~6~$3l~xa

F~~S~3- ri~ ~t, BG~J~~7 c'~~1.?a~ so~ h ~l ~T " ~~~t-~

~~~~~~t~Ta ~. ~~''Z- ~ ~$ o.~-~v-

iTt:.~ ~~~rft~l,~~0

O']tdxb~t~, ~cpt ¬~7t~±1 ~7''7i h~~~~~¬ C ~-~t~~

o t 1 ~''/ i h ~~~t~~~~t.'- .~ i5''taZ~~l~ .3 . CH A 6~J~~7 c'~~1Ta'(A~~'', CH B 6~~/7~?a'fAs

~ ~ ~ C ~'( i 5~-~ "~~t~7 ''7 i h L~~~~'`,

~ 17 ~1~ta

~~taTa~At~6~, `~~~6~.~fLZ2 .~~-IR~'~~

1~6~i1'~~~$0 9~f 1" " ~f i9-. :~L~~-~1~-ii%'

t~ ~7i~1,~~-0~17~6~6~,i&Il~$'~~~(i9- . :~t,6~ hi~z.'~~i~al~

td ~) ~-L}h,o

c'~ h t~~k ~ ~ LIAJiI~c'~"SCl~ ~1'`l i 9 " '/ p '~'l

4 . CH B LEVEL~ihR-~t,~2 .Z-=~d~t~h~)~' " 1~

" >r-h~Ip1~HLZ~'Z6~ta~)~-~l~,o DC503A~'1 Z'6~,-s1~6~ ;x~.L~$o

WIDTH B~'~L- i'l', TIME A-" B ~'~L-vii°

~~~h~~i~Z'~10" ~Z?'~V-vi7"Zi~I1~Z'~~

5 . F,UNCTIDN R T ^r3-

TIME A->B 6":x :~ L ~ ~ o

~o

Japanese 2-9


Japanese 2-1 0

B~rB'~a~-rte . h Ate- F°

+ SLOPE

-SLOPE i

LEVELai F a-~~

EVENTS A DURING B~- F'Zt~, CH A6~#~~~~'t.t~~f-~i ht~~~7'`li h~~'t~$o ~'~'i ht~CH B ~h6~~~~s

Z~'~P~96~%d'~i~S.I.Z~»t~~f-~i hAo)IJn~AAf~'`~)-h~~7 h6~~t::~~'L~"~'o 2-6©~aao

2-6©6~ :>~~'l.Z~'Ta~7tai&il~t~, i1C~~-I~Z'1T~>

FUNCTIONR~( ^r~- ~FREQUENCYf~~6~, CH ASLOPES+6"`x~.L~$o ~~1~~~~%>~J~i~h~'LTa~ 7 6~LEVEL ~ i h n-~~ ~~

L ~ $o

2 . CH B6~~ihp-IL~~~J~~71,~$o FUNCTION

~~Lt~~c~>~'ì~h~1.Ta ~ 7 6~LEVEL~ i h'R

~-F

fi

vBLEVEL

_ __ _~__ _ ~

90%

90%

- ___ __A LEVELIts

i

~

~~~)~M

~~ ~) ~RI7

A LEVEL -~ 10%

O

O

X10%i ___ B LEVEL

s- 5® cl-I Afi~ucl-IBO~~."~~~s~~rt~~

A/B~- h~

3 . FUNCTION R ~( w~

EVENTS A DURING B 6"`,x aE0

CH B ~~A3t~''h ~)flcf"~-Ta~'Y'-ht~O~~CH A~i.II.

~~~1~~ ~ ~ i h ~ fit . ~ ~o

DC503A~t~CHA, B6~3~fJ ~ ~'ii. t~ 2 fA~~o~r~~~~l~.$~

RATIO A/B~-F~Z't~, CHA 6~J~fJ~~'L~~~'S~falil~~L

NCH B t~1~~~~t~f~ 5-a>l~iJ~~StZ~I-~t~f~~t~'`~:;~~'t

CH B 7~fJiA -'s

CH A 7~fJ

7~~iq/9-f~~=- h " ~-y~~M ~

II

I

I

II

III

II

II

II

II

II

II

II

Ii

II

I

2- 6 ©

EVENTS A DURING B~- F


h ~Ji~ : ~--ri~~~A~~ZI"3--ri~~~Bo~F ~)~` " ~i

~~B'~-3. J~JIi " ~- ~"hn-n,t~, f~7iJ~;R~k~t~6~h1J~lo>±!(i1~~T -i~~6~f~lvlt;T~i-

i~Z'tdt~JlL~ta ~) ~-L}h,o

h ~) tI' " ~ i F v-~i.t~i'IC~~

~=.0~~- F- t~TIME A~B ~=T-~)1Z'~-tp/"H`J6~1i-~> .

7 t~~~~l.~$o

AVG/TIMINGR~( ^r3-~START/STOP~~( ~i~o)~xt~'~~~t~~:

~ 3-z. ~ ~ o

1 . f~Ji1~'~kA~-F-o)=~Z''~~~t~-~-Il~t~ii~"-~Z3'~'i~

2 . f~1~B~-F'o~r~Z'~,-~~~~-11~6~1~~Z3--ri~n-

Ba~ h ~I ~" " ~ i h a-~~~, i~.~~lAliF~t=kiltil~.~

n-~l.t~~c~~ ~ 6~ t,Z, RATIO A/B~-f;' ~i~#ft

L~~o ~ tdlrt~>'~;.~~L~~o

'S3'1l~fl~ : AVG/TIMINGR~( 'i~(3- fii ~ ~LB~~~=,'-O)~-~

~1t ~ ~~~ ~~~1" ~~t'~~k t~ L ~ ~o

I;~J~a~'(~11: : TIME MANUAL- h- L~7. h 'i7~ " '7 ~Y 'i3'~fplLT'~~1J~~~a~~z.~a~~~~Z~~$'o FUNCTION

~r~~TIME MANUALI~~6"X~ (I~lait~'~'i~ " t~%~~IJtd:T1.~t~.,`,x%E LZ~ ~ ~$ o) $?a ~, START/STOPR~( ,i

~ ~) ~ $o

tJ rl i h t~START/STOP 7. ~( r3-~''$~F.'~. c'~ .f1Ta

START~~i F- ~''3~7a (~r/i h~'~U~l~c~~1~~"0)~Z', ~t~t~it~.~~i ha-~L~i~~i~~->t~~z . ~~1~~o RESET%t:'~t~t`r#~-~-~~ci:t~06~.fd:~)~$o

1` 'i J't ~ $" o START/STOP

`y~t~, 1~~gfi'( i 5'-'7 =~( Z

Japanese 2-1 1


: :: "

_

_

~,

_

-

"

"

_ " -

-

" __ _

"

_

_

-

-

_ -

~ _ "_ "

_

-

,

"

"

`~{- F t~FREQUENCY A~-); ~~-~bZ'~~' p'l'H`1

'~'~i h~'j7'7i h c'~~"l ., >c~tln~fl~t~~~:.c~~1~-$"0 ~tTL~START/STOP~t'S' i~>'$~Li?~~~'L.ZSTART~~6~td-~

~J~ir~ ;~itiiiil~.o~t~^~~I~ t~ �X~L~~o ~-ri~~~Ao~2x~, h ~1 ~T " ~ i h n-~~, RESETrY9 i, START/STOPrY9 i~~~L~~"o

~rl i f" v~1~11~ : START/STOP~t"9 i ~$~ L,CH A LEV-

hn~~~i ht~~~~>~~;~t~.tdt~>°h~hnL~~o

~''7 ~ h~~11: : START/STOP %j:' q i ~>'~I~ .~. c~ ~'l., ~~

i h p-~~t~'T'~~flLtat~~lt~, ~i~~ h-q~~t~~;>~~t_

~) :L 9'- F ~ ~1 't' ,~ F : START/STOPrY. 5' i ~~U'~~$~J.~7 Lt:.~f -~i h 6~~%>~~'tZ~>t,: h-q~~6~i~nz h~z

f7''7i h''~06~~?a6~6~, RESET~f"5'i~$~L

"o

S

Japanese 2-12

THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS AREFOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY . TOAVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT PERFORM ANYSERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED INOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS YOU AREQUALI FI ED TO DO SO .

THEORY OF OPERATIONBLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION

Introduction

panel with the proper decimal point location and correctannunciator illuminated .

For the following block diagram descri pti on refer to theBlock Diagram foldout page at the rear of this manual .

Section 3-DC 503A

The Measurement Cycle Timing circuit determines the

Channel A and Channel B Amplifiers

Display Time, clears the Gate Generator circuits, loads(latches) the decade counters, and resets the countersfor

There are two inputs, CH A and CH B. Signals to be

the next measurement cycle in all modes of operation.

counted or timed are applied to either or both channels viafront panel bnc connectors or via the rear interface. The

PERIOD B (Variable Clock)front panel inputsfor both channels areterminated with animpedance corresponding to a resistance of 1 MS2

In this TIMING mode, the CH B signal is passedparalleled with approximately 27 pF. The rear interface

through the Signal Routing circuits to the Gate Generatorinputs to both channels areterminated with a resistance of

and the Time Base signal is routed to the - N Circuitapproximately 50 S2 . Both channels are identical up to the

(variable clock) . The - N output is routed to the CountSignal Routing circuits .

Input of the Decade Accumulators and the MeasurementGate is generated by a single period of the signal fromChannel B. As before, the accumulated count for this

Each channel contains an ac/dc coupling switch, a X1

mode and all subsequent modes is latched, decodedfromor X5 attenuation network, a buffer amplifier circuit acting

gCDdata to 7-segment information, and displayed on theas a comparator that compares the incoming signal level

front panel with the correct annunciator illuminated andagainst the triggering

level

as

a reference,

and

the proper decimal point location .amplifier/Schmitt circuits driving the signal slope selec-tion functions in the Signal Routing circuits . Each channelalso contains an operational amplifier serving as a X1

PERIOD B (Averageable-100 ns Clock)buffer circuit, supplying a buffered version of the triggerlevel at the front panel tip jacks or rear interface connec-

For

this

AVGS

mode,

the

Time

Base

signal

tions .

(10 MHz = 100 ns) is not divided; it is applied through theSignal Routing circuits directly to the Count Input of theDecade Accumulators . The CH B signal is routed to the

NOTE

- NCircuit. The= N output causes the Gate Generator togenerate a Measurement Gate interval equal to 10" periods

The remainder of this block diagram description

of the CH B signal . The Time Base is counted for 10"

discusses the signal paths through the remaining

periods before the accumulated count is latched for

circuit blocks and the typical events related to each

display.mode of operation (FUNCTION) listed on the frontpanel.

WIDTH B (Variable Clock)

FREQUENCY A (Variable Gate)

In this TIMING mode, the 10 MHz Time Base is routedto the - N Circuit. The - N output (variable clock) is

For this mode of operation the CH A signal passes

routed directly to the Count Input of the Decade Ac-

directlythrough the Signal Routing circuits to the Decade

cumulators . The CH B signal is used to generate the

Accumulators . The signal is counted by the 1st DCU, then

Measurement Gate (via the Gate Generator) . A single

the2ndDCU,andthenbythe6-Decade Counter(atotalof

pulse width at the output of the Channel B amplifier

eight decades) . In the FREQUENCY A mode the Time

generates the gate .

Base signal is routed to the - N Circuit (variable gate) togenerate a Measurement Gate (viathe Gate Generator) forthe desired measurement time . At the end of the Measure-

WIDTH B (Averageable-100 ns Clock)ment Gate interval, the accumulated count is latched inthe 8-4ecade Latch/Multiplexer circuits, converted from

In WIDTH B, AVGS mode, the Time Base signal is notBCD to 7-segment information and displayed on the front

divided by N; it is routed directly to the Count I nput of the

Theory of Operation-DC 503A

Decade Accumulators . The pulses at the output of the

Input of the Decade Accumulators. TheChannel BsignalsChannel B amplifier are routed through the - N Circuit

drive the - N Circuit, causing the Gate Generator towhose output causes the Gate Generator to develop a

generate the Measurement Gate . The Measurement GateMeasurement gate equal to 10" pulse widths .

interval is actually 10" times the number of Channel Bsignals and the Channel Asignals are counted during thattime .

Counts are accumulated in the decade counters duringeither the positive portions of the pulse widths or the

TOTALIZE Anegative portions, dependent on the SLOPE polarityselection for the Channel B signal .

In the TOTALIZE A mode the Measurement Gate isgenerated by the START/STOP switch on the front panel

TIME A -- B (Variable Clock)

orviathe Remote Start/Stop line at the rear interface. TheChannel B, Time A - B Generator, Time Base, _ N

The TIME A - B, TIMING

mode, varies from the

Circuit, and Gate Generator circuits are not used for this

WIDTH B (Variable Clock) mode only in that the pulse

mode . Instead of accumulating clock signals from the

width that generates the Measurement Gate is derived

Time Base or signals from the= N Circuit, the Channel A

from the Time A - B Generator. The outputs of both

signals are accumulated during the START/STOP inter

Channel A and Channel B amplifiers are applied to the

val .Time A - B Generator. The pulse width starts on therising edge of the Channel A signal and ends on the risingedge of the Channel B signal . By changing the signal

TIME MANUAL (Variable Clock)SLOPE polarity for Channel A or Channel B, the width canbe from the rising edge of Ato the falling edge of B, or any

For this mode there are no i nputs to Channel A orother combination.

Channel B. The 10 MHz Time Base is routed to the _ NCircuit whose output is routed directly to the Count Inputof the Decade Accumulators. The Measurement Gate

For this mode the 10 MHz Time Base signal is routed to

interval is generated either by using the START/STOPthe- N Circuit whose output is then routed directlytothe

switch on the front panel or by changing the voltage level

Count Input of the Decade Accumulators . Again, the

on the Remote Start/Stop input at the rear interface.

Measurement Gate interval is dependent on the pulsewidth at the output of the Time A - B Generator.

Decade Accumulators, 6-Decade Counter/8-Decade Latch

TIME A -- B (Averageable-100 ns Clock)The 1st DCU consists of ECL flip-flops, requiring

This AVGS mode has the signals from Channel A and

ECUTTL conversion to drive the first decade latch. TheChannel B also applied to the Time A - B Generator

2nd DCU operates at TTL levels and drives the secondcircuit . TheTime A ~ B Generator output isthen routed to

decade latch directly . From that point, there are six morethe - N Circuit whose output causes the Gate Generator

internal counters and six more decades of latch, allto produce the Measurement Gate interval . For this mode,

contained in one integrated circuit . This arrangementthe 10 MHz Time Base signal is routed directly to the

provides a total of eight decades of count and eightCount Input of the Decade Accumulators . The count is

decades of latch.accumulated for 10" pulse widths from the Time A ~ BGenerator.

The 6-Decade Counter/8-Decade Latch circuit has itsown internal oscillator to generate the Time Slot informa

EVENTS A DURING B (Averageable)

tion . It also generates the Scan Clock, Overflow, and BCDoutput data . Between the time slots and BCDdata there is

This mode is exactly like the WIDTH B (Averageable)

enough information to drive the Display. The zero blank-mode, except that the output of the Time Base is disabled

ing function is also provided internally .and the output of Channel A is applied directly to theCount Input of the Decade Accumulators . For this mode,the pulse width at the output of Channel B is routed to the

Measurement Cycle TimingN Circuit whose output causes the Gate Generator to

produce the Measurement Gate Interval . The Channel A

The display timing, reset, clear, and load (latch)events are averaged for 10" pulse widths from Channel B.

functions for the decade counters are provided by theMeasurement Cycle Timing circuit .

RATIO A/B (Averageable)

Decimal Point and Annunciator Encoder

The Time Base output is disabled and not used for this

The decimal point location is determined by encodingmode ; Channel A signals are routed directlytothe Count

circuits using the time slot information and information


derived from two programmable read-only memory

counter has a 10 MHz, self contained, proportional(PROM) devices that look at the settings for the FUNC-

temperature controlled oven oscillator for increased acTION and AVGS/TIMING Switching Logic circuits . Four

curacy and stability.of the six annunciators are also encoded with data fromthe PROM devices.

Power Supplies

The power supplies for the instrument accepts the raw

Time Base

±33Vdc and +11 .5 Vdc from the power module andgenerate the ±12 V regulated power, the 5 V regulated

The standard 10 MHz (100 ns) clock is generated by a

power, and the+2 .7 Vtermination supply used inthe ECLcrystal controlled Colpitts oscillator . The Option 01

circuits .

DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Introduction

(R1226) . Resistor R1627 (R1224) limitsthe highfrequencygate current, while capacitor C1720 (C1120) compensates

Complete

schematic

diagrams

are found

in

the

for the capacitance around the gate circuitry of the inputDiagrams and Illustrations section at the rear of this

differential amplifier.manual . Refer to the preceding Block Diagram Descrip-tion and to the indicated schematic diagram numbersthroughout the following circuit description .

CH A and CH B Amplifiers

1O

The input differential amplifier, 01630 (01230), hasvery high input impedance and transconductance . Highcommon mode rejection for the differential amplifier isprovided by a constant current source, 01620 (01220)and associated components .

NOTEThe other gate of the DMOS FET pair is connected to

Since both

amplifier circuits are identical,

this

theTrigger Level control R500 (R600) and thetriggerleveldescription discusses the theory of operation for

output circuit, U1620 (U1220) and associated com-Channel A Amplifier with the associated circuit

ponents. The Trigger Level control sets the do referencecomponent

for

Channel

B

Amplifier

listed

in

level to which the input voltage is compared . The counterparenthesis .

measurements are made with respect to the do referencelevel set by R500 (R600) . The trigger level range is ±3.5 V.

The input signal applied to the i nput bnc connectors ofeach channel, J510 (J610), passes through three switches

The

buffer

amplifier

circuit,

U1620

(U1220)

andto the gate connection of a DMOS FET differential

associated components, has a high input impedance andamplifier, 01630 (01230). The EXT/INT switch, S1732

approximately unity gain, minimizing the loading effect on(S1031), activates relay K1810 (K1800) to select either the

the differential amplifier. The CH A (CH B) Level Outfront panel input orthe rear interface connection, P1900-

value is very close to the do level set by the Trigger Level16A (P1900-17B) . The rear interface input connection is

control.

Potentiometer R1525 (R1420) is adjusted toterminated internally with a 51 S2 resistor, R1731 (R1132) .

compensate for the offset voltages of the differentialAfter input selection the signal coupling method is chosen

amplifier and buffer circuits .by the ac or do coupling switch for each channel, S1731(S1030) . The do component of the signal is removed bycapacitor C1830 (C1030), resulting in a signal that varies

The output of the DMOS FET pair is applied differen-around its average level . Attenuation of the input signal,

tially to the input of a three stage line receiver circuit,X1 or X5, is determined by the setting of S1730 (S1021) .

U1530C, U1530B, and U1530A (U1330A, U1330B, andU1330C). The first stage of the line receiver, U1530C(U1330A), operates as a transresistance amplifier to lower

Four diodes, CR1620, CR1720, CR1621, and CR1721

the load impedance on the differential amplifier.(CR1220, CR1120, CR1221, and CR1121) are provided tolimit the i nput voltage to 01630 (01230). Clam ping occursat approximately +6 V or -13 V. The diode clamping

The second stage of the line receiver, U1530Bcircuits are protected against excessive current by R1629

(U1330B), operates as a voltage amplifier with a gain of

3-3


approximately three. The differential output from this

on pinll .ThesecondrisingedgecausesU1321Btoagainvoltage

amplifier

drives

the

Schmitt

trigger

circuit,

change state. A low is clockedthroughto pin 15 andahighU1530A (U1330C) . The Schmitt trigger circuit shapes the

to pin 14 ; returning 01321B to its original state after reset.input signal and drives the SLOPE selection gates on

The circuit is now ready to accept another falling edgeschematic 3.

(CH A signal) on pin 11 of U1420C .

Introduction to Signal Routing

Before reading this part of the detailed circuitdescription, refer to the Block Diagram Descriptionfor basic signal pafh information.

Signal slope selection for each channel of the DC 503Ais provided by exclusive-OR gates, U1421A for Channel Aand 01421 Bfor Channel B. A high voltage level on pi n 5 of01421 A or pin 7 of 01421B inverts the input signal on pin 5or pin 9 of 01421 . Both gates have complemented outputs,pins 2 and 11 .

The outputs from the slope selection gates go to theSHAPED OUT tip jacks, J520 and J540, after buffering by01420and 01530, respectively . TheChannel Asignal alsogoes to pin 12 of U1420D and pin 11 of U1420C, while theChannel B signal goes to pin 5 of U1420A and pin 6 of014208 . In both TIME - B modes (variable clock oraveraging), U1420D and U1420A are disabled with highvoltage levels on pins 13 and 4, respectively . With U1420Dand U1420A disabled, the input signals are routed to theTIME A- B Generator, 013218 . Both NOR gates,U1420D and U1420A, are also disabled for the TIMEMANUAL mode . The Channel B NOR gate, U1420A, isdisabled for the TOTALIZE Aand FREQUENCY Amodes;U1420D is not . Refer to the FUNCTION switch (S1810)logic pattern on the schematic for specific logic levels thatenable or disable the remaining signal routing gates .

Time A~ B Generator

NOTE

Whenever a Reset signal appears on pin 13 of 01321 B,it sets pin 151ow and pi n 14 high . The low on pi n 15 enablesU1420C on pin 10 and the high on pin 14 disables 014208on pin 7. After reset, the Time A - B Generator waitsfor apositive transition (rising edge) on pin 11 of U1321B .

3-4

The end result of two changes of state for U1321B isthat a pulse width has been generated on pin 15 that goeshigh on the rising edge of the CH Asignal andgoes low onthe rising edge of the CH B signal .

Signal Routing and Gate Generator

The purpose of the Signal Routing circuit isto routetheCH A, CH B, Time - B, or Time Base (110 ns clock)signals to either the Gate Generator (pin 6 of U1410A), theN Circuit (schematic 6), or directlytothe Count Input of

the Decade Accumulators (schematic 4) . In some modesof operation, the signals are routed to the - N Circuit andthen back to the Decade Accumulators or Gate Generator(via the emitter circuits of 01330 or 01320) .

Refer to Fig. 3-1 for a typical DC 503A timing diagramand the sources of the count and measurement gate .

FREQUENCY A. The object of this mode isto count theCH A signal and use the Time Base to generate theMeasurement Gate . For this mode, the CH A signal isrouted through U1420D directly to the Decade Ac-cumulators (01221-9, schematic 4) . TheTime Base signal(100 ns clock) is routed through U1320C (pin 101ow) andout to the input of the - N Circuit (U1310A-6, schematic6) . After the Time Base signal has been divided down (to1 MHz, to 100 kHz, etc) it is routed back to the emitter of01320. This transistor is turned on in the saturated modeand passes the divided down signal, clocking the GateGenerator on pin 6 of U1410A and pin 11 of 014108 .Before a valid Measurement Gate can be generated theGate Generator must have been reset (cleared) viaU1320D.

The first positive transition of the - N clock signalcauses pin 15 of 014108 to go high . The second positivetransition of the - N clock causes pin 15 to go low andremain low for all other clock transitions until afterU1410A and 014108 are reset by the clear pulse on pin 12of U1320D .

The first falling edge (after reset) on pin 11 of U1420Ccauses 01321 B to change state; pin 15 goes high, pins 14and 10 go low. This change of state disables U1420C,

The output on pin 14 of 014108 is the complement ofenables 014208, and sets pin 10 (D input) of 01321 B low.

thesignal on pin 15 . Pin 14goes low and then high with thefirst and second clock transitions, remaining high untilafter reset (clear) . The output on pin 14 is routed through

The Time A - B Generator remains in this high state

and inverted by U1330B (pin 7 low) . This positive gate isuntil a falling edge (CH B signal) occurs on pin 6 of

inverted again by U1220C before acting as the Measure-U1420B. The falling edge is inverted and clocks 013218

ment Gate for the Decade Accumulators .

CLEAR

MEAS . GATE (ECL)

LATCH TRIGGER

LOAD

DISPLAY TIME

RESET

COUNT INPUT(ECL)

~-COUNT-ii~--DISPLAY-+

FUNCTION

I

COUNT SOURCE

~

GATE SOURCE


U1420C-10OU1220C-10O

U1422B-6O/ Q1400 COLLECTORO

U1420B-4O

FREQUENCY A

CHANNEL A

DECADE DIVIDED 10 MHz TIME BASE

PERIOD B


ONE PERIOD OF B INPUT

WIDTH B


ONE WIDTH OF B INPUT

TIME A-B


ONE INTERVAL FROM CHANNEL A

INPUT TO CHANNEL B INPUT

PERIOD B (AVG)

10 MHz TIME BASE

N PERIODS OF B INPUT

WIDTH B (AVG)

10 MHz TIME BASE

N WIDTHS OF B INPUT

TIME A-B (AVG)

10 MHz TIME BASE

N INTERVALS FROM CHANNEL A

INPUT TO CHANNEL B INPUT

EVENTS A DUR B (AVG)

CHANNEL A

N WIDTHS OF B INPUT

RATIO A/B (AVG)

CHANNEL A

N PERIODS OF B INPUT

TOTALIZE A

CHANNEL A

START/STOP SWITCH

TIME MANUAL


START/STOP SWITCH

Fig . 3- 1 . Typical DC 503A timing diagram .

2971-02


The Gate Generator circuit also produces the Latch

The gate signal generated on pin 14 of U1410B is again

Trigger and a complementary Measurement Gate going to

routed through and inverted by both U1330B and U1220C .

the Measurement Cycle Timing circuit on schematic 5.The operation of the Latch Trigger circuit is the same forall modes of operation that requires aMeasurement Gate

PERIOD B (Average). For this mode the Time Base

and will be described only once .

signal is passed through U1330A directly to the DecadeAccumulators . The Channel B signal is routed tothe= NCircuit via U1420A, U1421C, and Q1331 (base is low) . The

The generation of the Latch Trigger signal starts

divided down Channel B signal returns via Q1320to clock

whenever pin 3 of U1410A goes high at reset (clear) forthe

the Gate Generator.

Gate Generator. At reset, pin 13 of U1330D goes high andpin 15 goes low. This low is transmitted without inversionthrough buffer U1122D . Therefore, the Latch Trigger

The first edge to clock the Gate Generator is the first

signal on pin 14 of U1122D goes low whenever the Gate

edge of signal period . That edge is divided down by the

Generator is cleared .

- N Circuit to generate the second edge through Q1320and terminate the Measurement Gate. The instrument isaveraging over 10" number of Channel Bsignal periods to

As soon as a positive clock edge occurs on pin 6 of

generate the Measurement Gate.

U1410A, pin 3 goes low and pin 15 of U1330D goesmomentarily high . However, pin 15 of U1410B is con-nected to pin 12 of U1330D and as soon asthat signal goes

WIDTH B (Variable Clock) . This mode of operation is

high, pin 15 of U1330D goes low again. This action causes

exactly like PERIOD B (Variable Clock), except that the

a momentary positive pulse immediately after first clock-

instrument counts the Time Base signal (divided by N, or

ing the Gate Generator. This small pulse does not affect

not) during the positive portion or negative portion of the

the operation of the instrument.

input signal period to Channel B. Whether the positivepulse width or negative pulse width is measured dependson the setting of the SLOPEswitch, S1020. TheTime Base

At the end of the Measurement Gate, pin 15 of U1410B

signal passes through U1320C, out to the - N Circuit,

goes low again. When this happens there will be a low on

back in through

Q1330 and on to the Decade Ac-

pin 12 and pin 13 of U1330D, causing a low to high

cumulators .

transition on its output . It is the second low to hightransition at the end of the Measurement Gate i nterval thatproduces the Latch Trigger and affects the Measurement

The exclusive-OR gate, U1421C, along with NOR gate,

Cycle Timing circuit .

U1430B, is used to generate asingle width measurement.The Channel B signal appears on pin 14 of U1421C. Pin 15is low at this time, causing U1421C to operate as a non

PERIOD B (Variable Clock) . For this mode, a Measure-

inverting buffer . When pin 14 goes from low to high, the

ment Gate is generated from the Channel B input signal

output, pin 13, also goes from low to high . The positive

and the Time Base is counted (divided down or not) . Since

transition is passed through Q1321 (base is low) and

this is a single period measurement, the Time Base signal

clocks the Gate Generator on the first rising edge of the

(10 MHz) is again routed to the - N Circuit via U1320C.

Channel B input, starting the Measurement Gate (pin 14 of

During the single periodtheinstrumentcountsl0 MHz, or

U1410B goes low) .

1 MHz, or 100 kHz, etc. The - N output again appears atthe emitters of Q1330 and Q1320. Forthis mode it is Q1330that is turned on inasaturatedmode,allowingthedivided

Pin7ofU1430Bisatalogiclowforthismode .Whenthe

down Time Base signal to pass on to the Decade

Measurement Gate starts, pin 6 goes low and sets a high

Accumulators.

logic level on pin 15 of U1421C . During the MeasurementGate interval, U1421C operates as an inverter . The nextfalling edgefrom Channel B (end ofthe positive pulse) will

The Measurement Gate is generated from the CH B

cause another positive edge to clock the Gate Generator

signal with U1420A enabled on pin 4 (low) . The single

and terminate the Measurement Gate . The Measurement

period signal from CH B passes on through U1421C, then

Gate is again routed through U1330B and U1220C,

on through Q1321 because its base is low.

enabling the Decade Accumulators to count the TimeBase during the positive pulse width.

On the first rising edge of the single period, the start ofthe Measurement Gate is generated exactly the same as

WIDTH B (Average) . This mode of operation is similar

previously discussed under the FREQUENCY A mode of

to Period B (Average), except that NORgates U1430C and

operation. On the next rising edge of the single period, the

U1430A are involved in the process. With U1430C enabled

Measurement Gate is stopped with pin 14 of U1410B high

on pin 10, the Channel B pulse width passes through

and pin 15Yow.

U1430C to pin 4 of U1430A . The Channel B signal also

3-6

passes through U1421C, through 01331, out to the - N

internal jumper P1020 (J1020) on schematic 9. Logic gateCircuit, and back through 01320 to start the Gate

U1420D is enabled to allow counting the Channel AGenerator onthefirstedge. Pin 14of U1410Bgoeslowand

signals, while U1330C is enabled to allow the Measure-sets pin 5 of U1430A low during the Measurement Gate

ment Gate, generated bythe Start/Stop switch, S1311, orainterval (U1330B is disabled) .

Remote Start signal on P1900-26B, to pass throughU1220C to the Decade Accumulators .

Pin 5 of U1430A stays low and keeps the logic gateenabled for the entire length of time equal tothe number ofpulse widths being averaged . The pulse width signals onpin 4 are gated through and inverted, appearing on pin 10of U1220C . The Measurement Gate signal out of U1220Cis alternating high and low for the total number of pulsewidths being averaged . The Time Base count is beingaccumulated in the Decade Accumulators only duringthetimes that the Measurement Gate is low on pin 14 ofU1220C . At the end ofthe averaging cycle, pi n 5 of U1430Agoes high, disabling that gate, and preventing any morecounting until the next reset (clear) pulse occurs .

The Time Base is not used for this mode ; logic gatesU1330A and U1320C are disabled . The enabling ofU1430C, 01331, and 01320 is redundant; the Measure-ment Gate is not generated via U1410B .

TIME MANUAL. For this mode, there are no Channel Aor Channel B input signals. The Time Base signals arerouted through U1320Ctothe= N Circuit and back againvia 01330 to the Count 1 nput of the Decade Accumulators.The Measurement Gate is generated and routed throughU1330C exactly like the Totalize A mode.

TIME A -- B (Average). This mode is the same signalrouting as Width B (Average), except that the width isgenerated by the Time A - B Generator circuit . The risingedge of the Channel A signal starts the pulse width, and

The first decade counter in the - N Circuit consists ofthen the rising edge of the Channel B signal stops it .

U1310A,

U1310B,

U1411A,

014118,

U1300B,

andassociated ECL components . As the operator selectsdifferent positions of the AVGS/TIMING switch, S1010 on

EVENTSADURINGB(Average).Sinceitisrequiredto

schematic 9, more and more of the remaining dividerscount the number of events coming through Channel A

become

involved

in

the

counting

down

process,duringNintervalsoftheChannelBpulsewidth,U1330Ais

generating a delay between the first and second clockdisabled on pin 5 to lock outthe Time Base, and U1420D is

pulses going to the Gate Generator circuit on schematic 3.enabled on pin 13 to allow the Channel A signals to pass

The first decade counter is followed by 01400, a singlethrough to the Decade Accumulators .

decade counter, and the remaining dual decade counters,01401, 01501, and 01610.

N Circuit


For this mode, the gate interval on pin 5 of U1430A lastsfor 10" pulse widths and the Channel B signal on pin 4 is

The clock input to the _ N Circuit occurs on pin 6 ofagain logicallyandedthrough U1430Ato pin 10 of U1220C

U1310A and pin 5 of U1300A . The output from the - N(U1330B is disabled) . The event count from Channel A is

Circuit occurs at the wired-OR junction on pins 2 and 7 ofaccumulated in the Decade Accumulators exactly like the

01300.Time Base was for the Width B (Average) mode .

After reset, the first clock pulse edge at pin 6 of U1310ARATIO A/B (Average). For this mode the instrument is

and pin 5 of U1300A passes through to pin 2 of U1300Aessentially performing a period average with the Channel

(= N Output) . The next clock edge will also pass throughB signal generating the Measurement Gate (divided down

U1300A if N = 1, or it is going to be held off for theor not, via the - N Circuit), but the Channel A signal is

selected - N countdown.being counted, rather than the Time Base .

The - N setting (1 through 10g or 100 ns through 10 s)The Time Base is disabled via both U1330A (pin 5 is

are identified by the logic state pattern for S1010 onhigh) and U1320C (pin 10 is high), and the instrument

schematic 6; the acutal switch circuit is located oncounts the Channel A signals passing through U1420D

schematic 9. These settings enable or disable logic gates(pin 13 is low) . The Measurement Gate is passed through

U13000, U1510B, U1510A, U1510C, U1510D, U1511A,U1330B (pin 7 is low) and U1220C to allow the Channel A

01511 B, or 01511D.count to accumulate in the Decade Accumulators.

At reset (clear), all of the decade counters are set to aTOTALIZE A. Whether the instrument is in this mode or

count of nine, causing all of the inputs to 01500 to be setthe Time Manual mode is dependent on the position of an

high and enabling U1300A . Resistors R1302 and R1303

3-7


operate as TTL to ECL level shifters . As the first clock

CR1220to be forward biased, holding pin9of U1310A1owpulse on pin 5 of U1300A makes a transition from low to

and enabling that flip-flop to change state when clockedhigh, the output (pin 2) goes from low to high . Assuming

on

pin

6.

When

the

instrument is operating in the

thatthefirst decade counter has also been reset, pins 9, 10,

TOTALIZE A or TIME MANUAL mode, pin 3 of U1600B is

and 11 of U1300B are all low with its output (pin 7) also

held low, reverse biasing CR1220 and allowing the clock

low. This low on pin 7 allows the first clock pulse to pass

input to U1310A to be enabled and disabled by thethrough U1330A . If the instrument is operating in the= 1

START/STOP switch .mode, pin 5 of U1320A is held low. This ensures that thecounters do not advance or change their "nines" state,allowing all of the succeeding clockedgestopassthrough

Also, for the TIME MANUAL and TOTALIZE A modesU1300A .

when the instrument is not dividing by one (N = 1), pins 12and 13 of U1430D are both low. These low levels enableU1220D and disables U1320B . When the circuit is cleared

For the - 10 mode, pin 5 of U1320A is no longer held

by the ECL CLR signal on pin 5 of U1220D, U1411A

low and the first decade counter is no longer held reset.

becomes set, rather than reset; U1411A is normally reset

The first clock edge on pin 6of U1310Apassesonthrough

for the other modes. This action also produces a smallU1300A.ThefirstclocktransitionhasalsocausedU1310A

hold off interval for the TIME MANUAL mode ; the firstto change state, setting pin 9 of U1300B high . The output

clock edge does not start the Gate Generator via U1300A .

of U1300B and the wired-OR junction goes high and

It takes at least two counts to get the Measurement Gate

remains high for the next ten clock edges. After ten

started in the TIME MANUAL mode .counts, the fi rst decade counter is back to its on gi nal state,setting all three inputs to U1300B low. This causes thewired-OR junction to go low, allowing the eleventh clockedge to pass through U1300A. Thus, the fi rst and eleventhclock edges causes the - N Output to go high .

The reason that the decade count does not continuepast the first decade is that pin 5 of 015108 is held low andpin 6 of 01400 is held high . For N = 10z (100) pin 4 of01401 is held reset (set to nine), but the first decadecounter and 01400 are involved in the countdownprocess. The first clock edge through U1300A causes theN Output to go high, and the 101st edge does the same.

The second through one-hundredth clock edges aresuppressed via the wired-OR junction and because theoutput of 01400 is changing, this keeps U1300A disableduntil the 101st clock edge occurs .

In any of the averaging modes (PERIOD B, WIDTH B,TIME A ~ B, EVENTS A DUR B, or RATIO A/B) andN = 10, it requires eleven periods of the selected mode tocount ten periods. The first clock edge on pin 6 of U131OAadvances the first decade counter, but it is desired to holdoff the first clock edge out of the - N Circuit. Instead ofsetting pins 9, 10, and 11 of U1300B all low at reset (clear)for the averaging modes, pins 10 and 11 are set low and pi n9 high ; the first flip-flop, U1310A is set rather than reset.Any time that the instrument is in an averaging mode andpin 5 of U1320A is not held low (N = 1), U1310A is set bythe clear pulse via U13000 .

Measurement Cycle Timing

NOTE

Refer to Signal Routing and Gate Generator (FRE-QUENCY A) discussion for a description of thecircuit that generates the Latch Trigger signal . Also,see Fig. 3-1 for a typical timing diagram.

The Latch Trigger signal on P1630-1 (J1630-1) makes apositive transition when the Measurement Gate is ter-minated . Gate termination is indicated when a negativetransition occurs on pin 3 of U1420A . The Latch Triggersignal goes to two places : pin 12 of 014238 and pin 11 ofU1420D ; therefore, two things are going to happen .

The negative transition on pin 13 of U1420D turns off01400, allowing C1400 to start charging toward +12 Vthrough R1400, R1401, R1410, and the DISPLAY TIMEswitch, S1410. This produces a rising ramp voltageinterval on the emitter of 01300. Also, when triggered onpin 12, the one-shot multivibrator (014238) generates apositive pulse of approximately 50 ms duration on pin 10 .The multivibrator, along with U1420A, operate as a pulsestretcher circuit . The negative pulse out of pin 1 of U1420Acauses the GATE light on the front panel to be ill umi natedduring the active gating interval .

In the TOTALIZE A mode the - N Circuit and theinternal Time Base are not used . In the TIME MANUALmode, the Time Base signal is divided by N. I n both modes

Pin 9 of 014238 also goes low when the multivibrator isthe gate is generated bythe START/STOP switch input to

triggered. Assuming that the RESET line is high, U1422DCR1222 .

is enabled via pin 13 . The rising edge on pin 12 of U1422Dhappens about 50 ms later andtra~slatesto afalling edgeon pin 5 of U1423A, another one-shot multivibrator. When

For all rxiodesexceptTOTALIZEAandTIMEMANUAL,

U1423A is triggered by the falling edge on pin 5, a Load

the input to pin 3 of 016008 is at a high level . This causes

pulse (microseconds duration) is transmitted via 014228

and 01621D to pin 1 of 01520 (schematic 7), telling the

pins 12 and 1 of 01620 are hardwired, the 2nd DCU alsodecade counting units to latch the accumulated count.

divides by ten.

During the time that the GATE light and Load pulses

When the reset signal on pin 2 of 01620 goes high, allwere being generated, the ramp voltage on the emitter of

four outputs are set low and 01620 counts the negativeQ1300 (a unijunction transistor) has been rising . Eventual-

edgesthat occuron pin 14. At the end of every 100 countsly, it will reach the voltage level necessary to turn on

all of the binary inputs to 01520 should be low. ResistorsQ1300. When Q1300 turns on, C1400 discharges and a

R1624, R1623, R1622, and R1715 operate as pull uppositive pulse of small duration is produced on pin 3 of

resistors to ensure that the D2 inputs for 01520 reach theUU1422A. The falling edge of that pulse triggers both

4.0 V level required for a logical "1" value.U1421A and U1421B, generating two pulses (Reset andClear) .

The Reset pulse generated by U1421A and U1420Bwillbe of shorter duration than the Clear pulse generated by01421 B and U1420C . The pulse on pin 4 of U1420B resetsthe 01520 internal decade counters (schematic 7) . Thepulse on pi n 10 of U1420C resets all other ECL circuits andeverything else . The CLR (Clear) pulse is of sufficientduration toallowforthesetuptimes, minimum reset times,and a delay after reset before 01520 is ready to accept thenext Count Input. After the CLR pulse terminates, thecounter circuits are armed and ready to accumulateanother count.

Transistor Q1700 and associated components com-prise the power on reset circuit . At power on, Q1700conducts and stays on for a time interval determined bythe time constant value for R1700 and C1701 .

Decade Accumulators

ti-Decade Ripple Through Counter


The 6-Decade Ripple Through Counter, 01520, in-crements on the negative edge of an internal clock. All sixdecades are reset to zero when the reset signal (pin 22) isheld lowfor at least4 us . An internal overflowflip-flop (pin12) is reset atthesametime. Reset must go high beforethenext valid count can be latched.

Eight decade latches are provided internally, two forstoring the count from the 1st and 2nd DCU's and six forinternal counter output . All latches are loaded when pin 21goes low for at least 4 ~s . Ripple through time is about12 ~s .

The internal scan counter is driven by an internaloscillator whose frequency is determined by C1511 (pins39 and 40) . The counter scans from the most significantdigit (MSD, pin 2) to the least significant digit (LSD, pin9) .Pins 2 through 9are the digit strobe outputs (time sl of li nesTS1 through TS8) .

The 1st DCU circuit is located on schematic 4, the 2nd

Ahigh level on the decimal point input (pin 10) resets aDCU on schematic 7. The Measurement Gate is applied to

blanking flip-flop output (pin 11), causing the display topins 7 and 6 of the first flip-flop, 01221, while the Count

unblank. Pin 10 is brought high at the start of the digitInput clocks 01221 on pin 9 for a divide by two operation .

strobe time slot that has the active decimal point.

The remaining flip-flops, 01120, 01121 B, U1121A, and

An overflow flip-flop (pin 12) is set on thefirst negativethe feedback circuit through U1220B provides a divide by

transition occuring on the overflow input (pin 13). Thefive operation.

most significant bit (MSB) output from the eighth decade(pin 14) is used as overflow input.

The entire circuit on schematic 4 is a divide by tendecade accumulator with a bcd output code . The outputs

Leading zero suppression is also provided internally. At

of the flip-flops are translated from ECL levels to TTL

the start of each scan counter cycle (MSD to LSD), thelevels by their associated buffer (amplifier) circuits,

display is blanked (pin 11 is low) until a non zero digit orU1122A, Q1133 and Q1132, U1122B, and 0112X. The

active decimal point is encountered. Thedisplay unblanks3.7 V reference for U1122A, B, and C is set bythe voltage

during LSD (TS8) time or whenever the overflow output

divider circuit, R1037 and R1036.

(pin 12) is high .

Thefour translated voltage levels out of the 1st DCUgo

Data output from 01520 appears on pins 20, 19, 18, andto the first latch inputs of the 6-Decade Counter, 01520

17, in a multiplexed bcd format . The internal scan counter(schematic 7), with the fourth bit value driving the 2nd

causes the proper decadecounttoappearontheselinesatDCU circuit, 01620 and associated components . Since

the same time as its corresponding digit strobe (time slot)

3-9


is made active. The bcd output data is demultiplexed viathe time slot lines driving the eight LED's in the display(schematic 8) . The bcd output codes are also converted toseven segment information by 01610.


Two programmable read only memory (PROM)devices, 01200 and 01300, are used to accept the settinginformation from the FUNCTION and AVGS/TIMINGswitch circuits on schematic 9. This information lets thePROMS know what function and timing point the instru-ment is in so that they can, in turn, select which decimalpoint and annunciator should be illuminated . The annun-ciators are the GHz/nSEC, MHz/SEC, KHz/mSEC, andHz/SEC indicator lights .

sections are selected by the ADEand ADF lines as shownin Table 3-1 .

Table 3-1

PROM SELECTION CODE

Display

The eight digit LEDs are common cathode displays,with the time slot pulses (TS1 through TS8) scanning pin 6on each digit ; DS1002 is the most significant digit andDS1305 is the least significant digit . All of the sevensegment and decimal point information is paralled . Forleading zero suppression during the scanning cycle, thedisplay is blanked(seven segment information is missing)until the first non-zero digit or decimal point is en-countered.

The GATE and OVERFLOW lights, CR1011 and CR1012,are driven by current limit resistors, R1011 and R1012. Asingle current limiting resistor, R1009, is used for the fourannunciator lights because only one of them is illuminated

The decimal point data from the PROMsisfed to pins 9,

at any given time .10, and 11 of 01400, a one-of-eight selector/multiplexer .Integrated circuit 01400 is used as a single pole, sevenposition switch that switches the proper time slot pulse

Switching Logic(TS1 through TS7) to the decimal point scanned lines,

(FUNCTION, AVGS/TIMING)pins 6 and 5 of 01400. Pin 5 will have a positive pulse andpin 6 a negative pulse for the decimal point scanned

TheFUNCTION switching IogicforS1810isontheAl2information .

Aux board (top half of schematic), while theAVGS/TIMING switching logic for S1010 is on the A14

Decimal point information is not displayed in the

Main board (lower half of schematic) . A simplified logicTOTALIZE A mode . Pin 9 of U1422C and pin 13 of U1612F

pattern for S1810 is located on schematic 3 and the logicare set low, and pin 10 of U1422C is set highforthis mode .

pattern for S1010 is located on schematic 6.This coding deselects and turns off both PROMS at pin 15(high) and deselects 01400 at pin 7 (high) .

The switch wafer positions for the FUNCTION switchare drawn in-line, horizontally with one wafer positionoffset slightly to indicate reset between detents. Thesame

There are four sets of decimal point and annunciator

type of pattern is drawn for the AVGS/TIMING switch,information contained in the two PROMs. These four

51010.

Integrated circuits U1611D and U1611B are used toreset the Time A ~ BGenerator when either measurementmode for that function is activated or whenever the clearpulse occurs on pin 6 of U1611B.

Mode

ADE

ADF

PROM

Pin 8 of U1600D is set low for the modes that use theJ1430-7

J1430-4

Selected

10 MHz Time Base clock as the direct Count Input to theDecade Accumulators . Pin 10 of U1611C is set low forFREQUENCY A

0

0

01200

those modes that use the Channel A signal as the directPERIOD B, WIDTH

0

1

01300

Count Input. The remaining logic gates, along with theB, TIME A -- B

actual grounded positions of the FUNCTION switch,(AVGS)

control the signal paths discussed under the BlockDiagram discussion and the discussion for the Signal

RATIO A/B,

1

0

01200

Routing and Gate Generator circuits .EVENTS A DUR B(AVGS)

The ADE control line (U1611A, pin 3) and theADF linePERIOD B, WIDTH

1

1

01300

(U1600E, pin 10) are used toaddressthetwo PROMS intheB, TIME A -- B

Decimal Point and Annunciator Encoder circuits (see(TIMING)

Table 3-1) .

TOTALIZE A,

1

1

01300 forTIME MANUAL

TIMEMANUAL

The tenth position of the FUNCTION switch is used for`

only.

the TOTALIZE A andTIME MANUAL modes. Thedesired

3- 1 0

mode is selected by the user changing the position of

01830, connected to the +33.5 Vdc supply . ReverseP1020 relative to the pins on J1020. Thisjumper is located

polarity protection for the three supplies is provided byon the A12 Aux board . Diode CR1021 is turned on in the

CR1732, CR1733, and CR1730.TIME MANUAL mode to set pin 13 of U1601C low;activating the proper Signal Routing circuits on sche-matic 3.

The +5 V, -12 V, and +12 V power~is connected fromthe Mai n board to the Aux board via P1630 ( pins 7, 8, 9, and10) where decoupling networks are provided . The +5 V isdivided down to about 3.3 V on the base of 01032 andreflected as +2.7 V on the emitter. Voltage feedback forthis regulator is provided by 01030 and 01020. Themainpurpose of 01020 is to si nk the current coming from all ofthe 150 S2 ECL terminations used throughout the variouslogic circuits.

Time Base

The standard 10 MHz clock frequency is generated by01701 and Y1810 operating as a Colpitts oscillator, withsmall frequency changes provided by the adjustment ofC1715. The power supply for this circuit is regulated at10 V by Zener diode VR1710 .

The output of the standard time base circuit drives thebase of 01720, operating as a buffer amplifier. The outputof 01720 is passed through 01621Ewherethree resistors,R1731, R1732, and R1735 translate the time base signalinto ECL levels that operate the circuits on the Aux board.

The Option 1 Time Base circuit, Y1710, uses an 18 Voven for temperature control . The 18 V is derived fromanother three terminal regulator, 01800, using feedbackresistors R1801 and R1803 to control the 18 V on pin 3 ofY1701 .

I nternal j umper connections P1710and P1720 allowtheuser to select an external 10 MHz time base or TTLclockvia the rear interface.

When the instrument is equipped with the optional timebase, all of the standard time base components areremoved.

Power Supplies

Integrated circuit 01831 supplies the reference voltagefor the +5 V and -12 V power. The +5 V power is derivedfrom the +11 .5 Vdc supply in the power module, whilethe-12 V power is derived from the +33.5 Vdc supply. The+12 V power is derived from the three terminal regulator,


The +7 V reference from 01831 on the Main boardoriginates on pin 6 and then divided down to +5 V byR1826 and R1827. The +5 V load current flows throughR1733 (the current limiting resistor), through the npnseries pass transistor in the power module, and throughF1830 to the +11 .5 Vdc supply . The load voltage isregulated within design limits by varying the voltage onthe base of the series pass transistor. If the load currentexceeds about 2 A, the voltage drop across R1733becomes great enough to limit the current by causing thebase of the series pass transistor to go more negative withrespect to its emitter . This over current voltage is sensed atpins 2 and 3 of 01831 . Feedback i nput to 01831 occurs onpin 4, with frequency compensation provided by C1830.

The -12 V supply is referenced to the+7 V on pin 6 of01831 via R1825. Thevoltagelevel atthejunction of R1825and R1730 is near 0 V.

Should the -12 V supply go slightly more positive, thevoltage at the base of 01724 goes more positive, in-creasing the current through 01723 and R1820. Thiscauses the base of 01721 to go more positive andincreases the current through the pnp series pass tran-sistor in the power module . This increased current flowlowers the -12 V until the correct voltage is reached. If theload current from this supply exceeds about 220 mA, thevoltage drop across R1721 becomes large enough tocause 01722 to conduct, thereby reducing and limitingthe current through the pnp series pass transistor .

CALI BRATIONPERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE

Section 4-DC 503A

Introduction

factory service center . Contact your local Tektronix fieldoffice or representative for further information .

This procedure checks the electrical performancerequirements as listed in the Specification section in thismanual . Perform the Adjustment Procedure if the instrument fails to meet these checks. I n some cases, recall bra-

Test Equipment Requiredtion may not correct the discrepancy; circuit trouble-shooting is then indicated . Also, use this procedure to

The following test equipment (or equivalent) listed indetermine acceptability of performance in an incoming

Table 41 is suggested to perform the Performance Checkinspection facility.

and Adjustment Procedure .

Calibration Interval

To ensure instrument accuracy, check the calibration

WARNINGevery 1000 hours of operation or at a minimum of every sixmonths if used infrequently .

Dangerous potentials exist at several points

Services Available

throughout this instrument. Caution must be exer-cised. When the instrument is operated with the

Tektronix, Inc. provides complete instrument repair

covers removed, do not touch exposed connectionsand adjustment at local field service centers and at the

or components.

C~ibration-DC 503APerformance Check

Power Module

OscilloscopeMai nframe

Descrlptfon

Vertical plug-in

Horizontal plug-in

beveled SinewaveGenerator

Function Generator

Pulse Generator

Digital Multimeter

50 f2 10X attenuator

50 n FeedthroughTerm ination

BNC Female to DualBanana

Tip jack to bnc cable

Coaxial, 50 A Precision,36 inch

VARIAC

Dual bnc connector

Table 4-1

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Performance Requirements I Performance I AdjustmentCheck Procedure

Bandwidth, do to 200 MHz

I

X

I

X

I TEKTRONIX 7704A

Bandwidth, do to 200 MHz

I

X

Fastest sweep rate 5 mV,

I

X

I

X10 ns

Frequency range to

X125 MHz; amplitude rangeto 5 V p-p, 50 R

Range, sinewave 10 Hz to

I

X

~

X1 MHz; offset +2.5 V level

Range to 125 MHz, f1 V,

~

X

50 f2

Range ~f20 Vdc, 4 1/2

I

X

I

Xdigits

Bnc connectors

Bnc connectors

I

X

Bnc connectors

X

X

X

X

Application

X

I

X

I TEKTRONIXTM 503 or TM 504

X

X I X

WWVB (60 kHz) Receiver/ I (1 MHz output)

I

X

I

XFrequency Standard

Example

TEKTRONIX 7A16

TEKTRONIX 7880

TEKTRONIX SG 503

TEKTRONIX FG 501

TEKTRONIX PG 502

TEKTRONIX DM 501A

Tektronix Part No.011-0059-02

Tektronix Part No .011-0049-01




SPECTRACOM CORPType 8161


Calibration-DC 503APerformance Check

Preliminary Control Settings

TIME BASE CHECKS7000 Series Oscilloscope

1. Check Oscillator Frequency(Standardtime base

POWER

On

and Option 1)

FOCUS

as desired for aINTENSITY

{well-defined displayVERTICAL MODE

LEFT

NOTE

HORIZONTAL MODE

BB TRIGGER SOURCE

VERT MODE

The time base accuracy is a function of temperatureand time. The temperature stability for the standardtime base is ±5ppm (0° C to 50° C) with an aging rateof ±1 ppm/year.

Vertical Piug-in

VOLTS/DIV

.2VARIABLE

inBANDWIDTH FULLPOLARITY

+UPAC-GND-DC DCPOSITION

centered display

DC 503A

FUNCTION

as indicatedTIMING

as indicatedDISPLAY TIME

ccwCH A and CH B

LEVEL

midrangeSLOPE

+ (out)ATTEN

X1 (out)COUPL

DC (out)SOURCE

EXT (out)

After one year of operation (since the time base wascalibrated), the 1 MHz WWVB frequency standardshould read 1000.0000 ±61 counts for anytemperature between 0° C to 50° C. The ±61 countsare determined by ±50 counts, due to temperature(±5 ppm); ±10 counts due to aging (±1 ppm); and±1 count to synchronization error. After this check iscompleted, the user should determine if a time basere-calibration is required.

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD BHorizontal Plug-in

(AVGS) and set the AVGS switch to 106.

TRIGGERINGMODE

P-P AUTO

b. Connect a coaxial cable from the WWVB StandardCOUPLING

AC

output to the DC 503A B INPUT.SOURCE INT

POSITION

as desiredTIME/DIV

20 nS

c. AdjusttheDC 503ACHBLEVELcontrolforastable

VARIABLE

in

readout on the DC 503A display.

MAG

X1 (in)

d. Check-that

the

DC 503A

readout

is

within999.9939 and 1000.0061 (±6.0 ppm, ±1 count) .

e.

To check for Option 1 time base oscillator frequen-cy, change the DC 503A AVGS switch to 10' .

f . Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVELcontrol for astablereadout on the DC 503A display.

g. Check-that

the

DC 503A

readout

is

within999.99879 and 000.00121 with the display OVERFLOWlight on (±1 .20 ppm, ±1 count) .

CH A AND CH B CHECKSSinewave Generator

FREQUENCY RANGE

100-250

2. Check CH A Input Frequency Range and

(MHz)

Sensitivity, X1 and X5 Attenuation, do coupled (0 Hz

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE

1.00

to

125 MHz). Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up .

FREQUENCY VARIABLE

125

a. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to FRE-ANFPLITUDE MULITPLIER X.1

QUENCY A and the TIMING switch to 10 ms .


b. Connect the DC 503A A SHAPED OUTsignaltothe

3. Check Totalize A and Time Manual (0 to

Vertical Plug-in INPUT connector using the tip jack-to-

125 MHz)bnc connector (black terminal to COMMON).

a. Turn off the power module . Remove the DC 503A .

c. Connect the sinewave generator OUTPUT to theDC 503A CH A INPUT using the coaxial cable and the50 f2 termination.

d. Adjust theDC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

e. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 125.0000 (MHz) with the display MHz/~SECil I umi nated.

f . Press (in) the X5 DC 503A CH A ATTEN.

g. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE to 5.00.

h. Adjust theDC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and the oscilloscope.

i CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates approxi-

h. Turn off the power module, remove the DC 503Amately 125,000 (MHz) with the display MHz/SEC

and change the TIME MANUAVTOTALIZE jumperilluminated .

(J1020) to the TIME MANUAL position .

4-4

DC503A

50 flTermination

SinewaveGenerator

b. Change the TIME MANUAVTOTALIZE jumper,J1020 (located on rear of the Auxiliary board) to theTOTALIZE position . Refer to Adjustment Locations in thepullout pages of this manual .

c. Re-insert the counter into the power module .

d. Turn on the power module .

e. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to TOTALIZEand press the START/STOP pushbutton to START (inposition) .

f . CHECK-for the total maximum count readout onthe DC 503A display (at end of count, display OVERFLOWmay light) .

g. Press the START/STOP pushbutton to STOP (outposition) .

7000 Series Mainframe

Vertical I

I

I HorizontiIPlug-in

Plug-In

IN

Flg. 41. Check set-up for the high frequency sensitivity using X1 and X5 attenuation .

2971-03

REV JUN 1981

i . Re-insert plug-in into the power module .

b. Set the DC 503A AVGS switch to 106 and FUNC-TION to PERIOD B AVGS.

j . To check the Time Manual, press the START/STOPpushbutton to START (in position) .

c. AdjusttheDC 503ACHBLEVELcontrolforastabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

k. CHECK-the DC 503A display readout (in seconds)for the advancing count.

d. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 10.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECi II umi nated.

I . Press the START/STOP pushbutton to STOP (outposition).

4. Check CH A Input Sensitivity, X5 and X1Attenuation (20 mV rms sine wave to 100 MHz) .Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up. f. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUT

AMPLITUDE control to 2.80.a. Change the sinewave generator FREQUENCY

VARIABLE to 100 and the OUTPUT AMPLITUDE controlto 2.80.

g.

Adjust theDC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

b. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to FRE-QUENCY A and adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL controlfor a stable display on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

c. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.0000 (MHz) with the display MHz/~cSECilluminated .

d. Set the DC 503A CH A ATTEN switch to X1 (outposition).

e. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE control to .56.

f . Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVELcontrol for astabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

g. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicated ap-proximately 100,000 (MHz/,SEC illuminated .

5. Check CH B Input Frequency Range andSensitivity, X1 and X5 Attenuation, do coupled (0 Hzto 100 MHz) . Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up . e. Set the DC 503A CH B ATTEN switch to X1 (out

position).a. Remove the cable from the DC 503A CH A INPUT

connector and connect to the CH B I NPUT. Remove theASHAPED OUT connector and connect to the B SHAPED

f. Adjust the CH B LEVEL control for a display on theOUT connector (black terminal to COMMON).

DC 503A and oscilloscope .

REV SEP 1981


e. Set the DC 503A CH B ATTEN switch to X5 (inposition).

h. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 10.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated .

6. Check CH B Input Sensitivity, X5 and X1Attenuation (35 mV rms sine wave to 125 MHz).Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up.

a. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAM PLITUDE to 5.00 and FREQUENCY VARIABLE to 125.

b. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVELcontrol for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

c. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 8.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECi I Iumi nated.

d. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE to 1 .00.

4-5


g. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-

d. Remove theDC503ACHBcableconnection .Insert

proximately 8,000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSEC

thelOXattenuatorwiththe50S2terminationtotheverticalilluminated .

plug-in INPUT. Connect the coaxial cable from the 10Xattenuator to the function generator OUTPUT.

7. Check the CH A Input Frequency Range, X1 accoupled (10 Hz). Refer to Fig. 4-2 check set-up andthe preliminary control settings with the followingaddition:

a. Turn the power module off. Disconnect the

i . Adjust the function generator OFFSET control to

sinewave generator OUTPUT cable and remove the

center the displayed signal on the crt .

sinewave generator plug-in.

j . Adjust the function generator AMPLITUDE control

b. Insert the function generator plug-in and set the

for five graticule divisions of signal on the crt display

controls as listed above. Turn on the power module .

(50 mV p-to-p) .

c.

Disconnect the vertical plug-in INPUTconnector (B

k. Change the DC 503A TIMING switch to 1 s and the

SHAPED OUT signal) .

FUNCTION switch to FREQUENCY A.

4-6

FREQUENCY Hz

10MULTIPLIER

1

g. Adjust the vertical plug-in POSITION control toFUNCTION

~(sine)

center the trace on the oscilloscope crt display.

OUTPUT ccw

PowerModule ->.

50 GTermination

10XAttenuator

Function Generator

DC503A

SHAPEDOUT

CHAT CHBIN IN OUTa

FunctionGenerator

10X ~Attenuator

50 f2Termination

Fig. 42 . Check set-up for low frequency ac and do sensitivity .

e. Set the DC 503A CH A and CH B ATTEN to X1 andthe CH A and CH B COUPL to DC .

f . Set the vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIVto10 mVandtheAC-GND-DC switch to GND.

h. Change the vertical plug-in AC-GND-DC switch toDC.

VerticalPlug-in

IN


l

HorizontalPlug-in

2971-04

REV JUN 1981

I . Move the vertical plug-in INPUT connection to the

DC 503A CH A INPUT and re-connect the A SHAPEDOUT signal to the vertical plug-in INPUT. Change the

`

vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV switch to .2 . Adjust the CH A

LEVEL for a stable readout on the OC 503A and os-cilloscope .

q. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD Band the TIMING to 10 Ns .

t. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.00 (mSEC) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated .


e. The oscilloscope crt display is a squarewave .

f. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-

proximately 100.00 (mSEC) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated.

m . CHECK-that the DC 5o3A readout indicates ap-

MINIMUM PULSE WIDTH CHECKSproximately 0.010 (kHz) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated .

9. Check the Input Sensitivity X1 Attenuation

(100 mV p-to-p pulse at minimum pulse width of

4 ns to 125 MHz). Referto Fig. 4-3 checkset-up and

n. Set the DC 503A CH A COUPL switch to AC .

preliminary control settings with the following

exceptions :

o. Set the function generator OFFSET control fully

Vertical Plug-in

clockwise.

VOLTS/DIV

50 mVVARIABLE

in

p. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-

BANDWIDTH

FULL

proximately 0.010 (kHz) with the display kHz/mSEC

POLARITY

+ UP

illuminated .

AC-GND-DC GNDPOSITION

centered display

Horizontal Plug-in

TIME/DIV

2 ns

r. Move the DC 503A CH Aconnection and reconnectto the CH B connector. Remove the A SHAPED OUTconnector and connect to the B SHAPED OUT (black

Pulse Generator

terminal to COMMON) . AdjusttheCH B LEVELcontrol for

PULSE DURATION

square wavea stable readout on the DC 503A and oscilloscope . VARIABLE ccw

PERIOD

4 ns

s. The oscilloscope crt display is a squarewave.

VARIABLE

ccwBACK TERM

outCOMPLEMENT out

DC 503A

FUNCTION

FREQUENCY A

8. Check the CH B Input Frequency Range, X1 ac

TIMING

100 ~s

coupled (10 Hz). Refer to Fig. 4-2 check set-up.

DISPLAY TIME

ccwCH A and CH B

a. Set the DC 503A CH B COUPL switch to AC.

SLOPE

+ATTEN

X1COUPL DC

b. Adjust theDC 503A CH BLEVELcontrol for a stable

SOURCE

EXTreadout on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

a. Turn off the power module and disconnect the

c. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-

function generator coaxial cable. Remove the function

proximately 100.00 (mSEC) with the display kHz/mSEC

generator plug-in. Insert the pulse generator plug-in and

illuminated .

turn on the power module .

d. Set the function generator OFFSET control fully

b.

Connect coaxial cable to the pulse generator OUT-

counte~rclockwise.

PUT.


c. Adjust the vertical plug-in POSITION control to

j. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVELcontrol for astablecenter the trace on the crt. Change the AC-GND-DC

display on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.switch to DC.

k. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-d. Remove the DC 503A B SHAPED OUT connection

proximately 125.00 (MHz) with the display MHz/pSECfrom the vertical plug-in INPUT.

illuminated .

e. Remove the DC 503A CH B INPUT coaxial cable

m. Move the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connector towith 10X attenuator and connect to the vertical plug-in

the B SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON) andINPUT.

move the CH A INPUT connection to the CH B INPUT.

f. Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS) LOW

n. Set Function Switch to period B (Avgs). Set Avgs toLEVEL control to position the bottom edge of the dis-

108.played squarewave to the center of the crt graticule.

g. Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS)HIGH EDGE control for two divisions of display on the crt

o. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap(100 mV p-to-p) .

proximately 8,000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated .

h. Adjust the pulse generator PERIOD VARIABLEcontrol for a period of 8 ns (4 div) .

10 . Check Period B Minimum Pulse Width (4 ns at

i . Move the vertical

lu

In INPUT connection to the

100mV peak-to-peak).P g_ .

DC 503A CH A INPUT and connect the A SHAPED OUTsignal to the vertical plug-in INPUT. Change the vertical

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD Bplug-in VOLTS/DIV switch to .2.

~

(no AVGS).

4-8

S

Poww -Module

50 DTarmInaNon

10XAttenuator

DC503A

SHAPEDouT

cNAI cl+sIN IN

PulseGenerates

OUT50 A

Termination

10X "Attenuator

VerticalPlug-in

9

IN

Fig. 43. Check set-up for minimum pulse width signNs .


HorizontalPlug-In

2971-05

REVJUN 1981


b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and the

j. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD Bdisplay readout is 0.0 (SEC) f1 count with the display

(AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 106.Hz/SEC illuminated .

k. Move the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connector to11 . Check RATIO A/B Minimum Pulse Width (4 ns

the B SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON) andat 100 mV peak-to-peak).

move the CH A INPUT connection to the CH B INPUT.

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to RATIO A/B.

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.000000 ±1 count (no annunciatorlights) .

12 . Check the Input Sensitivity X1 Attenuation(60 mV p-to-p pulse at minimum pulse width of 5 nsto 100 MHz). Refer to Fig. 4-3 check set-up andcontrol settings as shown in step 9.

a. Remove the DC 503A B SHAPED OUT connectionfrom the vertical plug-in INPUT.

b.

Change the coaxial cable (with the 10X attenuator)from the DC 503A CH B INPUT to the vertical plug-inINPUT.

c. Change the vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV .

I . Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

m . CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 10.000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated .

13. Check the Width B (AVGS) Minimum PulseWidth (5 ns).

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B(AVGS) .

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thereadout indicates approximately 5.0000 (nSEC) with thedisplay GHz/nSEC illuminated .

14 . Check the Events A During B Minimum B Pulse

d. Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS) LOW

Width (5 ns) .

LEVEL control to position the bottom edge of the dis-played squarewave to the center of the crt graticule.

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to EVENTS ADUR B.

e. AdjustthepulsegeneratorOUTPUT(VOLTS) HIGHEDGE control for three divisions of display (60 mV p-to-p)

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and theon the crt .

display readout is 0.000000 ±1 count (no annunciatorlights) .

f . Change the vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV to 0.1 andadjust the pulse generator PERIOD VARIABLE for a

15. Check the Width B (no AVGS) Minimum Pulseperiod of 10 ns (5 divisions) .

Width (20 ns).

g.

Move the vertical plug-in INPUT connection to theDC 503A CH A INPUT and connect the A SHAPED OUTsignal to the vertical plug-in INPUT.

a. Change theDC 503A FUNCTI ON switch to PERI ODB (AVGS) .

b. Change the pulse generator PERIOD to 10 ns andh . Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stable

adjust PERI OD VARIABLE for a DC 503A display readoutdisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

of approximately 40.0000 (nSEC) with the displayGHz/nSEC illuminated .

i . CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.00 (MHz) with the display MHz/~SEC

c. Change DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD Billuminated .

(no AVGS) .

REV JUN 1981 4-9


d. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and the

Pulse Generatordisplay readout is 0.0 (SEC) ±1 count with the display

PERIOD

10 nsHz/SEC illuminated .

OUTPUT (VOLTS)LOW LEVEL

-1HIGH LEVEL

1BACK TERM

OUT

16. Check Time A -- B Single Shot Minimum TimeInterval and Time A - B Average Minimum TimeInterval (12.5 ns) . RefertoFig. 4-4 check set-up andthe following control settings:

4- 1 0

TWO CHANNEL FUNCTION CHECKS

FUNCTION

FREQUENCY A

c. Connect the coaxial cable from the pulse generatorTIMING

1 ms

OUTPUT to the dual input connector.DISPLAY TIME

ccwCH A

LEVEL

midrange

d . Connect the tip jack-to-bnc connector from theSLOPE

+ (out position)

DC 503A A SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON)ATTEN

X1 (out position)

to the vertical plug-in.

COUPL

DC (out position)SOURCE

EXT (out position)CH B

e. Adjust the OC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a

LEVEL

midrange

squarewave display on the oscilloscope crt.

SLOPE

- (in position)ATTEN

X1 (out position) .

f. Adjust the pulse generator PERIOD VARIABLECOUPL

DC (out position)

control for a DC 503A display readout of approximatelySOURCE

EXT (out position)

40.000 (MHz) with the display MHz/SEC illuminated .

POWer SHAPED

Moduie~ IC NA I IN~

OUT

so nurinationTer

Dual bnc Connector

DC 503A

DC503APulseGenerator

Fg . 44 . Check set-up for two channel functions .

a. Connect 50 f2 terminations to both DC 503A CH Aand CH B INPUTS .

b. Connect the dual input connector to the 50 ~2termination on the DC 503A INPUTS .

Vertical

HorizontalPlug-in I

I

I Plug-inIN

7000 Series Mainframe1

2971-06


g . Move the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connection to

Digital Multimeterthe B SHAPED OUT .

i . Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to TIME A - B{AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 106.

j . CHECK-that the DC 503A display readout in-dicates between 8.5000 and 16.5000 (12.5 ns f4 ns) withthe display GHz/nSEC illuminated .

k . Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to TIMEA -~ B (TIMING) .

I . CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.0 (SEC) t1 count with the displayHz/SEC illuminated .

17. Check Events A during B

a. Change the

DC 503A

FUNCTION

switch toEVENTS A DUR B.

b . CHECK-the DC 503A display readout indicates1.000000 t1 count (.999999 to 1 .000001) .

18. Check Ratio A18

REV A FEB 1981

TRIGGER LEVEL CHECKS

DC 503A

RANGE

20 DC VOLTS

h . Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for asquarewave display on the crt .

a. Turn off the power module and disconnect the pulsegenerator OUTPUT connection . Remove the pulsegenerator plug-in .

b. Insert the digital multimeter plug-in . Turn on thepower module .

c . Connect a tip jack-to-bnccablefrom the DC 503A ATRIG LEVEL to a bnc female-to-bnc banana connectorand connect to the digital multimeter INPUT .

d. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control fullycounterclockwise.

e . CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout in-dicates between -3.500 and -10.000.

f . Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control fullyclockwise.

g. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout in-dicates between +3.500 and +10.000.

h . Changethe DC 503A CH A connections tothe CH B(with appropriate control settings) and repeat steps 19dthrough 19g .

a . Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to RATIO

Qp, Check A Trigger Level Output AccwacyA/B.

(t20 mV10.5°/0 of reading) . Refer to Fig. 45 checkset-up and control settings in step 19 with the

b. CHECK-the DC 503A display readout indicates

fdlowing exceptions:1 .000000 t1 count (.999999 to 1 .000001) (no annunciator

function Generatorlights) .

FREQUENCY RANGE

103FREQUENCY VARIABLE

1FUNCTION

~{sine)OUTPUT AMPLITUDE

min (ccw)

19. Check Trigger Level Range, f3.5 V. Refer toFig. 4-5 check set-up and preliminary control

Vertical Plug-insettings with the following exceptions:

yOLTS/Dlv

50 mV

FUNCTION

FREQUENCY ATIMING

1 msCOUPL (CH A and CH B)

AC

TIME/DiV

1 pSHorIz+oM~ Plug-in

Callbr~lon-DC 503APerformance Check r

a. Turn off the power module . Insert the function

h. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to center

generator. Turn on the power module.

thefalli ng edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line .

b. Connect a tip jack-to-bnc cablefrom theDC 503A ASHAPED OUT to the vertical plug-in INPUT.

c. Remove the DC 503A B TRIG LEVEL connection(tip jack-to-bnc cable) . Connect the digital multimeterINPUT through the 50 A termination to the functiongenerator OUTPUT .

d. Adjust the function generator OFFSET control for adisplayed reading between +2.450 and +2.550 on the digi-tal multimeter . NOTE the reading.

e. Move the connection from the digital multimeterINPUT to the DC 503A CH A INPUT connector.Reconnect the DC 503A CH A TRIG LEVEL OUT to themultimeter .

f. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

g. Adjust the function generator FREQUENCYVARIABLE control and horizontal plug-in POSITIONcontrol to display a single period of 10 us on the crt.

412

PowerModule

50 ATermination

Function DIgRaIDC503A Generator Mullimeter

~I7

TRIOLEVEL

OUT INPUTLO NI

i . CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout in-dicates between +0.020 and -0.020 .

j . Change the DC 503A COUPLto DC (out position).

k. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to centerthe falli ng edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line .

I . CHECK-that the digital multimeter reading iswithin .030 of value noted in step 20d.

m. Remove the DC 503A CH ATRIG LEVEL from thedigital multimeter. Connect the function generator OUT-PUT to the multimeter INPUT.

n. Adjust the function generator OFFSET control for areading between -2.450 and -2.550 on the digital multimeter.NOTE the reading.

o. Disconnect the cable (with 50 Atermination) fromthe digital multimeter INPUTand connect tothe DC 503ACH A INPUT.

VertIcNPlug-in

7000 f3eri~s MaiMrame

HaIzoMalPlug-In

Fig. 45 . Check set-up for trigger level range (t3.5 V) and accuracy (t20 mV t.SNo of reading) .

2971-07

REV JUN 1981

p. Re-connect the tip jack-to-bnc cable from theDC 503A CH A TRIG LEVEL output (black terminal toCOMMON) to the digital multimeter INPUT.

q. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to centerthe falli ng edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line .

r. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout iswithin .030 of value noted in step 20n.

21 . Check B Trigger Level Output Accuracy(±20 mV, ±0.5% of reading) . Refer to Fig. 4-5 checkset-up and control settings in step 20.

a. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD

o. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control to centerB (AVGS) .

thefalli ng edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line .

b. Move the connection from the DC 503A A SHAPEDOUT to the B SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COM-MON).

c. Move the connection from the DC 503A A TRIGLEVEL to the B TRIG LEVEL output (black terminal toCOMMON) .

REAR INTERFACE CHECKS

d.

Move the coaxial cable with 50 f2 termination fromthe DC 503A CH A INPUT to the CH B INPUT.

e. Adj ust the DC 503A CH B LEVELcontrol for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

f . Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control to centerthe falling edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line .

g. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout in-dicates between +0.020 and -0.020 .

h . Change the DC 503A COUPLto DC (out position).

i . Adjust DC 503A CH B LEVEL control to center thefalling edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line .

j . CHECK-that the digital multimeter reading iswithin` .030 of value noted in step 20n .

REV JUN 1981


k. Disconnect the INPUT cable from the digital mul-timeter and connect the function generator OUTPUT tothe digital multimeter INPUT.

I . Adjust the function generator OFFSET control for areading between +2 .450 V and +2 .550 V on the digitalmultimeter. NOTE the reading.

m.

Disconnect the cable (with 50 S2 termination) fromthe digital multimeter INPUTand connect tothe DC 503ACH B INPUT.

n. Re-connect the tip jack-to-bnc cable from theDC 503A CH B TRIG LEVEL output (black terminal toCOMMON) to the digital multimeter INPUT.

p. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout iswithin .030 of value noted in step 211 .

22 . Check CH A and CH B Rear InterfaceFrequency Range (0 Hz to ~50 MHz, DC; 10 Hz to>50 MHz, AC). Optional .

NOTE

This procedure requires the removal of the powermodule top cover. Coaxial cable (50 f2) interfacing isrequired between the power module and DC 503A .Good r.f. shielding is also required.

WARNING

When instruments are operated with covers remov-ed, DO NOT touch exposed connections or com-ponents. This procedure is to be completed byqualified technical personnel only.

A dc, ac signal source capable of >50 MHz frequencywith an amplitude of >20 mV rms, 56 mV p-to-p is requiredfor this check.

a. Turn off the power module . Remove the DC 503Afrom the power module.

4-13


b. Remove the top cover from the power module,

h. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-exposing the

interface

connectors (refer to the

proximately 50.0000 (MHz) with the display MHz/~eSECMaintenance Section in the power module instruction

illuminated .manual).

i .

Detach the coaxial cable center conductor from pin16A and attach to pin 17B of the DC 503A rear interface

c.

Using an appropriate length 50 f2 coaxial cable (no

connector. Detach the shielded conductor from pin 17Aconnectors), attach oneend of the cable center conductor

and attach to pin 16B of the interface connector.to pi n 16A of the DC 503A rear i nterface connector. Attachthe shielded conductor (same cable end) to pin 17A oftherear interface connector.

j . Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIODB (AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 106 .

d . Attach the other cable end (center conductor andshield) to the appropriate output connections on the

k. Change the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connectionsignal

generator.

Set generator for 56 mV p-to-p at

to the B SHAPED OUT.50 MHz .

I .

Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stablee. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to FRE-

display on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .QUENCY A and the TIMING switch to 10 ms .

m. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-f. Connect the tip jack-to-bnc cable from the DC 503A

proximately 20.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECA SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON) to the

illuminated .vertical plug-in INPUT. Disconnect the A TRIG LEVELoutput connection .

g . Adjust theDC 503A CH ALEVELcontrol for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

This completes the Performance Check.

n. Remove all cables and connections.

Introduction

VARIAC

Usethis Adjustment Procedure to restore the DC 503A

Range switch

300Wto original performance requirements . This Adjustment

AC VOLT meter

120Procedure need not be performed unless the instrumentfails to meet the Performance Requirements of theElectrical characteristics listed in the Specification sec-

Digital Multimeterlion, or if the Performance Check procedure cannot becompleted satisfactorily . If the instrument has undergone

RANGE/FUNCTION

20 DC Voltsrepairs, the Adjustment Procedure is recommended.

INPUT (pushbutton)

out

Satisfactory completion of all adjustment steps in thisprocedure assures that the instrument will meet thePerformance Requirements .

FUNCTION

FREQUENCY ATIMING

1 sTest Equipment Required

DISPLAY

ccwCH A LEVEL

midrangeThe test equipment (or equivalent) listed in Table4-1 is

CH B LEVEL

midrangerequired for adjustment of the DC 503A . Specifications

front panel push-

outgiven for the test equipment are the minimum necessary

buttonsfor accurate adjustment . All test equipment is assumed tobe correctly calibrated and operating withinspecifications .

If othertestequipmentissubstituted, calibrationset-up

a.

Insert the DC 503A and digital multimeter into themay need to be altered to meet the requirements of the

power module .equipment used .

Preparation

Access to the internal adjustments is achieved most

c.

Connect the test leads to digital multimeter HI andeasily when the DC 503A is connected to the power

LO INPUTS .module with a flexible plug-in extender . Remove the leftside cover of the DC 503A to reach the adjustments on theauxiliary board. Remove the right side cover to reach the

d.

Connect the digital multimeter LO test lead to theadjustments on the main board. Refer to the Adjustment

DC 503A chassis ground . Connect the HI test lead to theLocations in the pull-out pages at the rear of this manual .

cathode of diode CR1732, located on the DC 503A Mainboard.

Make adjustments at an ambient temperature between+20°C and +25°C.

e. The digital

multimeter readout

must indicatebetween 12.600 and 11 .400 .

Check Power Supplies

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

DC 503A

1 . Check the +12 V Supply Accuracy

2. Check the -12 V Supply Accuracy

Calibration-DC 503AAdjustment Procedure

b. Connect the power module power cord to theVARIAC and turn on the power module and VARIAC .

Preliminary control settings :

Power Module

a. Connect the digital multimeter HI test lead to theanode of diode CR1730, located on the DC 503A Main

LINE SELECTOR

HI

board.

Calibration-DC 503AAdjustment Procedure

b. The

digital

multimeter

readout

must

indicate

7. Adjust the Standard Timebase Accuracy, C1715between -11 .280 and -12.720.

and Optional Timebase Accuracy, Y1710

a. Connect acoaxial cable from theWWVB Frequency3. Check the +5 V Supply Accuracy

Standard 1 MHz output signal to the DC 503A CH BINPUT.

a. Connect the digital multimeter HI test lead to thecathode of diode CR1733, located on the DC 503A Mainboard.

b. The digital multimeter readout must indicatebetween 4.700 and 5.300 .

4. Check the +2.7 V Supply Accuracy

a. Connect the digital multimeter HI test lead to theemitter junction of transistors Q1032 and Q1020, locatedon the Auxiliary board.

b. The digital multimeter must indicate a readoutbetween 2.500 and 2.900 .

c. Remove all test leads.

5. Adjust the OFFSET ADJ, R1525 (channel A) .Refer to Fig. 4-5checkset-up andcontrol settings asshown in the Performance Check procedure, step20.

a. Adjust the vertical plug-in POSITION control tocenter the trace over the center graticule line .

b.

Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope .

c. Adjust the function generator FREQUENCYVARIABLE control and the horizontal plug-in POSITIONcontrol for a 100 kHz display with a 10 Ns period .

d. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to centerthe displayed squarewave falling edge on the center crtgraticule line .

e. ADJUST potentiometer R1525, located on the Aux-iliary board, until the digital multimeter readout indicatesbetween +0.010 and -0.010 .

b. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B(AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 106 .

c. Adj ust the DC 503A CH B LEVELcontrol for a stabledisplay readout on the DC 503A .

d.

Adjust the variable capacitor, C1715 (located on theMain board) until the DC 503A readout indicates between999.9999 (nSEC) and 1000.0001 (nSEC) with the displayGHz/nSEC illuminated .

NOTE

This sets the DC 503A oscillator within 1 part in 10'.It will take approximately 1 second for the display toup-date.

e. For the optional timebase adjust, change theDC 503A AVGS switch to 10'.

f . Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for astabledisplay readout on the DC 503A .

NOTE

The Option 1 timebase adjustment is made throughan access hole in the back of the oven Time base,Y1710 located on the back side of the Main board.

g.

Adjust the oven timebase, Y1710 until the DC 503Areadout indicates between 999.9998 (nSEC-with displayGHz/nSEC illuminated) and 000.00002 ns with displayOVERFLOW illuminated .

NOTE

This sets the oscillator within 2 parts in 108. It willfake approximately 10 seconds for the display to up-date .

6. Adjust the OFFSET ADJ, R1520 (channel B) .Refer to procedure in Step 5 with exception of

h. Remove the cable connections and replace thesetting all controls and connectors for CH B. Adjust

DC 503A side covers . This completes the Adjustmentthe potentiometer R1420, located on the Main board.

Procedure.

MAINTENANCEGENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

Static-Sensitive Components

9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earthground .

CA UTION

Static discharge can damage any semiconductorcomponent in this instrument.

This instrument contains electrical components thatare susceptible to damage from static discharge. SeeTable 5-1 for relative susceptibility of various classes ofsemiconductors . Static voltages of 1 kV to 30 kV arecommon in unprotected environments .

2. Transport and store static-sensitive components or

ECL

assemblies in their original containers, on a metal rail, or

Schottky signal diodeson conductive foam . Label any package that containsstatic-sensitive assemblies or components .

Schottky TTL

3. Discharge the static voltage from your body bywearing a wrist strap while handling these components .Servicing static-sensitive assemblies or componentsshould be performed only at a static-free work station byqualified service personnel.

4. Nothing capable of generating or holding a staticcharge should be allowed on the work station surface.

5. Keep the component leads shorted togetherwhenever possible .

6. Pick up components bythe body, never bythe leads.

10. Use only special antistatic suction type or wicktype desoldering tools.

JFETs

Linear microcircuits

Low-power Schottky TTL

'Voltage equivalent for levels :

Cleaning

Table 5-1

Relative Susceptibility toStatic Discharge Damage

Semiconductor Classes

Observe the following precautions to avoid damage :

MOSor CMOS microcircuits or1 . Minimize handling of static-sensitive components .

discretes, or linear microcircuitswith MOS inputs .

(Most Sensitive)

High-frequency bipolar transistors

TTL

(Least Sensitive)

Section 5-DC 503A

RelativeSusceptibility

Levels'

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1 = 100 to 500 V

4 = 500 V

7 = 400to 1000 V(est.)2 = 200 to 500 V

5 = 400 to 600 V

8 =900 V3 = 250 V

6 = 600 to 800 V

9 = 1200 V

(Voltage discharged from a 100 pF capacitor through aresistance of 100 ohms.)

7. Do not slide the components over any surface.

This

instrument should

be cleaned as often asoperating conditions require. Loose dust accumulated onthe outside of the instrument can be removed with a soft

8. Avoid handling components in areas that have a

cloth or small brush. Remove dirt that remains with a softfloor o5 work surface covering capable of generating a

cloth dampenedinamilddetergentandwatersolution .Dostatic charge .

not use abrasive cleaners .

Maintenance and Interfacing Information-DC 503A

CA UTION

To clean the front panel usefronn, isopropyl alcohol,or totally denatured ethyl alcohol. Do not usepetroleum basedcleansing agents . Before using anyother type of cleaner, consult your Tektronix ServiceCenter or representative.

The best way to clean the interior is to blow off theaccumulated dust with dry, low-velocity air (approximate-

Soldering Techniques

ly 5 Ib/inZ) or use a soft brush or cloth dampened with amild detergent and water solution . WARNING

Hold the boardso the cleaning residue runs away fromthe connectors . Do not scrape or use an eraser to clean theedge connector contacts. Abrasive cleaning can removethe gold plating.

CAUTION

Circuit boards and components must be dry beforeapplying power to prevent damage from electricalarcing.

Obtaining Replacement Parts

1 . Instrument type and option number.

2. Instrument serial number .

3. A description of the part (if electrical, includecomplete circuit number).

4. Tektronix part number .

To avoid electric-shock hazard, disconnect theinstrument from the powersource before soldering.

The reliability and accuracy of this instrument can bemaintained only if proper soldering techniques are usedwhen repairing or replacing parts. General solderingtechniques which apply to maintenance of any precisionelectronic equipment should be used when working onthis instrument . Use only 60/40 rosin-core, electronicgrade solder . The choice of soldering iron is determinedby the repair to be made .

Electrical and mechanical parts can be obtained

"""'"through your local Tektronix Field Office or represen-

CAUTION

tative. However, it may be possible to obtain many of thestandard electronic components from a local commercial

Several of the circuit boards in the DC 503A are

source. Before purchasing or ordering a part from a

multilayer type boards with a conductive path

source other than Tektronix, Inc., check the Replaceable

laminated between the top andbottom board layers .

Electrical Parts list for the proper value, rating, tolerance,

All soldering on these boards should be done with

and description .

extreme care to prevent breaking the connections tothis conductive path . Only experiencedmaintenance personnel should attempt to repair the

NOTE

Main and Auxiliary boards. Do not allow solder orsolder flux to flow under printed circuit board

When selecting replacement parts, remember that

switches. The printed circuit board is part of the

the physical size and shape of a component may

switch contacts; intermittent switch operation can

affect its performance in the instrument.

occur if the contacts are contaminated.

Some parts are manufactured or selected by Tektronix,

When soldering on circuit boards or small wiring, use

Inc., to satisfy particular requirements, or are manufac-

only a 15 W, pencil type soldering iron . A higher wattage

tured for Tektronix, Inc., to our specifications . Most of the

soldering iron can cause the etched circuit wiring to

mechanical parts used in this instrument have been

separate from the board base material and melt the

manufactured by Tektronix,

Inc. To determine the

insulation from small wiring . Always keep the soldering

manufacturer refer to the Replaceable Parts list and the

iron tip properly tinned to ensure the best head transfer to

Cross Reference index, Mfr. Code Number to Manufac-

the solder joint. Apply only enough heat to remove the

turer.

component or to make a good solderjoint . To protect heatsensitive components, hold the component lead with apair of long-nose pliers between the componentbody andthe solder joint . Use a solder removing wick to remove

When Qrdering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc.,

excess solder from connections or to clean circuit board

include the following information .

pads.


Semiconductors

circuit board, remove the spare ferrule from the replace-ment pin and press the new pin into the hole in the circuit

When replacing transistors requiring silicone grease

board. If the ferrule is removed with the damaged pin,forheattransfer,replacethesiliconegreaseasnecessary.

clean out the hole using a solder removing wick and ascribe . Then press the replacement pin, with attachedspare ferrule, into the circuit board.

WARNING

Handle silicone grease with care . Avoid getting thesilicone grease in your eyes. Wash hands thoroughlyafter use.

To remove socket mounted in-line integrated circuitsuse an extracting tool . This tool is available fromTektronix, Inc. ; order Tektronix Part Number003-0619-00.If an extracting tool is not available, use care to avoiddamaging the pins. Pull slowly and eveNy on both ends ofthe integrated circuit. Try to avoid disengaging one endbefore the other end.

Interconnecting Pins

Several methods of interconnection, including squarepinand circuit board pi n and ferrule are used to electri cal-ly connect the circuit boards with other boards andcomponents .

Several types of mating connectors are used for theseinterconnecting pins . If the mating connector is mounted

L^ ~

on a plug-on circuit board, special sockets are solderedinto the board. If the mating connector is on the end of alead, an end-lead pin connector is used . This connectormates with the interconnecting pin. Thefollowing infor

--

matinn provides the removal and replacement procedurefor the various interconnecting methods.

Square Pin Assemblies

See .Fig. 5-1 . These pins are of various lengths. They areattached to each other with a plasticstrip. To removethemsimply unsolder from the circuit board.

Circuit Board Pins and Ferrules

See Fig. 5-2. A circuit board pin replacement kit(including necessary tools, instructions, and replacementpins with attached ferrules) is available from Tektronix,Inc. ; order Tektronix Part Number 040-0542-00. Replacingcircuit board pins on multilayer boards is not recommend-ed. (The multilayer boards in this instrument are listedunder Soldering Techniques in this section.)

PROPERPLACEMENT OFFERRULES INCIRCUIT BOARD

Flg. 5-1 . Typical square pin assembly.

SPAR EFERRULE

2971-08

To replace a damaged pin, first disconnect any pin

Iconnectors . Then unsolder the damaged pin and pull it

iss~-sfrom the board with a pair of pliers, leaving the ferrule inthe circuit board, if possible. If the ferrule remains in the

Fig. 5-2. Exploded view of circuit board pin and ferrule.

Maintenance and IMerfaclng IMormatlon-DC 503A

Position the replacement pin inthesamemannerastheoriginal . Solderthe pin tothe circuit board on each side ofthe board. If the original pin was bent at an angle to matewith a connector, carefully bend the new pin to the sameangle. Replace the pin connector.

Dual Entry Circuit Board Pin Sockets

The pin sockets on the circuit boards are soldered tothe back of the board. See Fig. 5-3. To remove or replaceoneof these sockets, first unsolder the pin (use avacuum-type desoldering tool to remove excess solder) . Thenstraighten the tabs on the socket and remove the socketfrom the board.

Tabs

Multipin Connectors

Fig. rr3. Dual entry circuit board pin socket .

NOTE

Bottom Entry Circuit Board Pin Sockets

2971-09

Place the new socket in the circuit board hole and pressthe tabs down against the board. Solder the tabs of thesocket to the circuit board. Be careful not to get solderinside the socket .

The spring tension of the pin sockets ensure a goodconnection between the circuit board and the pin.This spring tension can be destroyed by using thepin sockets as a connecting point for spring loadedprobe tips, alligator clips, eic.

To remove or replace these sockets unsolder the pinsfrom the circuit board. Use a vacuum or other typedesoldering tool to remove excess solder . Use caution toprevent solder from entering the connector. See Fig. 5-4.

Fig . 5-4. Bottom entry drcuit board pin socket.

iy"

r~

~ _l l

'

~

'

11l l l- il,! a,I

MULTI-PINCONNECTOR

INDEX

2971-10

scribe between the connector and the holder and pryingthe connector from the holder. Clamp the replacementconnector to the wire . Reinstall the connector in theholder .

If the individual end lead pin connectors are removedfrom the plastic holder, note the order of the individualwires for correct replacement in the holder . For properreplacement see Fig. 5-5.

HOLDER

END-LEADMULTI-PINCONNECTOR

1986-68

The pin connectors used to connect the wires to theinterconnecting pins are clamped to the ends of thewires.To replace damaged multipin connectors, remove the oldpin connector from the holder . Do this by inserting a

Fig. 5-5. Orientation and disassembly of muRipin connectors.

CircuitBoardRemovalRemove the twoscrews andtwo fasteners attaching the

rear of the plug-in frame. See Fig. 5-6. The bottomfasteners require a 3/16 inch wrench . Remove the frontpanel knob connected to the DISPLAY. Unsolderthewiresto the front panel connectors . Disconnect all plugs to frontpanel connections . Remove the four screws as shown inFig . 5-7. Remove both circuit boards by sliding backwardsand out. To separate the two circuit boards, remove thefour screws attaching the Auxiliary board to the Mainboard. When separating or replacing these boards, usecare to avoid bending the interconnecting pins .

Switch Maintenance

Remove these screws and fasteners to remove back offrame . The bottom fasteners require a 3/16" wrench.

2971-11

Fig . 5-fi. Rear frame removal .


Remove these screws to remove boards from frame .2971-12

Fig. 5-7. Circuit board removal .

~o remove switches bend the plastic tab back and raisethe rear of the switch clear of the tab.

2971-13

Fig. 5-8. Pushbutton switch removal .

To clean the board and switch contacts, use alubricated contact cleaner such as, No Noise ContactRestorer' .

Front Panel Latch RemovalAfter separating the two boards, the front panel lever

To replace the latch, remove the screw under the pullswitches may be removed by removing the three screws

tab. Pry up the pull tab bar from the latch assembly .attaching each lever switch to the circuit board. Use carewhen removing or assembling the lever switches to thecircuit boards to prevent bending the contact fingers.When reassembling, carefully align the screw holes on theswitch cover with the board. Place the switch cover on theboard in the proper position before inserting the screws .To remove the front panel pushbutton switches, refer to

'Electronic Chemical Corporation, 813 Communipaw Avenue,Fig . 5-8 .

Jersey City, N.J . 07304


Decimal Point Scanned Output 27B

Remote Start 2liB

Scan Clock Out 24B

Overflow Out 23B

Channel A Level Out 22A

5-6

REAR INTERFACE INFORMATION

FUNCTIONS AVAILABLE AT REAR

Channel B Level Out 22B

CONNECTOR

The voltage at this connection follows the channel Bfront panel trigger LEVEL control. The source impedance

A slot exists between pins 21 and 22 on the rear

is 1 kf2 and the signal level is between ±3.5 V.connector. Insert a barrier in the corresponding positionof the power module jack to prevent noncompatible plug-ins from being used in that compartment. Consult the

Bcd Outputs: Bcd (1), 19A; Bcd (2), 21 B; Bcd (4),power module manual for further information . Signal

20A; Bcd (8), 20Boutputs for other specialized connections maybe madetothe rear interface connectors as shown in Fig. 5-9.

These connections output the bcd information . TheWaveform timing is shown in Fig. 5-10. A description of

positive pulses are 1 scan clock period in length for eachthese connections follows.

given digit . Each line can drive two TTL loads.

This contact goes high and remains high for one scanclock period . This indicates a decimal point tothe right ofthe active digit . This output will drive two TTL loads.

This connection duplicates the front panelSTART/STOP button . When this connection is low and theDC 503A is in TOTALIZE A or TIME MANUAL modes, thecounter counts . When this line goes high counting stops.The external device pulli ng this line low must sink 1 .6 mA.

This connection provides a2to 2.5 kHzsquarewave . Adifferent front panel digit is displayed on eachfalling edgeof the waveform . The display scans from time slot 1, themost significant digit, to time slot 8, the least significantdigit, and then repeats. The corresponding bcd informa-tion transfers to the output at each falling edge of the scanclock. Data should be transferred to an external memoryon the following positive going edge . This allows forpropagation delays and ensures that bcd, time slot anddecimal point information have timeto settle . This outputwill drive two TTL loads .

Data Good (Latch) Output 19B

This line is high when data is transferring from a countchain into the latches. Do not acquire data through therear interface connector when this pin is high . This outputwill drive two TTL loads.

Channel A Input 1liA

This is the channel A input connection when the frontpanel CH A SOURCE switch is in the INT position . Thisinput is terminated in 50 i2, with a maximum input of 4 Vpeak or 8 V peak-to-peak .

Channel A Input Ground 17A

This terminal is the ground return for the rear interfacechannel A input.

Channel B Input 17B

This is the channel B input connection when the frontpanel CH A SOURCE switch is in the INT position . Thisinput is terminated in 50 S2, with a maximum input of 4 Vpeak or 8 V peak-to-peak .

Channel B Input Ground 1tiB

This terminal is the ground return for the rear interfacechannel B input.

This line goes high when the counter overflows. It is

Reference 10 MHz Out 15B

capable of driving two TTL loads.

This is the buffered output of the counter time base .This output is capable of driving two TTL loads.

Ground (Clock) 15AThe voltage at this connection follows the channel A

front panel trigger LEVEL control. Thesource impedance

This is the ground return for the clock input-outputis 1 kS2 anti the signal level is between ±3.5V.

signals (21 A, 15B, 14A) .

Output or

Pin

Pin

Output orInput B

A Input

28

28

Decimal PointScanned Output

27

27

Remote Start

26

26 Reset In/Out

25

25 ~

Time Slot One (TS1)

Scan Clock Out

24

24

Overflow Out

23

23

Channel B

Barrier

Channel ALevel Out

22

Slot

22

Level Out

BCD (2) Output

21

21

TTL Clock Input

BCD (8) Output

20

20

BCD (4) Output

Channel AChannel B Input

~

~

Input Ground17

17

Channel BInput Ground

I

16 I

I 16 I

Channel A Input

Reference10 MHz Out

I

15 I

I 15

Gnd (clock)

External 10 MHz14

14 Clocklnput

13

13

+33.5 V do

12

12

+33.5 V do

Base lead of11

PNP series pass

Emitter lead of10 /

PNP series pass

±33.5 V common

-33.5 V do

Collector lead ofPNP series pass

±33.5 V common

19

19

BCD (1) Output

18

18

-33.5 V do

I -8]

I

8


p

(

I TM 500 I

I

pCollector lead of

7

barrier

7

Emitter lead ofNPN series

ass

slot

NPN series ass

Base lead of6

6

NPN series pass

5

5

+11 .5 V common

4

4

+11 .5 V common

+11 .5 V common

3

3

+11 .5 V common

+11 .5 V do

2

Rear

2

+11 .5 V doviewof

1 plug-in 12971-14

Fig. 5-9 . Rear interface connector assignments.

5-7


Slow dock (248)

Time slot 1 (25A)

Bcd 1 (19A)

Bcd 2 (21 B)

Bcd 4 (20A)

Bcd 8 (208)

Dedmal point (27B)1 0 7 9 0 0 7 4 1 0 7

To ensure stable data, latch on p~itive going SCAN dock with data good output (19) low.

Reset In/Out

26A

TTL Clock Input 21A

This line goes low when the counters are reset . This linealso goes low when the front panel RESET button ispressed . It can be pulsed low through the rear interfaceconnector. The device pulling this line to ground must becapable of sinking 5 mA.

Rg. 5-10. Rear Interface timing for a display of 1079.0074 .

Time Slot 1 (TS7) 25A

External 10 MHz Clock Input 14A

211171-15

This input is a single low power Schottky TTL load . Thecircuitry driving this input must source 20 pA for a highinput and sink 0.36 mA when driving low. An external timebase, meeting the above requirements, can be connectedto this terminal . The ground return forthis input is pi n 15A.

This line is high during the time the most significant

This input is ac coupled with an input impedance ofdigit is scanned . It goes highonthefallingedgeofthescan

approximatelyl kfl.Anysignalfromabout500mVrmstoclock and returns low on the next falling edge of the scan

about 3 V rms is sufficient . Use pin 15A as ground returnclock. This output is capable of driving two TTL loads .

for this input .

Your instrument maybe equipped with one or more instrument options or optional accessories. Abrief description ofeach instrument option is given below. For further information on instrument options or optional accessories, see yourTektronix Catalog or contact your Tektronix Field Office. If additional options are made available for this instrument, theymay be described in a Change Information insert at the back of this manual or in this section.

Replaces the standard 10 MHz oscillator with a self contained, proportional temperature controlled oven oscillatorfor increased accuracy and stability . Information relative to Option 01 can be found on schematic

~0, and in the

Specification, Calibration, and Theory of Operation sections .

OPTIONS

OPTION 01

Section 6-DC 503A

Replacement parts are available from or through yourlocal

Only the circuit number will appear on the diagrams andTektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.

circuit board illustrations. Each diagram and circuit boardillustration is clearly marked with the assembly number.

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to

Assembly numbers are also marked on themechanical explodedaccommodate improved components as they become available,

views located in the Mechanical Parts List. The componentand to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements

number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to thedeveloped in our engineering department . It is therefore impor-

circuit number.tant, when ordering parts, to include the following information inyour order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial

The Electrical Parts List is divided and arranged bynumber, and modification number if applicable .

assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g ., assembly A1 with itssubassemblies and parts, precedes assembly A2 with its sub-

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or

assemblies and parts) .improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Officeor represen-tative will contact you concerning any change in part number .

Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefixand are located at the end of the Electrical Parts List .

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of thismanual .

LIST OF ASSEMBLIESA list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the

Electrical Parts List. The assemblies are listed innumerical order .

Indicates part number to be used when ordering replaceWhenthecompletecomponentnumberofapartisknown,thislist

ment part from Tektronix.will identify the assembly in which the part is located .

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TOMANUFACTURER

The Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer index for theElectrical Parts List is located immediately after this page . TheCross Index provides codes, names and addresses of manufac-turers of components listed in the Electrical Parts List .

ABBREVIATIONSAbbreviations conform to American National Standard Y1 .1 .

COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of theElectrical Parts List)

A numbering method has been used to identify assemblies,subassemblies and parts. Examples of this numbering methodand typical expansions are illustrated by the following:

REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTSPARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

Section 7-DC 503A

TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of theElectrical Parts List)

SERIAL/MODEL NO. (columns three and fourof the Electrical Parts List)

Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which thepart wasfirst used . Column four (4) indicatestheserial numberatwhich the part was removed . No serial number entered indicatespart is good for all serial numbers.

NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of theElectrical Parts List)

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from thedescription by a colon ( :) . Because of space limitations, an ItemName may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further ItemNameidentification, theU.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H8-1can be utilized where possible.

Example a.

component number

A23R1234

A2~ R` 1-234

MFR.CODE (column six of the Electrical PartsAssembly number

Circuit number

Llst)

Read: Resists 1234 of Assembly 23

Example b.

component number

A23A2R1234 A23 A2 R1234Assembly

Subassembly Circuitnumber

number number

Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of thepart . (Code to name and address cross reference can be foundimmediately after this page.)

MFR. PART NUMBER (column seven of theElectrical Parts List)

Read: Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23

Indicates actual manufacturers part number .

Replaceable Electrical Parts-DC 503A

CROSS INDEX-MFR . CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr. Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip

01121

ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPANY

1201 2ND STREET SOUTH

MILWAUKEE, WI 53204

01295

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC ., SEMICONDUCTOR

P 0 BOX 5012, 13500 N CENTRALGROUP

EXPRESSWAY

DALLAS, TX 7522202735

RCA CORPORATION, SOLID STATE DIVISION

ROUTE 202

SOMERVILLE, NY 0887603508

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, SEMI-CONDUCTORPRODUCTS DEPARTMENT

ELECTRONICS PARK

SYRACUSE, NY 1320104222

AVX CERAMICS, DIVISION OF AVX CORP .

P 0 BOX 867, 19TH AVE . SOUTH

MYRTLE BEACH, SC 2957704713

MOTOROLA, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD . DIV . 5005 E MCDOWELL RD,PO BOX 20923 PHOENIX, AZ 8503607263

FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR, A DIV . OF

"FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP .

464 ELLIS STREET

MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 9404212697

CLAROSTAT MFG . CO., INC .

LOWER WASHINGTON STREET

DOVER, NH 0382013511

AMPHENOL CARDRE DIV., BUNKER RAMO CORP .

LOS GATOS, CA 9503014433

ITT SEMICONDUCTORS

3301 ELECTRONICS WAYP 0 BOX 3049

WEST PALM BEACH, FL 3340222526

BERG ELECTRONICS, INC.

YOUK EXPRESSWAY

NEW CUMEERLAN~, PA 1707024546

CORNING GLASS WORKS, ELECTRONICCOMPONENTS DIVISION

550 HIGH STREET

BRADFORD, PA 1670127014

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP .

2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR .

SANTA CLARA, CA 9505133096

COLORADO CRYSTAL CORPORATION

2303 W 8TH STREET

LOVELAND, CO 8053734649

INTEL CORP .

3065 BOWERS AVE .

SANTA CLARA, CA 9505155210

GETTIG ENG. AND MFG. COMPANY

PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45

SPRING MILLS, PA 1687555680

NICHICON/AMERICA/CORP .

6435 N PROESEL AVENUE

CHICAGO, IL 6064556289

SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO .

87 MARSHALL ST .

NORTH ADAMS, MA 0124759660

TUSONIX INC .

2155 N FORBES BLVD

TUCSON, AZ 8570571279

CAMBRIDGE THERMIONIC CORP .

445 CONCORD AVE .

CAMBRIDGE, MA 0213871400

BUSSMAN MPG ., DIVISION OF MCGRAW-EDISON CO .

2536 W . UNIVERSITY ST .

ST . LOUIS, MO 6310772982

ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC .

644 W. 12TH ST .

ERIE, PA 1651273138

BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC., HELIPOT DIV .

2500 HARBOR BLVD .

FULLERTON, CA 9263474970

JOHNSON, E . F ., CO .

299 10TH AVE . S . W.

WASECA, MN 5609380009

TEKTRONIX, INC .

P 0 BOX 500

BEAVERTON, OR 9707790201

MALLORY CAPACITOR CO ., DIV. OF

3029 E. WASHINGTON STREETP . R . MALLORY AND CO ., INC.

P. 0. BOX 372

INDIANAPOLIS, IN 4620691637

DALE ELECTRONICS, INC .

P . 0. BOX 609

COLUMBUS, NE 6860195348

GORDOS CORPORATION

250 GLENWOOD AVENUE

BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003

7.2

REV DEC 1981


Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No.

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part Number

A10

670-6556-00

CKT BOARD ASSY :DISPLAY

80009 670-6556-00

A12

670-6557-00

CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY

80009 670-6557-00

A14

670-6558-00

CKT BOARD ASSY :MAIN

80009 670-6558-00

A14

670-6559-00


80009 670-6559-00

----- -----

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A10

----- -----

CKT BOARD ASSY:DISPLAYAlOCR1011

156-1036-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :PROGRAMMABLE INTERVAL TIME 34649 D8253-5

AlOCR1012

150-1036-00

LAMP,LED :RED,3 .OV',40MA

01295 TIL 209A

AlOCRllll

150-1036-00

LAMP,LED:RED,3 .OV,40MA

01295 TIL 209A

AlOCR1211

150-1036-00


01295 TIL 209A

AIOCR1215

150-1036-00


01295 TIL 209A

AlOCR1311

150-1036-00


01295 TIL 209A

AlODS1002

150-1011-02

LAMP,LED RDOUT :RED,7 SEG,1 .0 DIGIT

80009 150-1011-02

AlODS1005

150-1011-02


80009 150-1011-02

AlODS1102

150-1011-02


80009 150-1011-02

AlODS1105

150-1011-02


80009 150-1011-02

AIOD51202

150-1011-02

LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1 .0 DIGIT

80009 150-1011-02

AIODS1205

150-1011-02


80009 150-1011-02

AlODS1302

150-1011-02


80009 150-1011-02

AlODS1305

150-1011-02


80009 150-1011-02

AIOJ1012

131-1857-00

TERM. SET,PIN:36/0 .025 SQ PIN,ON 0 .1 CTRS

22526 65500136

AlOJ1101

131-1857-00


22526 65500136

AlOJ1102

131-1857-00


22526 65500136

AlOR1009

315-0471-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4715

AlOR1011

315-0471-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB4715

A10R1012

315-0471-00


01121 CB4715

A12

----- -----

CKT BOARD ASSY:AUXILIARY

A12C1030

281-0773-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .OlUF,lOX,l00V

04222 GC70-1C103K

A12C1035

281-0773-00


04222 GC70-1C103K

A12C1120

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AAB25U104M

A12C1130

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1200

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A12C1202

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1220

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1230

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A12C1231

290-0782-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75-1OX,35V

55680 35ULA4R7V-T

A12C1232

290-0782-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75-1OX,35V

55680 35ULA4R7V-T

A12C1310

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AAB25U104M

A12C1311

281-0775-00

CAP. ;FXD,CER DI :O.lUF,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1330

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O.IUF,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AAB25U104M

A12C1400

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1420

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.lUF,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1430

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O.lUF,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A12C1510

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A12C1519

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AAB25U104M

A12C1520

281-0775-00


72982 SOOSD9AAB25U104M

A12C1522

281-0785-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :68PF,lOX,l00V

72982 8035D2AAD000680K

A12C1523

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A12C1530

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A12C1532

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,SOV

72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A12C1533

290-0804-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :IOUF,+50-1OX,25V

55680 25ULAlOV-T

Replaceable Electrical Parts-Lx 503A

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No.

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part NumberA12C1600

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1622

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1629

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104MA12C1630

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1631

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUP,20X,50V

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1632

290-0804-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :lOUF,+50-1OX,25V

55680 25ULAlOV-T

A12C1720

283-0359-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :1000PF,lOX,200V

72982 8131N2030000102KA12C1730

281-0622-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :47PF,1X,500V

59660 308-OOOCOG0470FA12C1731

281-0716-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :13.8PF,1X,500V

59660 374-01400001389FA12C1733

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1830

283-0057-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,+80-20X,200V

56289 274C10A12CR1021

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA

01295 1N4152R

A12CR1210

152-0066-00


14433 LG4016A12CR1220

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152RA12CR1222

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152RA12CR1430

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152RA12CR1620

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152RA12CR1621

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

A12CR1630

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152RA12CR1720

152-0246-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SW,SI,40V,200MA

03508 DE140A12CR1721

152-0246-00

SEMICOND DEVICE :SW,SI,40V,200MA

03508 DE140A12J1020

131-1425-00

CONTACT SET,ELE :R ANGLE,0 .150" L,STR OF 36 22526 65521-136A12J1519

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0.365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357_____ _____

(QTY 2)

A12J1530

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357_-__- -____

(QTY 2)A12J1630

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357.

___-_ __-__

' (QTY 3)A12J1730

131-0608-00


22526 47357_-___ _____

(QTY 2)

A12L1530

120-0382-00

XFMR,TOROID :14 TURNS,SINGLE

80009 120-0382-00A12L1630

120-0382-00

XFMR,TOROID :14 TURNS,SINGLE

80009 120-0382-00

iA12P1430

131-1934-00

TERM. SET,PIN :1 X 36,0 .1 CTR,0 .9 L

22526 65539-001

-`

I.A12P1520

131-1934-00


22526 65539-001A12P1521

131-1934-00

TERM . SET,PIN :1 X 36,0 .1 CTR,0 .9 L

22526 65539-001

IIA12P1601

131-1934-00

TERM . SET,PIN :1 X 36,0 .1 CTR,0 .9 L

22526 65539-001

A12P1630

131-1934-00


22526 65539-001A12Q1020

151-0462-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP

04713 TIP30CA12Q1030

151-0342-00


07263 5035928A12Q1032

151-0341-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN

07263 S040065A12Q1132

151-0220-00


07263 S036228A12Q1133

151-0220-00


07263 5036228

A12Q1134

151-0220-00


07263 5036228A12Q1300

151-0220-00


07263 S036228A12Q1320

151-0220-00


07263 5036228A12Q1321

151-0220-00


07263 S036228A12Q1330

151-0220-00


0726,3 5036228A12Q1331

151-0220-00


07263 5036228

A12Q1420

151-0220-00


07263 5036228A12Q1530

151-0220-00


07263 5036228A12Q1620

151-0427-00


80009 151-0427-00A12Q1630 .

151-1117-00

TRANSISTOR:FE DUAL,N-CHANNEL,SI

80009 151-1117-00A12R510

315-0470-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4705A12R1021

307-0695-00

RES NTWK,FXD FI :9,150 OHM,2X,0 .2W EACH

01121 210A151

A12R1024

315-0511-00


01121 CB5115A12R1031

315-0241-00


01121 CB2415A12R1032

315-0751-00


01121 CB7515

7-4

REV DEC 1981


Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No.

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part NumberA12R1033

315-0361-00


01121 CB3615

A12R1035

315-0681-00


01121 CB6815

A12R1036

315-0362-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3 .6K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB3625

A12R1037

315-0132-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .3K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1325

A12R1038

315-0680-00


01121 CB6805

A12R1130

315-0151-00


01121 CB1515

A12R1131

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:lOK OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB1035

A12R1132

315-0103-00


01121 CB1035

A12R1133

315-0103-00


01121 CB1035

A12R1134

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:lOK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1035

A12R1138

315-0301-00


01121 CB3015

A12R1200

315-0121-00


01121 CB1215

A12R1210

315-0751-00


01121 CB7515

A12R1211

315-0162-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :I .6K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1625

A12R1215

315-0302-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :3K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB3025

A12R1220

307-0695-00


01121 210A151

A12R1230

315-0750-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,SX,0.25W

01121 CB7505

A12R1231

315-0331-00


01121 CB3315

A12R1300

315-0750-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB7505

A12R1301

315-0301-00


01121 CB3015

A12R1302

315-0751-00


01121 CB7515

A12R1303

315-0162-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .6K OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB1625

A12R1304

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1025

A12R1310

307-0695-00

RES NTWK,FXD FI :9,150 OHM,2X,0.2W EACH

01121 210A151

A12R1312

315-0101-00


01121 CB1015

A12R1331

315-0472-00


01121 CB4725

A12R1332

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4 .7K OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB4725

A12R1333

315-0472-00

~

RES.,PXD,CMPSN:4 .7K OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB4725

A12R1334

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4725

A12R1336

315-0151-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,SX,0.25W

01121 CB1515

A12R1420

307-0695-00


01121 210A151

A12R1430

315-0510-00


01121 CB5105

A12R1431

315-0820-00


01121 CB8205

A12R1520

315-0820-00


01121 CB8205

A12R1521

315-0510-00


01121 CB5105

A12R1523

315-0561-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :560 OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB5615

A12R1524

315-0101-00


01121 CB1015

A12R1525

311-1559-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR :lOK OHM,20X,0 .50W

73138 91-81-0

A12R1530

315-0121-00


01121 CB1215

A12R1531

315-056100


01121 CB5615

A12R1532

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615

A12RI533

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615

A12R1534

315-0122-00


01121 CB1225

A12R1535

315-0122-00


01121 CB1225

A12R1536

315-0561-00

RES.,:FXD,CMPSN:560 OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB5615

A12R1537

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615

A12R1538

315-0221-00


01121 CB2215

A12R1539

315-0221-00


01121 CB2215

A12R1610

307-1096-00

RES NTWK,FXD,FI :7,2 OHM,2X,1W

91637 MSP08A01202G

A12R1620

315-0102-00


01121 CB1025

A12R1621

315-0302-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB3025

A12R1622

321-0414-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:200K OHM,1X,0.125W

91637 MFF1816G20002F

A12R1623

315-0474-00 XB020320

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4745

A12R1624

321-0201-00

BO10100 B020319

RES.,FXD,FILM :1 .21K OHM,1X,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G12100F

A12R1624

321-0222-00

B020320

RES.,FXD,FILM:2K OHM,1X,0.125W

91637 MFF1816G20000F

A12R1625

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB4725

A12R1626

315-0472-00


01121 CB4725

REV DEC 1981

7-5


Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No .

Part No.

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description


A12R1627

315-0680-00


01121 CB6805

A12R1628

321-0481-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :IM OHM,1X,0 .125W

24546 NA4D1004F

A12R1629

315-0154-00


01121 CB1545

A12R1630

315-0131-00


01121 CB1315

A12R1631

315-0131-00


01121 CB1315

A12R1632

321-0618-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :250K OHM,1X,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G25002F

A12R1633

321-0891-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :800K OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G80002F

A12R1634

315-0122-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB1225

A12R1635

315-0122-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .2K OHMS%,0.25W

01121

CB1225

A12R1636

315-0202-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB2025

A12R1637

315-0432-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4 .3K OHMS%,0.25W

01121

CB4325

A12R1710

307-0445-00

RES NTWK,FXD,FI :4.7K OHM,20%,(9) RES

91637 MSP10A01-472M

A12R1720

315-0391-00


01121 CB3915

A12R1730

315-0102-00


01121 CB1025

A12R1731

315-0510-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB5105

A12R1734

315-0151-00


01121 CB1515

A12S1720

263-0010-00

SWITCH PB ASSY :1 PUSH,7 .5MM,W/2 CONTACTS

80009 263-0010-00

A12S1730

263-0010-00


80009 263-0010-00

A12S1731

263-0010-00

SWITCH PB ASSY :1 PUSH,7 .SMM,W/2 CONTACTS

80009 263-0010-00

A12S1732

263-0010-00


80009 263-0010-00

A12S1810

263-0074-00

SW LEVER ASSY :

80009 263-0074-00

A12U1120

156-0230-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP

80009 156-0230-00

A12U1121

156-0230-00


80009 156-0230-00

A12U1122

156-0411-00

MICROCIRCUIT,LI :QUAD-COMP,SGL SUPPLY

27014 LM339N

A12U1220

156-0205-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE

04713 MC10102 (P OR L)

A12U1221

156-0688-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL J-K MASTER SLAVE FF

04713 MC10135L

A12U1300

156-0182-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE 2-3-2 INPUT GATE

80009 156-0182-00

A12U1310

156-A230-00

~ MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP

80009 156-0230-00

A12U1320

156-0205-00


04713 MC10102 (P OR L)

A12U1321

156-0230-00


80009 156-0230-00

A12U1330

156-0205-00


04713 MC10102 (P OR L)

A12U1400

156-0656-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DECADE COUNTER

01295 SN74LS90N OR J

A12U1401

156-1448-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL 4-BIT DECADE COUNTER

80009 156-1448-00

A12U1410

156-0230-00


80009 156-0230-00

A12U1411

156-0230-00


80009 156-0230-00

A12U1420

156-0205-00


04713 MC10102 (P OR L)

A12U1421

156-0295-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE EXCL OR EXCL NOR

80009 156-0295-00

A12U1430

156-0205-00


04713 MC10102 (P OR L)

A12U1500

156-0866-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :13 INP NAND GATES

04713 SN74LS133

A12U1501

156-1448-00 ~


80009 156-1448-00

A12U1510

156-0382-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE

01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)

A12U1511

156-0382-00


01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)

A12U1530

156-0369-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER

80009 156-0369-00

A12U1600

156-0745-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX INVERTER

80009 156-0745-00

A12U1601

156-0524-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATES

80009 156-0524-00

A12U1610

156-1448-00


80009 156-1448-00

A12U1611

156-1478-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD 2-INP AND GATE

02735 CD4081BF

A12U1620

156-1149-00

MICROCIRCUIT,LI :OPERATIONAL AMP,JFET INPUT 27014 LF351N

A12W1320

131-0566-00

BUS CONDUCTOR :DUMMY RES,2 .375,22 AWG

55210 L-2007-1

7.g

REV DEC 1981


Tektronix

Serial/Model No.

MfrComponent No.

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part NumberA14

----- -----

CKT BOARD ASSY :MAINA14C1030

283-0057-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O.lUF,+80-20X,200V

56289 274C10A14C1120

283-0359-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :1000PF,10%,200V

72982 8131N2030000102KA14C1130

281-0622-00


59660 308-OOOCOG0470FA14C1131

281-0716-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :13 .8PF,1X,500V

59660 374-014C0001389FA14C1133

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O.lUF,20%,50V

72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A14C1220

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O.lUF,20%,SOV

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1221

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1230

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1231

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1232

290-0804-00


55680 25ULAlOV-TA14C1233

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A14C1320

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1322

281-0785-00


72982 8035D2AAD000680KA14C1323

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1330

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1331

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1332

290-0804-00


55680 25ULAlOV-T

A14C1400

290-0782-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :4 .7UF,+75-10%,35V

55680 35ULA4R7V-TA14C1410

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUP,20%,50V

72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1411

281-0772-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0 .0047UF,lOX,l00V

04222 GC701C472KA14C1420

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1421

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1430

290-0804-00


55680 25ULAlOV-T

A14C1431

281-0772-00


04222 GC701C472KA14C1510

281-0772-00


04222 GC701C472KA14C1511

281-0812-00


72982 8035D9AADX7R102KA14C1600

290-0745-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :22UF,+50-10%,25V

56289 502D225A14C1601

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AAB25U104MA14C1610

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104M

A14C1700

281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,SOV

72982 8005D9AAB25U104M----- -----

(OPTION 1 ONLY)A14C1701

290-0183-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,lOX,35V

90201 TAC105K035P02A14C1702

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M----- -----

(OPTION 1 ONLY)A14C1710

281-0630-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :390PF,5X,500V

72982 630000Y5D391J---- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14C1711

281-0630-00

~


72982 630000YSD391J----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)A14C1712

281-0564-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :24PF,SX,SOOV

59660 301-OOOCOG0240J----- -----


281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AAB25U104M----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)

-A14C1714

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZSU104MA14C1715

281-0153-00

CAP.,VAR;AIR'DI :1 .7-lOPF,250V

74970 187-0106-005----- -----


290-0804-00


55680 25ULAlOV-TA14C1731

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1732

281-0775-00


72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A14C1733

290-0746-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :47UF,+50-1OX,16V

55680 16U-47V-TA14C1820

281-0773-00


04222 GC70-1C103KA14C1830

281-0812-00


72982 8035D9AADX7R102KA14CR1110

152-0066-00


14433 LG4016A14CR1120

152-0246-00


03508 DE140A14CR1121

152-0246-00


03508 DE140

A14CR1220

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152RA14CR1221

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

REV DEC 1981

7-7

Replaceable Electrlcel Parts-DC 503A

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No .

Part No.

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part NumberA14CR1230

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

A14CR1700

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

A14CR1721

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

A14CR1730

152-0066-00


14433 LG4016

A14CR1731

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

p14CR1732

152-0066-00


14433 LG4016

A14CR1733

152-0066-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA

14433 LG4016

A14CR1810

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

A14CR1811

152-0141-02


01295 1N4152R

A14F1820

159-0025-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .5A,250V,FAST-BLOW

71400 AGC 1/2

A14F1821

159-0025-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .5A,250V,FAST-BLOW

71400 AGC 1/2

A14F1830

159-0015-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,3A,250V,FAST-BLOW

71400 AGC 3

A14J1130

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357

(QTY 2)A14J1230

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357(QTY 3)

A14J1300

131-0608-00


22526 47357

_____ _____

(QTY 7)

A14J1320

131-0608-00


22526 47357

(QTY 2)A14J1400

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357

(QTY 8)A14J1500

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0 .365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357__-__ _____

(QTY 8)

A14J1520

136-0263-04

SOCKET,PIN TERM:FOR 0 .025 INCH SQUARE PIN

22526 75377-001

A14J1521

136-0263-04

SOCKET,PIN TERM:FOR 0 .025 INCH SQUARE PIN

22526 75377-001

A14J1710

131-0608-00

TERHINAL,PIN :0 .365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357

(QTY 3)A14J1720

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN:0 .365 L X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357_____ _____

(QTY 3)

A14J1810

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0 .365 d. X 0 .025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357

(QTY 2)A14J1820

131-0608-00

TERMINAL,PIN :0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD

22526 47357(QTY 2)

A14K1800

148-0076-00

RELAY,REED :1 FORM A,5V,0 .25A,100V

95348 F81-1447

A14K1810

148-0076-00

RELAY,REED :1 FORM A,5V,0 .25A,100V

95348 F81-1447

A14L1230

120-0382-00

XFMR,TOROID:14 TURNS,SINGLE

80009 120-0382-00

A14L1330

120-0382-00

XFMR,TOROID:14 TURNS,SINGLE

80009 120-0382-00

A14L1600

108-0422-00

COIL,RF :FIXED,82UH

80009 108-0422-00

A14Q1220

151-0427-00


80009 151-0427-00

A14Q1230

151-1117-00

TRANSISTOR:FE DUAL,N-CHANNEL,SI

80009 151-1117-00

A14Q1300

151-0504-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON,N-CHAN,UNIJUNCTION

04713 2N4851

A14Q1301

151-0302-00


07263 S038487

A14Q1400

151-0302-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN

07263 5038487

A14Q1500

151-0301-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

27014 2N2907A

A14Q1700

151-0341-00

TRANSISTOR :'SILICON,NPN

07263 5040065

A14Q1701

151-0190-00


07263 5032677_____ _____

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14Q1720

151-0188-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

04713 SPS6868R

A14Q1721

151-0302-00


07263 5038487

A14Q1722

151-0432-00


80009 151-0432-00

A14Q1723

151-0453-00


80009 151-0453-00

A14Q1724

151-0453-00


80009 151-0453-00

A14Q1725

151-0190-00


07263 5032677

A14Q1800 151-0190-00A14R610 315-0470-00A14R1100 315-0102-00


07263 5032677

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,SX,0.25W

01121 CB4705

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB1025


Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No .

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part NumberA14R1110

315-0512-00


01121 CB5125A14R1120

315-0391-00


01121 CB3915A14R1130

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB1025A14R1132

315-0510-00


01121 CB5105A14R1134

315-0151-00


01121 CB1515A14R1210

315-0512-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:S .1K OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB5125

A14R1212

315-0512-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:5 .1K OHM,5X,0,25W

01121 CB5125A14R1213

307-0502-00

RES,NTWK,THK FI :1 .8 OHM,20X,(9) RES

91637 MSP10A01-182MA14R1220

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4725A14R1221

315-0302-00


01121 CB3025A14R1222

321-0481-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :IM OHM,1X,0 .125W

24546 NA4D1004FA14R1223

315-0474-00 XB020320


01121 CB4745----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1223

315-0474-00 XB020450


01121 CB4745----- -----

(OPTION 1 ONLY)A14R1224

315-0680-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :68 OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB6805A14R1225

321-0618-00


91637 MFF1816G25002FA14R1226

315-0154-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :150K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1545A14R1229

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4725

A14R1230

321-0891-00

RES.,FXD .FILM :800K OHM,1X,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G80002FA14R1231

315-0131-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :130 OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1315A14R1232

315-0202-00


01121 CB2025A14R1233

315-0432-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :4 .3K OHM S%,0 .25W

-

01121

CB4325A14R1234

315-0122-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,SY>,0 .25W

01121 CB1225A14R1235

315-0122-00


01121 CB1225

A14R1236

315-0131-00


01121 CB1315A14R1300

315-0200-00


01121 CB2005

A14R1301

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1025A14R1302

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :IK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1025

A14R1303

315-0102-00


01121 CB1025A14R1304

315-0512-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :S .1K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB5125

A14R1319

315-0151-00


01121 CB1515A14R1320

321-0201-00 BO10100 B020319

RES.,FXD,FILM :1 .21K OHM,1X,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G12100F----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)A14R1320

321-0222-00 B020320


91637 MFF1816G20000F----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)A14R1320

321-0201-00 BO10100 B020449

RES,,FXD,FILM :1 .21K OHM,1X,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G1210UF----- -----

~

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14R1320

321-0222-00 B020450


91637 MFF1816G20000F----- -----


321-0414-00


91637 MFF1816G20002FA14R1322

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB1025A14R1323

315-0101-00


01121 CB1015A14R1324

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615

A14R1325

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615A14R1326

315-0121-00


01121 CB1215A14R1330

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615A14R1331

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615A14R1332

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615A14R1333

315-0561-00


01121 CB5615

A14R1334

315-0221-00


01121 CB2215A14R1335

315-0221-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :220 OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB2215A14R1336

315-0122-00


01121 CB1225A14R1337

315-0122-00

RES.,FXD .CMPSN :I .2K OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB1225A14R1339

315-0302-00


01121 CB3025A14R1400

315-0101-00


01121 CB1015

A14R1401

315-0273-00


01121 CB2735

REV A, . FEB 1981

7-9


Tektronix

Serial/Model No.

Mfr

Component No .

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description


A14R1410

311-2096-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR :PNL,1M OHM,20X,0.5W

12697 SERIES 388

A14R1410

----- -----

(FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH A14S1410)

A14R1412

315-0123-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I2K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1235

A14R1420

311-1559-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:lOK OHM,20X,O .SOW

73138 91-81-0

A14R1421

315-0512-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:S .1K OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB5125

A14R1500

315-0470-00


01121 CB4705

A14R1501

315-0470-00


01121 CB4705

A14R1502

315-0470-00


01121 CB4705

A14R1503

315-0470-00


01121 CB4705

A14R1504

315-0470-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,SX,0.25W

01121 CB4705

A14R1505

315-0470-00


01121 CB4705

A14R1506

315-0470-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB4705

A14R1507

315-0470-00


01121

CB4705

A14R1508

315-0152-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .SK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1525

A14R1509

315-0512-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :5.1K OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB5125

A14R1511

315-0393-00


01121 CB3935

A14R1513

307-0541-00

RES,NTWK,THK FI :(7)1K OHM,lOX,1W

91637 MSP08A01-102G

A14R1520

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,SX,0.25W

01121 CB1025

A14R1530

315-0123-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I2K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1235

A14R1531

315-0153-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:ISK OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB1535

A14R1610

315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:lOK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1035

A14R1614

315-0471-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4715

A14R1620

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :iK OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB1025

A14R1622

315-0272-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2.7K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB2725

A14R1623

315-0272-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB2725

A14R1624

315-0272-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB2725

A14R1700

315-0103-00

~RES .,FXD,CMPSN:lOK OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB1035

A14R1701

315-0153-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:ISK OHM,S%,0 .25W

01121 CB1535

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1702

315-0122-00


01121 CB1225

_____ _____

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1710

315-0102-00


01121 CB1025

__ _____

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1711

315-0562-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :5 .6K OHMS%,0 .25W

01121

CB5625

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1712

315-0181-00


01121 CB1815

_____ _____

(STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1713

315-0122-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .2K OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB1225

A14R1714

315-0111-00


01121

CB1115

A14R1715

315-0272-00


01121 CB2725

A14R1719

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB4725

A14R1720

315-0471-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,SX,0.25W

01121 CB4715

A14R1721

307-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7 OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB27G5

A14R1723

315-0362-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :3 .6K OHM,SX,0 .25W

01121 CB3625

A14R1724

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IR OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB1025

A14R1725

315-0241-00


01121 CB2415

A14R1730

321-0282-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :8 .45K OHM,1X,0.125W

91637 MFF1816G84500F

A14R1731

315-0821-00


01121 CB8215

A14R1732

315-0271-00

RE,S.,FXD,CMPSN:270 OHM,5X,0 .25W

01121 CB2715

A14R1733

308-0244-00

RES.,FXD,WW:0 .3 OHM,lOX,2W

91637 RS2B162ER3000K

A14R1734

315-0162-00


01121 CB1625

A14R1735

315-0181-00


01121 CB1815

A14R1736

315-0100-00


01121 CB1005

A14R1800

315-0121-00


01121 CB1215

A14R1801

321-0105-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :121 OHM,1X,0.125W

91637 MFF1816G121ROF

_____ _____

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14R1802

315-0241-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5X,0.25W

01121 CB2415

7-10REV DEC 1981


Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No .

Part No .

Eft

Dscont

Name & Description


A14R1803

321-0213-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :1 .62K OHM,1~,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G16200F----- -----


315-0100-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5~,0 .25W

01121 CB1005A14R1820

315-0132-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .3K OHM,5~,0 .25W

01121 CB1325A14R1821

315-0152-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:I .SK OHM,5~,0 .25W

01121 CB1525A14R1822

315-0101-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,Sti,0 .25W

01121 CB1015

A14R1823

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,57,0 .25W

01121 CB1025A14R1824

315-0472-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4 .7K OHM,SI,0 .25W

01121 CB4725A14R1825

321-0260-00


91637 MFF1816G49900FA14R1826

321-0225-00


91637 MFF1816G21500FA14R1827

321-0260-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :4 .99K OHM,lI,0 .125W

91637 MFF1816G49900FA14R1828

315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5~,0 .25W

01121 CB1025

A14S1010

263-0074-00

SW LEVER ASSY :

80009 263-0074-00A14S1020

263-0010-00


80009 263-0010-00

A14S1021

263-0010-00


80009 263-0010-00A14S1030

263-0010-00


80009 263-0010-00

A14S1031

263-0010-00


80009 263-0010-00

A14S1310

260-1737-02

SWITCH,PUSH:2 BTN,2 POLE,PUSH

80009 260-1737-02

A14S1311

----- -----

(PART OF A14S1310)A14S1410

----- -----

(PART OF A14R1410)

A14U1200

160-0893-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :32 X 8 PROM,PROGRAMMED

80009 160 -0893-00A14U1220

156-1149-00

MICROCIRCUIT,LI :OPERATIONAL AMP,JFET INPUT 27014 LF351NA14U1300

160-0892-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :32 X 8 PROM,PROGRAMMED

80009 160-0892-00A14U1330

156-0369-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER

80009 156-0369-00A14U1400

156-0994-00

MZCROCIRCUIT,DI :8 INPUT DATA SEL/MUX

01295 SN74LS151N OR J

A14U1401

156-1407-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :MOS-TO-LED 8-DIGIT DRIVER

80009 156-1407-00

A14U1420

156-0383-00


80009 156-0383-00A14U1421

156-0578-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL 1 SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR

80009 156-0578-00A14U1422

156-0382-00


01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)A14U1423

156-0578-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL 1 SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR

80009 156-0578-00A14U1520

156-1411-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :6 DECADE CNTRW/8 DECADE

80009 156-1411-00A14U1610

156-0795-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :BCD 7-SEG LCHDCDR/DRVR

04713 MC14511BCL

A14U1611

156-0852-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX BUS DRIVER W/3-STATE

01295 SN74LS367 N OR J

A14U1620

156-0656-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DECADE COUNTER

01295 SN74LS90N OR J

A14U1621

156-0385-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX.INVERTER

80009 156-0385-00

A14U1800

156-1161-00

MICROCIRCUIT,LI :VOLTAGE REGULATOR

27014 LM317T----- -----

(OPTION 1 ONLY)A14U1830

156-0285-02

~


27014 LM340T-12

A14U1831

156-0071-00


04713 MC1723CLA14VR1710

152-0149-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0 .4W,1OV,5~

04713 SZG35009K3----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)A14Y1710

119-0894-01

OSCILLATOR,RF :lOMHZ,I8V

80009 119-0894-01----- -----

(OPTION 1 ONLY)A14Y1810

158-0129-00

XTAL UNIT,QTZ :lOMHZ,0 .001~6,PARALLEL

33096 PB1109----- -----

(STANDARD ONLY)

REV DEC 1981 7-11


Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrComponent No .

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Name & Description

Code Mfr Part NumberCHASSIS PARTS

J510

131-0955-00

CONN,RCPT,ELEC :BNC,FEMALE

13511 31-279J520

136-0387-00

JACK,TIP :GRAY

71279 450-4352-01-0318J530

136-0387-00

JACK,TIP :GRAY

71279 450-4352-01-0318J540

136-0387-00

JACK,TIP :GRAY

71279 450-4352-01-0318J610

131-0955-00

CONN,RCPT .ELEC :BNC,FEMALE

13511 31-279J620

136-0387-00

JACK,TIP :GRAY

71279 450-4352-01-0318

J630

136-0387-00

JACK,TIP :GRAY

71279 450-4352-01-0318

R500

311-2095-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR :PNL,lOK OHM,10~

12697 SERIES 388R600

311-2095-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR :PNL,lOK OHM,lOti

12697 SERIES 388

7- 1 2

REV A, FEB 1981

Section 8 DC 503A

DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS

a

Symbols

z~Gra hic s mbols and class desi nation letters are

Y14.15, 1966

Drafting Practices.

based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975.8

Y14.2, 1973

Line Conventions and Lettering.

~zY10.5, 1968

Letter Symbols for C]uantities Used in

w ~Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in

Electrical Science and Electricalterms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic

Engineering.function performed and may differ from the manufac-

pturer's data .

American National Standard Institute

z1430 Broadway

New York, New York 10018The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal

performs its intended function when it is in the low state.

Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1 .1-1972 .

Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF) .Values less than one are in microfarads

Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation

(/~F) .of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are:

Resistors = Ohms (f2) .

The information and special symbols below may appear in this manual.

Assembly Numbers end Grid Coordinates

The schematic diagram and circuit board componentEach assembly in the instrument is assigned an

location illustration have grids. A lookup table with theassembly number (e .g ., A20) . The assembly number

grid coordinates is provided for ease of locating theappears on the circuit board outline on thediagram,inthe

component.Onlythecomponentsillustratedonthefacingtitle for the circuit board component location illustration,

diagram are listed in the lookup table. When more thanand in the lookup table for the schematic diagram and

one schematic diagram is used toillustratethecircuitryoncorresponding component locator illustration . The

a circuit board, the circuit board illustration may onlyReplaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged by assemblies

appear opposite the first diagram on which it was il-in numerical sequence ; the components are listed by

lustrated; the lookup table will list the diagram number ofcomponent number '(see following illustration for

other diagrams that the circuitry of the circuit boardconstructing a component number).

appears on .

Etched Circuit BoardOutlined in Black

Refer to Waveform "-" "'"`

Function Block .. . ..Outl i ne

REV A FEB 1981

Function Block Title

InternalSCrewdrlVer ^"-~~

L INE SYNC GEN

Adjustment

+sv

~ sSETUP

: ZOmV

,,Cam Switch

~

R40Closure Chart

1 ~

I ~

1 oK~

soJ

+1 sv

(Dot indicatesswitch closure)

IC type ~ "

Test Voltage ------

Heat Sink ""`_1

Board Name-

P/O-Part ofcircuit board

Assembly Number

Tektronix Part No.for circuit boards

A B C D

W 1 6

~

IJ82

PB2

J 1 00_

_

~

svNG ~ . _

Box - Identifies Panel

"sv

-

on rols, Connectors andR52 R61

~

IndicatorsTP48~ ~R50 1K 14 .3K

49 .9K

-~ R64 Coaxial connectors:O .BV

H

Q60

1750

i~ ~

_.._

-. .... . ... . .... . . ._... female

CR54

~ Q58

RS6 ~ ~

7.SKSEL

-lsv3

R330 4O

Component Values

Electrical components shown on the diagrams are inthe following units unless noted otherwise:

.____-D590°_._

S92-~ TES

3~~1 K ~~ ~

Pam

~- - Plug to E .C . Board

SYNC GENERATOR

Modified Component(Depicted in Grey, or WithGreyoutline) - See Parts List .

Strap or Link

-- Plug Index; signifies pin No. 1

20K 9nL ~ -- External Screwdriver Adj .

Selected value, see Parts Listand Maintenance Section forSelection Criteria

_ Decoupled or FilteredVoltageRefer to Diagram Number

_. Schematic Nameand Number

0

GH ASHAPED OUT

11BAI

CH AINPUT

I22A1

CH A

TRIG LEVEL OUT

"~" E

cH eTR1C LEVEL OUT

CH B

,..~ EXTINPUT

m

as aSHAPED our

+33.5V

a11 .5V

-33.SV

A12

A14

A12/A14

CHANNEL AAMPLIFIER

TRIGGERLEVEL A

CHANNEL BAMPLIFIER

TRIGGER

LEVEL B

18 MF1s CLOgC IN (14A)

rn aoac IN I21AI

TIMEA -+ B

GENERATOR

A12

REMOTE

START/STOP

~r.

A14

TIME BASE

(SLOPE)

(START/STOP)

(SLOPE)

A12

SIGNAL

ROUTING

0

2971-20

MEASUREMENTCYCLETIMING

DISPLAY TIMERESET

DECIMAL POINTa

ANNUNICATOR ENCODERA14

'NAL

PING

REF aoac our t1se1

~ INPUT

18

A14

DECADE ACCUMULATOR

6-DECADE COUNTER/8 DECADE LATCH//MULTIPLEXER

ZEROBLANK

DC503A BLOCK DIAGRAM00

DC 503A

j eco our (18A1, cz1B1 . czBA1 . czeelSCAN CLOCK OUT (2481

jrsl cresol our czsA1

OVERFLOV OUT (2381

oP our cz~B1

Fig. 8-2. Auxiliary Board (A12 Assy) .

ADJUSTMENT LOCA

2971- 1 6

LOCATIONS

510,0

~R-7,0~ ~

®'P1210~P,212

~CP1110~7»~Jg417®m®® r1

y}c 22b~

®3®+®

s a

~®

®~i®

®~ .®

~ . :_A,zzo,~

® ® ®

I ®

®jjW

63j ,©cpiixo®~q,z2,

® ® -®~J. ®-

zcp --mn,

, P, zfi

UJ

C,i2U ~®

If1J31CP12_21~~a-y I U1220.I~C~ p~~~~2~1A=,021

_CCi~~._ P22awi

I

N=323.

8172

R

v j®

I

~,

J1.00

J,500

R, 01700

j®

®I

I

~.

~ ~~ ~°n ~ ~ u~ °

C,600

600C,Mfi~® ® ~

~. I~ialalal~laphl

O

~~ °irs~°~,

~

~C7601~ g1701~I ®

®I I®

®I

EsIoIlm ,gym

.rFAE~P1506~T 1~C,b00~P

0,9~ j ®

®I ~® j

~, t~~

Y,710

/i-J u~

~

~ _. ®i .

_

~

_-

~®

®I '6~

®! !~P 7oz~ nno

m

K,

J1300

;® ® ;~.®

® . I®

® .i®

®t ;®

®v

(OPTION 1)OSC FRED ADJ

OFFSET

TTL/NORMAL

INT/EXT

On Back of Board .ADJ

~dU1fi108~ ~dU781,8~

®

®. -®

®_

Fig . 8-1 . Main Board (A14 Assy) .

(STANDARD)OSC FRED ADJ

~,}g1900~~~-~2~o,fi

~>~~'°

~,r; A~Ai_~ ~~~

® (~ C

7 ~

I®

I

q32®C1730 CP 72~i~

I

~g1736~

C7>3

U fi~ i .U183,Jl" 30

J7630

- P,73.c~c

c,~7i3('~~ . ~

u

~®

®I ~®

®I I¢

7,0~ C-~C7

®®'r'r°;j~®I ®

~ ~ v'rc,m̀ u~c ~~nn ~ ~'P,n,

C

K1600

~®

. ®i~®

®j¢ I

I ®®I

\ P, 13LQ

C 71bI~u .m~i i~uun~~ ®

® ~

~e

® I

°~yyP, a.~@U,fi20g~ ®~P1A=19~J7720

DC 503A

2971- 1 7

Table 8-1COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig. 8-3)

P/O A12 ASSY

CH A AMPLIFIER

1O

Circuit Schematic Board Circuit Schematic BoardNumber

Location

Location

~ -Number

Location

LocationC1519

L4

H4

~~ 81525

H4

14C1520 J3

14

81530 L3

H5C1522 K3

14

81531 L3

H5C1523

L2

H4 .

81532

K3

H5C1530 C2

H6 81533 K2

H5C1532 C2

H6 81534 K2

H6C1533 C2

H6 81535 J3

H6C1622 F5

J4

81536 J2

16C1629 F3

J5

81537 J3

I6C1630 H4

J5

81538 J3

I6C1631 L6

J6 81539 J3

H6C1632 C2

I6

81620 K4

14C1720 E4

J5

81621 E5

J4C1730 B4

J5

81622 J4

14C1731 C4

J5 81623 H4 J4C1733 D7

K6 81624 J4

14C1830 E4

L6 81625 H4

J481626 E5

J4CR1620 F3

J4 81627 F4

J5CR1621 F4

J4 81628 E4

J4CR1630 F2

15

81629 E4

J5CR1720 F3

K4 . 81630 H3

15CR1721 F4

K4 81631 F3

1581632 C4

J5J500 K6 CHASSIS 81633 D4 J5J510 A5

CHASSIS 81634 H3

15J1630 J6

J6

81635 H2

15J1730 C7

K5 81636 H6

J581637 H6

J5L1530

C2

H5

II 81720

F6

K4L1630 C2

J6 81730 E5

K6P500

K6

CHASSIS II 81731

E7

J6P1430 D6

G6 81734 E6

K6P1430 M4 G6P1630 J6

J6 S7730 E4

L5P1730

C7

K5

II 51731

D5

L5II S1732

D5

L5Q1620 F5

J4Q7630 H4

J5U1530A L3

158500 K6 CHASSIS U1530B K3 158510 B5 CHASSIS U1530C H3 1581523 L3

H4 U1620 J4

1481524 K3

14

P/O A14 ASSY (See Fig. 8-4)

P/O A12 ASSY Also shown on

3O O4 O6 O9

10

CR1811 B6

L3 K1820 B6

L2J510 B5

CHASSIS P1820 C7

L3J1820 C7

L38510 B5 CHASSIS

P/O A14 ASSY also shown on O2

3OO

10

S LOCATION GRID

G H I J K L M

~C1400~ I--r-1 T ~~ ~C1600-®®

®- ®

®- ®

®- f~~ ITSj I

j I

f ® ®_ ® ®_I®

®I I®

®I I®

®I I®

®I I®

®I I®

®I®

®_ ®

®_ ®

®_ ®

®= I

I I

I

I ulaoo I I u1ao1 j I ulsoo j I u1so1 j ~ulsoo~=

~u1so1~=~_ ~

~= I

I J

I,y I

I I

I I

I I

I ®

®~

®

®~®

®~ ®

® ®

®_ ®

®= I

I I

II

I

I

I

!

I

I

I

®

__-

®.

®

__-

®a®

®~ ®

®~ ®

®- ®

®~ ~

I ~

I¢ I®®~ ~® ~. ®. i® ~ ®7

® � ®; ~®

®;

~®

® ;~ ~

L_

r-~--i ~~

c1s1o~

r~-~

i I®

®f t®

®f

~'~-1 0 ®

®i I®

®i

i

I I

I

I

I

I

I I

I

I

i~ i®

®i !®

®i

I®

®I

~®

®i i®

®

!~

~iI ~ I~U1410~j I~U1411 j

I®U1510 I

I®

®i

I®U1s10~1

I~U1611~1o ~

w g

~~ ~

~ gU1511® ~

~

®

~3I

I I

I

I

I

I

I I

I

I

II

I I

I

I

I

I

I I

I

I

II®

®j i®

®I I®

®I I®

®I I®

®j I® o .~ ~I

8-3. Auxiliary Board (A12 Assy).

e®~ER1610®®~~

A12

0J C1420

®-

®

®-

d

~°, ~, J1519~r 81525-_ I

I

I

,~ ,~

`~ ,~

~~~

~R1620 ,I~

~I ®

~®

®J 2 ¢i

U

81622

~R1s21

~,R1720-®1~'(N I U1420 Y ®

~

®CR1720®MIA

~I®

I®

®j ~~

~

81624

Cis22-®

I®

®I

~

o

®

O9-~~R1626-®

CR1721® ~ ®

®

~

® �

N N

-

I

INI

81623

'~ -®

I®

®j ® I U1421 I

~~II~I

~C1520 ~u'~

,~?~~o ~

CR1620~t

I

I o

~

®°

a

a

I ' U1620'~ I rp1620®,~®]

,®

~.

®i a

I®

®~

~C1522'®I "`,

~`~ i p~i

CR1621I

I ®-81523-®

R1524~ , :

`:O~

81628

S1720~ I®

®I ®-C1523~ I"~~p1321 ~

jW

® ,a� , ® .®

®-

~-C1629~ C1720~U

®

®. ® i

v

p

j

d631.

!®

®I ®

~~~(®

®~

~~®®-R1627~

81629

~1331i

I

I ®

C1430~

cr N M °®

®=

Mi~~

~~~

C~

30,J I ~

S173U~/

I~U7430~j ao.a

NNN N !~'

~3~

`°~ ¢_

~p1630~

i. 81632

~~~

!®

®~

~~

J1530 ~ ~I¢I¢Ij~U1530~j

I¢~R V ~~~

C1731j~ e

I

I

c~

~.®

®_

~

(~

81633

I

51731~M ~

j®

®j

aa

-~

I®

®~

__~_C1s30' ¢ ~

~®

�,

®i

~~

~o,~

L1530

~I

I~a.®

®. ®-R1635~

R1636~ TIi ~ ®CR1430®

~ ~~~~~N~~ ~R1634~

R1637~1~Ì

S1732

UIU~' 1533 ¢¢ ®'1R1536~

m Lr63U

~R1731~'

~~~J ~ ®-R1537~C1632

C1631~

E~R1730~ ®C1830 ~

E~R1539~ R1538~~J1s30

~R1734~~'C1733r~

REV A FEB 1981

51810

2971- 1 8

DC 503A

3

4

5

Static Sensitive DevicesSee Maintenance Section

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

Component Number

~~ R1234Assembly

thematicsNumber Subassembly

CircuitNumber

Number (il used)

A I B

Chassis mounted components have no Assembly Numberprefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

"'

I® ®I0 0 0 0

¢ ¢IV ~l

l®

® I

PARTS LOCATIO

D E F G

011 03~~

~'C1400^®

j®

®j ~~

~®

®r ~®

®~°o c

~

~-

NI

i~U1300~i ' r ~ ~ I~U1400~~ I~U1401~Y®

®, ¢ ¢ N M I®

®I I®

®r

a7m

I®

®j

M ~I!®

®j ~®

®ri® � ~ ®~ ® ¢

I® �k~ ®I I® ,e,~®r

o

N N ~®,¢ j®

®r ® o~

I®

®j i®

~U1310®~

¢ ~ ICI I~U1410~! I~U1411~ri® ®~® ®~® ,~., ®~

N C1311~® ~ I~~ I

pj

01420,I® ® j !® ®r I ® ®r

®

:a

C1120'®~C1220"®

¢I ~

~®

®~

I®

®-,~ ~®

®~ ® ~®o N

a

I--T'1 IT, tT1 I-r~ V

I~U1320~1

I~U1321~ N ~

~N o

_

®

®-

®

®-

®

~-

®

®-

®

j~

~~

j~

~Mi~U1420~1

® !®r

o

,~ j

r- i

r I

r I

r®

Iw~

I

I I

I I

I I

I

j®

®j

I®

® ~ I®

®I-® ~ ~-o

I U1120 Y I U1121 r I U1220 I I U1221 I N N I® ~ ® ; i® ,«., ® ; ,® ~� ®, a I®~3-¢

I®

® I I®®~ I®

®1 I®~I ¢ ¢

~~ ,~

~~ ¢ I®I

I I

r I

I I

I_ U

I

[ 41320 01321 I

r "' .®®

®~ ®

®

®

®° ®

®_ ® ®

®

®-`~

®

®- ® L~01020 �~ I

I I

r I

I I

I

I

I

I

Immt~3 :

i® ~. ®i '

'~ E® o .. ®i

®

®

®~~ ~

®

®-Q1030

®

I

l 01330~Q~~,133~11

j~

~l ®

Ci~N e°y M cod

~~ Q1132i01133 Q1134

~

®

I~U1330~r ~ ~/

j~U1430® r 9ora0 0 0 .-~~~ a~ ®

®'

m

o ~ ~C1230

I

I

I®

®I!

~ ~~~

I~ ~I

oozy

~~~ r ~ ~ xo n o ®

®

N N

I

I

NIM aQ1032¢U¢Uoool® ®I

¢¢

® ®° M~~~ I® ®~ o~

®CR1430®r rl~

Cr

V

~ ¢ IQL¢ ¢

¢

P1630C1330~

Fig. 8-3. Auxiliary Board (A12 I

2

3

+SV~~.-~+SV

P/0 A14 MAIN BOARD

DC 5PJ3A

u sae29eNH

X1/XS

s,~3e

TYPE

DND

V CC

10216

8

1 ,16

+SV4

CR1630 R,63e,30

,3 i

C1629 R1631-12V2

0 " 1

130

I

I

R16 ;

~DR, 72e

z9~,-2,

REV DEC 1981

Rtl1 .

+SV4

U 15300

81539

U 15308081630

81300

10216

220

10216

1x16 1BZ,s13

15

10

7

S

3

CH A SIG81524

U1421A-4

12

g

100 4

81523_

z sse01629 81631

V 14

81538

6

I 01522 ; ~21530~ 1

'VCR1720

~

130

R12K

~

220

~

R12K5

~

47

~ ~. ..J

81531

III`~~~,,,

560

81720390

1 r 16

zs71-z1

tV DEC 1981

-12V2

Q1630

816362K

81635 y81536 81534 SS 81533 +SV41A2K~560

1.2K~ 560

01523e.l

81537~

01520 +12V

81532sse

e.l ,

sse

R1szs~~~

01620G

_

4,7K

_

I

3~7

LF361g

CH A LEVEL OUT

P1430-9

e1630 ~~ I

81620

l01519~tI9237

1K

'~'B .1170K

+12V81622200 .0K

81525 ~_

., .10K ~

~R1624jO OFFSET ADJ2.0BK

-12V

816374 .3K

+12V

J1630-3

~Y~ PseB

-12V 2

J1630

U1530A

L 01631T B .1

P/0 A12 AUXILIARY BOARD

CH A AMPLIFIER

-iJ1430-9

00

STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICESSEE MAINTENANCE SECTION


COMPONENT NUMBER

,A23 A2 81234ASSEMBLY~

SCHEMATICNUMBER

CIRCUITSUBASSEMBLY NUMBER

NUMBER (IF USED1

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLYNUMBER PREFIX-SEE END OF REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

Table 8-2

COM PONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig . 8-4)

P/O A14 ASSY

CH B AMPLIFIEROCircuit Schematic BoardNumber Location Location

C1030 D5 B6C1120 E4

C4C1130 B4

C5C1131 C4

C5C1133 C6

C6C1220 E6 C4C1221 E5

D4C1230 F4

D5C1231 E3

D5C1233 L6

D6C1320 J4

E4C1322 J3

E4C1323 K3

E5C1421 K4

F4

CR1120 E3

C4CR1121 E4

C4CR1220 E4 C4CR1221 E4

C4CR1230 E3 D5CR1810 C6

L2

J610 B6 CHASSISJ620 L3 CHASSISJ630 L3 CHASSISJ1130 D7

CliJ1230 J6

D6J1320 L3

F4J1430 B1

F6J1520 L2

E4J1521 L2

F4J1810 C7

L2

K1800 B6

L3

P1130 C7

C6P1230 J6

D6P1320 L3

F4P1810 C7

L2P1900 L1

M1P1900 L4

M7P1900 87

M1

111220 E5

D4Q1230 F4 D5R610 C6 CHASSISR1120 F6

C4

t Located on back of board .

Circuit Schematic BoardNumber Location Location

R1130 D5

C6R1132 D7

C5R1134 D6

C6R1220 E5

D4R1221 E5

D4R1222 D4 C4R1223 H4 D4R1224 E4

D4R1225 C4

C5R1226 E4

C5R1229 F4

D5R1230 D4 C5R1231 F3

D5R1232 F6

D6R1233 H6 D6R1234 F3

D5R1235 F3

D5R7236 F3

D5R1304t H6 F1R1319 K3

E4R1320 H5

F4R1321 H5

F4R1322 J4

F4R1323 J3

E4R1324 K3

F4R1325 K4

E5R1326 J3

F5R1330 J4

E5R1331 J2

E5R1332 H2

E6R1333 H4

E6R1334 H3

E6R1335 H3

E6R1336 H3

E6R1337 H3

E6R1420 H5 F4R1820 C8

L2

S1021 D4

B5S1030 D5 B5S7031 D5

B5

01220 H4 D4U1330A F3 E5U1330B H3 E5U1330C K3 E5

P/O A14 ASSY also shown on

1OO O5

10

5 LOCATION GRID

G H I J K L M

®

®

®

®

°ooooo000

0 °oo ° ol0 0~

C1600

n nn

n

U1800I

r®

®

®

®>

'~ ~ '~ '~ '~ '~ '~ '

L1600

r®

®~ ~®

®~

Q¢ ¢I2I¢I¢IR ¢

O

V ~LUI VIU ~®

®~ j~U1401~~ ~~~~~~~

E~C1801$

R1701~ ~

~ ~~

_r ~&U140033~

j®

®~

,~~� R1508~TI-'~1

C1703r ®

® ®

®° p1500®

®

~®

®~

®-R1509~ ~®

®I ~®

®i

~'~.

Y1710

°_

I

I

I

I

j I

I ~R1702~p170,_

o

K1810

~®

®~ ~®

®~

~~R1710~

U~j~U1610f~~ j~U1611 ~~ in

C1710r N v ~O O N 1~l1

~®

®- j® ®i._

_ . .

T f r r

®

®~

®

®-

~

c,71,._

~Iv s v ~

;®

®f~®

®[

~~vR,71o~ii~

~i~,.� ��

~Ri~' , 'ESC 0114~T ®

~

-~

~R̂1712~ o

01712r.--r.~

o ~C1610~ ~~'I®

®1 ,

~.C1713~ nI®

®I J®

®r ~

r ~

~~~

oo

C1714~~~ I~

~I-

U ICI

~®

®

¢ p172~~ R1 713

01715I u,a2o 11 uiaz, C_ ®

~~

°®

®°I~

~II~

~~ ®

~~U1820~~

~~R1714

j®

®~ j®

®~ .a

I®

®i

~~ R,7,9~J,72oR1720

O O r N M®

®°"®

®°

I

I

N~

~

N N N N NI

II

I

U1520

~

®

®° iol

p1725 ~

F1820j®®j;® , .� ®;

~~~

I®

®I

~,

R 2

~

o T m ao mI

a" J~

~

~ V ¢ ¢ ¢p,72,~~l

~INI

p1722Q ® ®°

nI ®®I

~p~~ ~~

F1821

®

®~

N

~ r ~~ ~~

_.

~ U1621 ~

I I

F1830® ®°

~

¢j®

®~

R1730 ~®E~CR1730I~ ®.. R1736~

ITl®CR1731~ r--1 I®

~II®

I 01420 R1520

®

®fj®

®-

I iI®®ii®

®i°® ®_°® ®°

is ~~u,a2z~~ i®

®~

x I®

®r jeu,az3~~

~®

®r ~®

®r~® �� ®~ ®-R1530

01430 ~C1431

R1531

Fig. S-4. Main Board (A14 Assy).

A14 Q1700 ~R18OO~802

°~~ ~I

Ip,800

R1731~ 01730 ®CR1732 ~~R1732$ E~`

o U1830 I®-C1731~r~ ~I~U183,'~R1735~

aoJ1630

I

®CR1733

C733

R1734~ V

I~

I~+ 17~} C32~E41

~

I ._,R1733

le I

REV DEC 1981

2971-19A

DC 503A

2

3

4

5

6

Q

Z a

© Static Sensitive DevicesSee Maintenance Section

~QV ..

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLEOpJ ~NQHOQ Za_Q

Component Number

+A23 A2, 81234Assembly~+

SchematicCircuitNumber Subassembly Number

Number (it used)

Chassis mountedcomponents have no Assembly Numberprefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

A I B

S,U,D

R1100~ 0

PARTS LOCATI(

D E F G

I

h~~ ~Q~~C001303~~ ~~i®

®( i®

®r S S `

~ I®®( I®

®iI®

®I

I~

~I ~ ~01301 pi400 I®

®~

I®

®I~uizoo~~ i~ul3oo~~ ~~

~®

®( i~uiaoi~

i®

®Ii®

®~

N

i~U1400~1

~®

®Ii®

®~ i®

®i

~~~ ' ~ I®

®

i®

® i;® ®; ;® ®_

81210~R1110-®_

~R1212

81410 S1410~CR1110=~ V

o ®®®~R1213®®®®

J1300

J1400 (

® ® ®

II~II~S1311

pC pC~C1220$ -

I® ® II®~R1120

R1220~

®®®

~®~ ~ I® ,w, ®~I® ��®081120® ~R1221

81420~CR1121 ~ ~C1221

~~~ ®-C13~~

~°Nn IN®081220®

l ~C1420 81520~CR1221

Q1220 ~~ 1U1220'~~,I ~C1322~

'~~ ~~J ®'07421

~:

S1020

P,~-01120

R1~24~~1`~

~~

81323

81322

N

v i®

®~ ~®81222 -- 81223

r-~1

81324

'

l~ i®

®~ i®81225

w~~o

i®

®001323 $

,-

a IffU1422~~ i®S1021

81226

® ® ® N M " "'

®

®-~Q123oe N~~ ~r

~®

® r o ~ ~ ~

~ j®

®~ i~uia2:e~C1130~

®

®

x ¢ ~ V

I~

~~ M M M M M M

I®

® I I®81230

®

~

~®

I~U1330~[ ¢ x ¢ ~r ~ r ~ M M

®

®` i®S1030

~C1230,~

I

®[ ~

C? ~01131

~C7231

I®

~ ~~r~~

(C14301~C14.

S1031

~R1132

~R1234~ I® 11

~R1235

M ~,J1130

81332

® 01030 ® ~R1130 ~

®-81233,

c

N

81333 W¢ ~

CMM

N e L1230 ®-81334

,-~C1133~

X01233

' CU

~R1335

-U~~R113a ~R1232 ~ ~C1330-®

NTa

~C1ra1~iT

1®

® ; i®;® ® ; ;®

I~u142o~il~uia21~

J1430

Fig. 8-4. Main Board (A

A I B I C I D I E I F H

1

i

PWRMOL

P1430-9 -~~J1430-9

CH A LEVEL OUT

+SVCR1810

J61047

CH Bn

(INPUT)

+12V +12V

+SV ~

~ +SV

+SV3 ~

~ +SV3

-12V ~

~ -12V81235

-12V 1 ~

~ -12V1

+SV

1 .2K3

U1330A

81225 C1131 81230250 .0K 13 .gpF 8B0 .0K I

81222I

1 .0M

DC/AC

51030 ~---

RK130

81220EXT/INT

4 .7K

8610 I 51031 ---

K1800

C11330 .1

J1810 P1810 P1130 J1130

P1s00~ ! -178

o I1 INT C~H BINPUT

P1900-168

2 I

2

2

21

INT CH B

81810INPUT 10

P1900-17A

DC 5~3A

~- C1030'f' 0 .1

81134150

8113251

cR1z3e ~zRtz31

10z1s130 5 3

C1231 81236 40 .1

130

V-2-12V1

812341 .2K

CR1120

c11z0 ~cRlzzec1000pF 81224

812213 .0K

68

81226150K CR1221

-12V1

C1220 _j2V0 .1 1

81120390

81333

Q 1230

6se

TYPE

GND I VCC

1 ,1610216 ~ 8

zs71-zz

REV DEC 1981

812294 .7K

81332560

Rzze s

81334zze

U1220LF351

3

C1323

1330A

U13308

0 .1

7ez1s

Rzzes

1ez7s

U1330C

['~ 87379

J1320 I

P132018216

1 16

750

J6203

10 7

1581323

z

TRIG9

100 12 81324

LEVEL_

__

_

1 a

sse~2

82204 8133661234

7 .2K

~R1Z26I .ZK

81333ss0

7

87235

~ 81332

~ 813311 .2K 560 8,337 560 +SV3

1 .2K

U 1220

+~ zv81229 ~F3514 .7K

812334 .3K

-NV~~K232

'z1987

I 200 .BK87420

10K

GND

16 I

B

I 1 ,16

+7zv

c13ze81321 I -12V 0 .1

~R 1_32E..~2.00K

-12V OFFSET ADJ

V CC

81330 ~

C7322~

~ 87325

C1421ss0 a7

ss0

813221K

P1230 p510

CH A LEVEL OUT

1900-22A ~ -~ PWRMOL

+12V

CH B LEVEL OUT

~YJ P1230

-12V

J1230-3

J510-3

8600

CH B

10K LEVEL

1 J510

~Y~ Ps,O

1 J7230

SIC J1521P1527

J1520

P1900-22B

P1520

PVRMDL

1 C 12330 .,

P/0 A14 MAIN BOARD

CH B AMPLIFIER 02DD

STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICESSEE MAINTENANCE SECTION


COMPONENT NUMBERnA23 A2 IT81234'

ASSEMBLY ~

I

SCHEMATICNUMBER ~~----aa CIRCUIT

SUBASSEMBLY NUMBERNUMBER (IF USEDI

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLYNUMBER PREFIX-SEE END OF REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

I =

DC503AV

~Zi¢!'tim¢

jz

OC1

Table 8-3COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig . 8-3)

P/O A12 ASSY

SIGNAL ROUTING, TIME A~BGENERATOR & GATE GENERATOR

Circuit Schematic Board Circuit Schematic BoardNumber Location Location Number Location Location

01310

L8

F3

II R1332

H5

F501311

J8

E3

II R1333

E5

F501331 H3

F5 R1334 H5

F5R1336 C5

F601420 K8 G3 R1420A E2 G401430 J7 G5 R1420B F4 G4J520 M7 CHASSIS R1420C E5 G4J530 M4 CHASSIS R1420D E3 G4J540 M7 CHASSIS R1420E D5 G4J1519 L1

H4 R7420F C2

G4J1530 L7 H5 R1420G D4 G4

R1420H D2 G4P1430 A6 G6 R1430 K7 G5P1430 C5

G6 R1431 J7

G5P1519 L1

H4 R1520 E1

H4P1520 A6

H4 R1521 H1

H4P1521 A6

H4P1530 L7

H5 S1720 B2

L4P1t330 L4

D6 U1122D L4

C5P7630 B2 D6 U1220C K2 D4Q1134 K3 D5 U1220D K3 D4Q1320

H5

. F5

U1320C

F4

E4Q1321 H5

F5 U1320D J6

E4n1330 H4

F5 U1321 D4

F4Q1331 F5

F5 I,J1330A H2

E5n1420 F1

H3 U13308 F3

E5Q1530 J7

H5 U1330C H3 E5U13~D K4 E5

R1130 K4 C6 U1410A J5

G3R1134 L4

C6 U1410B K5

G3R1138 L3 D6 U1420A E5 G4R1210 D6 E2 U1420B D4 G4Ri211 D6 E2 U1420C D3 G4R1220B F3 E4 U1420D E2 G4R1220C J2

E4 U1421A C2 G4R1220D J4

E4 U1421B C6 G4R1220E J4

E4 U1A21C F5

G4R1220F J2

E4 U1430A E2 G5R1230 K3 D5 U1430B E4 G5R1312 J4

F3 U1430C E4

G5R1331

H4

F5

~I yy1320

D4

F4

P/O A12 ASSY also shown on OOO

10

P/O A14 ASSY (See Fig . 8-4)

R7339 B3

F5 51020 85

B4S1311 B3

E4


10 2005

10

REV DEC 1981

J1630-11 ~

J1520-i

P~1520

P1430-1J143B-1 -~~-

+SI V

51311 ~ 1 R1339.~ 2 ,.~

3K

CLR

CH A SIC

J1521 ~ ~ P1521

CH B SIC

~

I

+4 .I 3V 2

R121075B

51010FUNCTION

FREQUENCY APERIOD BWIDTH 8TINE A ~ BPERIOD B AVCVIDTH B AVGTIME A ~ B AVC

EVENTS A DUR BRATIO A/BTOTALIZETIME MANUAL

DC 5PJ3A

1 SR1420G10

D

O15B

0

11 C913

R

Q14

30 U1321

U1420B 181311e18z

V13206 7 00

~ ~+»r~~eors

2

R1336+2 .7V1 se

U1420A

1 ~ R1428E

t q10182

R12111 .6K

+2 7vi

R142" i

00 ~ B O6 P ~ ©DO A~ A~

R1520

V1322

ez

SEE DIAGRAM

+2 .7V

REV MAY 1981

2971-23

Q1420

R152151

NOTESOC SB3A FUNCTION

TYPE

GNO

V~

SVITCH LOCK STATES

10187

0

1,16

KEY :

I 10102 ~ 6 ~ 1 r 16~ ~ LO

LM339

12

3BLANK - H1

18131

B

1 > I6RESET ODES LOVBETWEEN DETENTS

Q

o14ze

R152151

PE cra vcc187

B

1 ,18

182

e

1 ,1s

6E8 12 3

131

8

1 ,18

R143182

+sV

1 ,1s

+2 .7V

!,

1

U 1 2200

CATE OEPERATORJR122BF

18182158

r~

1B~� 14

NEAS. CATE ~ U1221-7

L c1311'r B.1

+sv

U1320~ U142018182

18182

C1428B .f

a

U13BBC-13mar!a~~iarrr~

=N INPUT

+2 .7V C143B9.1

C1318


J1s19 I P1519

S I GNAL ROUT I NG , T I ME A -~B GENERATOR ,8 GATE GENERATOR DD

M

Js20

~ IsNAPEoOUT A

J538

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIERVALUES AND SERIAL NUMBERRANGES OF PARTS OUTLINEDOR DEPICTED 1N GREY .

B.1

I

©Static Sensitive DevicesSee Maintenance Section


Component Number

A23 A2 R1234Assembly ~

(SchematicY

CircuitNumber Subassembly Number

Number (if used)

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Numberprefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

DC 503A

Tabl e 8-4COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig . 8-3)

P/O A12 ASSY

DECADE ACCUMULATOR (1ST DCU)

4O


C7120 B8

C4 R7038 F4

B5C1220 C8

D4 R1131 E2

C6R1132 K5

C6P1630 M3

E6 R1133 L7

C6

Q1132 H4 C5 R1220A 82

E4

Q1133 F5

C5 R1231 F5

D5

R1021A K6

gq U1120 E4

C4

R1021D J5

gq U1121A K7

C4

R1021E C7

gq U1121t3 J6

C4

R1021G E4 gq U1122A D2 C5

R1021H D4 Bq U1122B K6 C5

R10211 F4

84 U1122C L7

C5

R1036 C2 g5U1220B J8

D4

R1037 C1

g5 U1221 C3

D4

P/O A12 ASSY, also shown on

1O 3O

10

REV DEC 1981

1

+SVR1220A

+12V150

_

2

MEAS . GATE 7

5

~ R1131

U1420C15q

COUNT INPUT 9 JC

+ 32

10K

6 KQ013200-15

ECL CLR

qR

+12V -i"---~+12V

+SV~i+SV~0" +2 .7V~~+2.7V

TYPE

GNO

V CC

10135

8

1 ,16

10131

8

1 ,16

0112010131

DC 5f7~3A

+2 .7V

012201D1ez

0122110135

ECL CLR

+2 .7V

1 ,16

11 ,16

R10371 .3K

R10363.6K

R1021E150

1 6

+sv

i clzzeT e .1

U1122D-8

~2

U1122ALM339

+2 .7V1

R1021f<150

+z .7vt

R1021H

2

+6V1se

9 7 D Q

+2 .7V

R10386

1

68 Q1132CE

R1021G1se

q R q3

6

Q1133

1e

297,-zqREV DEC 1981

R1231330

10

0112110131

U1220B10102

U1220Btelez

6

7

+2 .7V1

R10210150

5

10

D

7

~R1132

CE 11

+

� 1_

10K

B

P1630-4

cc

s

13

c

Q

1a

6

u 1 1228R

U1121B10131

+6V

LM339

+2 .7Vtl

2

R1021A

+SV150

I

A P1630-3

R113310K

LM339U1121A10131

P1630-6


7 D

11CE 6

+

1~3~~C

P~1630-5cc

s

c

1B

_

-

/iJ1630-5

®STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES

R

Q

SEE MAINTENANCE SECTIONa 3

U1122C

DECADE ACCUMULATOR(1ST DCU)

00

-~ J1630-3

-~ J1630-6

-i J1630-4


COMPONENT NUMBER

A23 A2 R1234ASSEMBLY~

SCHEMATICNUMBER

C[RCU[TSUBASSEMBLY NUMBER

NUMBER (IF USEDI

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLYNUMBER PREFIX-SEE ENO OF REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

Tabl e 8-5COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig . 8-4)

P/O A14 ASSY

MEASUREMENT CYCLE TIMING

Circuit

Schematic

BoardII

Circuit

Schematic

Board

Number Location Location Number Location Location

C7400 E5

F1 R7400 E4

F2C1411 K4

G3 R1401 D4

F2C1430 K7

G5 R1410 D4

F3C1431 K2

G5 R1412 K4

G3C1510 K6

G3 R1421 C1

F5C1701 C3

K1 R1511 K6

G3R1520 J3

G4CR1700 C3

K1 R1530 K2

H5

Q1300 E4

F1 R1531 K7

H5

Q1301 D5

F2 R1700 C3

K1

Q1400 D5

F2 S1310 C3

E3Q1700 D3

K1 S1410 D3

G3

R1300 F5

E1 01420 K8

G3R1301 F5

E1 01421 K5

G3R1302 H4

F2 01422 H4

G5R1303 F4

F2 01423 K3

G5R1304 C5

F2


1002

10

REV DEC 1981

+SV

J1430-5

TOTALIZE A/TIME MAN .P1430-5~

2

3

5

6

(LAMP TEST1

PWR P1900-26A RESETMDL -~

J1430-6P1430-6 -~

FUNCTION RESET

RESET

~--

P1630-1 ~J1630-1

J1630-2 LATEP1630-2 ~

DC 503A

LATCH TRIGGER

R14215.1K

+SV

R170010K

U1610-3

C1701 ~

Q1 ]00

+12V1 .eNF ~'

51410CR1700 ~

HOLD

U1420D74LS02 R1304

12 13 6 .1K

+12V~--~+, 2V

+sv ~~~

-~ " sV

a--~ D

TYPE GND VCC

74LS00 7 14

74LS02 7 14

R~410 DISPLAYTIME

R140127K

RESET

R140010e

Q1300 6z

+ C1400 E4 .7NF

B1

+12V

R13031K

REV DEC 1981

2971-25

R1301iK

+SV

R13021K

z

U1422A74LS00

1382iK

+SV

2

U1422A74LS00

DATA GOOD (LATCH) P1900-19B

74LS00

2 1

MDL

13 11 s

U1621D12

4

4

74LS046 9 8 LOAD

+SV

3R

Q 7 5

U1620-21

R1sze

U1 422B1K U1423A4szeB 74LSee

U1422D

+6V

R1530 lC1.43L112K ~ 1800

+sv

R1412 0141112K ~4700

+SV

14 116

ift1 .53a. ~C14305.1K11

TTT

S

~~~

1

II~I

0yF

+ (T-~

U1423B45288

U1420C74LS02

74LS02

U1621A-1

CLR

J1430-1~ -~P1430-1

GATE LIGHT

P/0 A14 MAIN BOARD

MEASUREMENT CYCLE TIMING00

~PYR

®STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICESSEE MAINTENANCE SECTION

P13Be


COMPONENT NUMBER

, A23 A2 R1234ASSEMBLY~

I

SCHEMATICNUMBER I-~ CIRCUIT

SUBASSEMBLY NUMBERNUMBER (IF USED1

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLYNUMBER PREFIX -SEE ENO OF REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

DC 503A

Table 8-6

COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig. 8-3)

P/O A12 ASSY


C1200 H8 E2 U1220A H6 D4C1202 M2 E2 U1330A M3 E2C1400 H8

F1 U1300B K8

E2C1510 J8

H2 U13000 D8

E2C1600 F8

11 U1310A E7

E3CR1220 E6

E4 U1310B F7

E3CR1222 D7 E4 U1320A B8 E4

U1320B H6 E4P1601 B1

J2 01400 F4

G2P1601 B8

J2 01401 H3

G2Q1300 E7

p1 U1411A H7

G3U1411B K7

G3R1021F F5

B4 U1430D F6

G5R1200 L3

E2 01500 L3

H2R1215 D6

E3 01501 H2

H2R1220G J7

E4R1220H F5 Eq U1510A C3 H3R12201 H6

E4 U1510B C4

H3_ R1300

F7

F2

U1510C

C3

H3R1301 E7

F2 U1510D C2

H3R1302 L3

F2 U1511A C2

H3R1303 L3

F2 U1511B C1

H3R1310B D7

F3 U1511C K1

H3R1310C E7

F3 U1511D C1

H3R1310D D7

F3U1600A K1

12R1310F C8

F3R1310G C8

F3 U1600B E5

12R1310H

K7

F3 II 01610

J1

13R13101 K8

F3R14201 H5

G4


1O O3

10

REV DEC 1981

U1S1,D74LS00I P1601-8

10713

2

5

6

a I e I c I o I E I F I H

J1601-8 -~

P1601-7 10J1601-7 -i~-

J1601-6 ~

J1601-5 ~

P1601-4 103J 1601-4 -~~-

! P1601-3

10 2J1601-3 1~-

J1601-1 ~

! P1601-s

104

P1601-6 10

P1430-1

P1601-2

/U1320C-14 -~

CLR

51010AVCS/TIMING

1/100nS1B/1BNs1B2/1B Ns1B3/100NS104/1mS105/10mS106/100mS1B7i1s

P1630-12 ~

U1320D-9

P1601-i 1

DC 5D3A

12

2

1213

10

ECL CLR

u1320AIB1Bz

6

U1511A741500

U1510C74LSe0

s -

U1510B74LS00

U1511B74LS00

1eB/IBSBLANK(10 B/10S)

U1510D74LS00

U1510A74LS00

~ U1611B-6

1 10 102 10 3 104 10 5 106 167

+z .7vtl

START/STOP

= N INPUT

R1310F1se

+z .7v

U130001

IB10sR1310G 131se

12

NOTEKEY " - LO

BLANK - HIRESET GOES LOWBETWEEN DETENTS

CR1222-

813108150

+z .7v~i

S 4

0 U1600B4019

ECL CLR

81215

5

2 .7V

813100150

s

9

IDcDC

'CR

CR1220

U1310A10131

R 130'F~~ K

U1320D-15 -~

4 1 SET-

2TO-9

U 1400

1 CLR74LS90

BCND+SV

14 2 CLR

9sVCC

QD213

7

89(2)

1

1 CLKqA2

315 2 CLKODI 7

6 8 9(1 )14 INA

2INB80 1

10 GND O0111

3 q 12

81301300 +2 .7V

R1310C1s0

+SV

1213

+2 .7V

~Q1300

+2 .7VI +2I .7V

R1021F1~1~

R1220H

+2 .7V1se 1se

U1220A 1

U1430D101ez

_1210n

Sof~c

5

ECL CLR

clsee0 .1

U1600~ U13004019

10105

+SV 74LS490

14

12 SET-12

TOC9

IS

7I 9I

.

10102

~RSB420I

15

5

U1310B ~R130018131 75

REV AUG 19612971-26

7

2

U1320B10102

10

+SV

1s

10

12

+2 .7V

U150174LS490

vcc2 SET-TO-9

1 SET-TO-91 CLRCND2 CLR

qD29

OA2 131 CLK OA1

32 CLK Opt

7

8122011se

U1411A10131

1 1s

s 7clzee

c140e0 .1

~0 .1

01400 2'3'10

74LS9001510174LSee

S20Bi1 B2

+2 .7V

01501+SV 74LS490

A R1420115B

z 1e~

3 11e

16VCC

1z 2 SET-TO-9

4 1 SET-ro-s

2 1 CLRB CND14 2 CLR

1100QD29

74LS133

R1302

,

QA2 13

3

R1303

750

1 CLK QA,

3

14

1 .6K15 2 CLK Qp,

7

15

9

4

2 -N OUTPUTQ13206

+2 7V

5

+z.7v1

R1zzOt1s0

01610+SV 74LS490

U1511C U1600A16

VCC

B 74LS00

404812

2 SETQA2 3

10

BTO-9 Q

4 1 SET-QA1

+z .7vt

R1310A750

2

+2 .7V

U1411A

U1411B11731

10137 R1310H

15 9 150g Q 2

10DC

Q

DC

116

CC _ 3

13R

Q 144 R

Q

+2.7V1

+z .7v U1300BR1220G

,'

+sv

+sv

57~

14C1400

T B .1

ae0 2,3,1 u1510S90 74LS00

1s0

8131017010s

B

tse

11 7s10

to

TYPE GND VCC1~,57B0v

74LS00

7

14

10131

8

1 ,16

74LS133 6 16

+2 .7V ~-~-+2.7V ,~C720z

lB.7

J+q .3V2

5 R12004 ,2B u130eA

10tOs

9

7

13

2

©Static Sensitive Devices

See Maintenance Section


Component Number

A23 A2 81234Schematic

Assembly ~~~CircuitNumber Subassembly Number

Number (it used)

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly NumberP/0 A12 AUXILIARY BOARD

prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

FQa

DC 503Ax

WV2WW~4

o'U


P/O A14 ASSY

6-DECADE COUNTER,

O8-DECADE LATCH/MULTIPLEXER

Circuit

Schematic

Board II Circuit

Schematic

BoardNumber Location Location Number Location Location

C7511 D2

13 R1505 K2

H1C1601 J7

12 R1506 K2

H1R1507 K7

H1J1300 M6 E1 R1508 K6

H2J1300 M8

E1 R7509 J7

H2J1400 M4 G1 R1513 H4

H3J1430 B9

F6 R1610 D2

13J7500 M7

H1 R1622 D4

14J1500 M2

H1 R1623 D4

14J1630 B3

Iti R1624 D4

J4R1715 D4

J3P1300 M6

E1 R1800 J6

L1P1300 M8

E1 R1802 B2

L2P1400 M4 G1P7500 M2 H1 01200 D7 D2P1500 M7 H1 01300 D8 E2P1900 L1

M3 01400 H6

F2P1900 L6

M3 01401 J4

G2P1900 B2

M3 01520 E4

H4P1900 L5

M3 01610 K3

12U1611A F5

12Q7500 K7

H2 U1611B K5

12Q1800 C2

L2 U1611C J2

12U1611D F2

12R1500 K4

H1 01611E H2

12R1501 K3

H1 U1611F H2

12R1502 K3

H1 07620 C5

14R1503 K3

H1 U1621A B5

15R1504 K2

H1 016218 L6

15

P/O A14 ASSY also shown on O~

10

REV DEC 1981

4

6

PVR ~-

P1,

900 248

MD~L

P1630-3 -~

J~J163e-3

P1630-a1J163e-5

P1630-5 -~~--J163e-6

P1630-6~~--

U1420C-10 I

2 2 Rot

q D 11

OCLR +SV

X11620S VCC

74LS90

DK L MO© 51010

AVGS/TIMING SWITCH LOCK1/100mS

" " " "1e/1NS

" " "

NOTES :

1e2nea,s

"

" "

KEV : " - Lou

103/10eyS

" "

BLANK - HI

104/1mS

" " "

RESET GOES LOWI .J

BETWEEN OETENTSteS/10mS "10 6/100mS1e 7i1s1eB/les

" "

"

U1621FBLANK cleanes1

" "

"

7aLSea13 1~,. 12

J1 430-7 ADEP1430-7~~

P143e-4-~J143e-4

ADF

P143B-3~J1430-3 TOTALI2E

DC 5~3A

SV2+SV 2

,sv

+sV

D

+6V+SV

27R161e

VSSQ 1 800

10K

4B

17

SCAN CLK OUT

OSC IN

B8C1611 ~

Ba 18

R18e2

,001

B2 19240

39 SCAN IN

B1 20

U1621C-8LOAD

21 LOAD

11O{1420B-4

RESET

3~ RESET

BLANK

B1/018

3682/D1

OB14

0

34B4/D1

33

OVFL 1388/01 IN

3 R0210 GNO

R1624~

R1622 ~~ R17152.7K 2.7K 2.7K

+SV

R16231

2.7KIN8

DA12

14 INA

U1621A qB74LS04

q C

8

6 R9I1I

-12V1ed R 9(2I

SEE DIAGRAM

7aLSee 74LSZes

LS01 9

2 8

B1/02

3 7

_

82/02

4 6

B4/D2

S 5I I I

1

DPI

01520LS7031

SCAN 1INPUTRESET

OVFL

74LS288

D07 7

006 6

DOS 5

00 4

4

DO 3

3

00 2

2

1s

a

1s s

Dot 1

u1422c ulaee PROM B

P1900-26A

U1611D 8 01611E 11U1611F 13

74LS367 74LS367 74LS3671e

lz

1a

RESET (LAMP TESTI

2971-27

REV DEC 1987

9C

10B

11 A

u 14ec74LS16

S

74LS367 74

:T

(0AMPTEST 1_

12

14LS367

6

E DB

~A

U1401

g LE

~R151J1~;

13

OS8B63

CND

68

i'C to ~-. I

~

I

+6V

13

2

a r,2 1B

~R150Bj68

17

1615 V 1413

1211

1B

2

13

q

6

5v-

9 U1611E 1 'U1611F 13 U1611C 7

+SV2

isvcc

13D6

14 D

yiS O6

4t o3z o3 20 1

4OB

7~s

U140~74LS151

W

s

o-

c1se1e.1 T

+svz

16yCC149 (

//3 LT

~R16Q6,68

15

{

g' 16~~--iP11B1-6

U 1610

~1 sB31145118

6811

c

~ 3c

~R5021I1

68S

b 12

R18BBlzen

6

r_-'O

R1585jz

sac

s

a

s II sI1

B

e

-

~"P11B1-67

R1584~B

4 BI

d 10

d

q 4I-

~~P11B1-4

rsl P19ee-zsa

4 5 OVERFLOW

P19B8-23B

U 161 1 B

P13ee74LS367

3

04J13B~~

PiB12-2

U1621 B

OVFL

I

74LSB4SCANNED DECIMAL POINT

P19BB-27B-~ PWR

MDL

+svz

nS

mSS

BCD 8

P198B-2BB !

BCD 4

P19BB-2BA

BCD 2

P19BB-21Bi

BCD 1

P19BB-19A

+6V

L

_TSB_TS7_TS6

_TSS

_TS4

_TS3_rsz

rs1

P/0 A14 MAIN BOARD

6-DECADE COUNTER,8-DECADE LATCH/MULTIPLEXER

J1SBB- 1 P15B0

PWRMDL

PWRMOL

P1see

STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICESdP

Jisee-e

~

®SEE MAINTENANCE SECTION- ~~ P1 1i^-B

00


COMPONENT NUMBER

/,A23 A2 R1234ASSEMBLY~

SCHEMATICNUMBER

LIRCUITSUBASSEMBLY NUMBER

NUMBER (IF USEO1

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLYNUMBER PREFIX -SEE END OF REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

Table 8-8COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART

A10 ASSY

DISPLAYO

Circuit Schematic Board Circuit Schematic BoardNumber

Location

Location II Number

Location

Location

CR1011 D6

A2 J7012 B7

A3CR1012 D7

82 J1101 B5

B1CR1111 D7

82 J1102 B2

B2CR1211 D7

C2CR1215 D7

C2 P1012 B7

A3CR1311 D8

D2 P1101 B5

B1P1102 B2

B2DS1002 C4

A1DS1005 D4

A1 R1009 E7

A2DS1102 E4

B1 R1011 E6

A2DS1105 F4

B1 R1012 E7

A2DS1202 H4

C1DS1205 J4

C1DS1302 K4

C1DS1305 L4

D1

DC 503A

3



Component Number

A23 A2 R1234

Assembly ,I I I Schematic

Number~

Subassembly

C'rcuitNumber

Number (il used)

Chassis~mounte0 components have no Assembly Numberprefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

PARTS LOCATION GRID

A

J1101 A10

N N N N N N N NO O_ ~ ~ N N M C7

N N N N N N yO D O ~ O O D O

R1009~ ,~

J1102CR1011 CR̀1012 CR1̀ ii1 CR1211 CR`215 CRvll

R1012~

Fig. 8-5. Display Board (A10 Assy).

D

2971-20

DC 503A

_e

f ~_ ~ be~ p~o

d

e b c d e f p dp

e b c d e f

d

e b c d s f p dp

e b c d o f

dp

e b c d

e

10 9 0 5 4 2 3 7

10 9 0 5 4 2 3 7

IB 9 0

4 2 3 7

10 9

5 4 2 3 7

10 9 0

b

c

d

a

f

p

dP

- 1

1

R100947B

2971-28

51105

-2a

6 DS12B2 6 DS1205 6 DS1302 6 OS13B5

o

~

0

0

0

e f

dp

e b c d e f g dp

e b c d s f p dp

e b c d e f g dp

e b c d e f p dp

I 2 3 7

10 9 0 5 4 2 3 7

10 8 8 5 4 2 3 7

10 9 B 5 4 2 3 7

18 9 8 5 4

DISPLAY O8



Component Number

A23 ' ~A2 ~R12=34

Assembly~ I

I

Schematic" ~~----.. CircuitNumber Subassembly Number

Number (il used)

A10 DISPLAY BOARD

/

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Numberprefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List .

DC 503A

Ta ble 8-9COM PONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig . 8-3)

P/O A12 ASSY

SWITCHING LOGICOCircuit Schematic

Board II Circuit Schematic


C1231 C2

E5 R1610E H5

J3C1232 B3

E5 R1610F H5

J3C1330

B2

E6 II R1710A-I H4

K2

CR1021 F5

B4 S1810 C4

L3CR1210 C2

E2CR1430 L5

G5 U16000 H2

12U1600D F2

12J1020 F5

B4 U7600E F3

12U1600F L4

12P1020 F5

B4 U1601A F3

J2P1430 M2

G6 U1601B E2

J2P1430 M5

G6 U1601C E2

J2

R1610A K4

J3 U1611A H2

J3

R16108 C3

J3U1611B K3

J3

R1610C C3

J3 U1611C H3

J3

R1610D L4

J3U1611D J3

J3

P/O A14 ASSY (See Fig. 8-4)


1003

10

J1601 M6

C2 R1213A-H H8

D3R12131 J7

D3R1100 K7

C2R1110 L7

C3 S1010 D8

A3R1210 E7

D2R1212 D7

D3


10O

0

REV DEC 1981

DC5PJ3A

FREQUENCY APERI00 BWIDTH BTIME AyBPERIOD B AVGWIDTH B AVGTIME AyB AVG

EVENTS A DURING B AVGRATIO A/B AVGTOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL

TYPE GNO VCC4023B 7 144049 1 840818 7 14

~ +SV

~ +4 .3V1

U1601B

U1600D402384049

CR1021,~

2W

3~TOJ1020ZE

A

TIME MANUA~~WYYL

UP1020

51010 --1

+SV

+SV

AVCS/TIMING

~ R1212

R1210

L

-

5-'K-_-__

-

5-"`_-_

_

_'

1/100n5

9

10/tyS

O

10

B

102/10NS

_

O

~1037

10

8103/10BN5

O

O

104

S104/1m51 B5/10mS

O

105

4

106

3108/100mS

O

1~

2187/15

O

O108/105

O10 8

0108

REV AUG 1981297,-2B

U16000seas

R1

rr~rr©r~

~r~

R1

B

U1611A1 aeale

TALIZE A

1020

laze

V AUC 19812971-29

u160ecaa4971w 6

R1710

~ R1610A

1~ R1610DA-I

+SV

(RESETS BETWEEN

2 .0K

2.0K4.7K ~ DETENTSI 2

S.O

r-+O" ~

O

4 C

OS D

O

O8 E U1600F7 F

4049a vv G

14

15

9 Fi

O

10 °~ I

+4 .3V2

C

3

O

I'AYE 1

O

O

CR143O^n

R1610 E,F

U1800B-32 .0K

J

CLR

B G7 F

O6 ES

uv D

O

4 C

O

3 B

O

O0O

U1611B6 4081B

54

U1S10B-4

+4 .3V1 ~ 2

+4 .3V2

TOTALIZE

1 P1430-3~J1430-3 O7

TOTALIZE/TIME MANUAL

P1430-5_

~J1430-5 OS

(RESETS BETWEEN DETENTSI

FUNCTION RESET

P1430-6~J1430-6


ADE P1430-7

ADF P1430-4

1

J1601-1 '~-a P1601-1

P1601-2

P1601-3

P1601-4

P1601-5

P1601-6

P1601-7

P1601-8

10 J1601-2

10 2

J1601-3

10 3

J1 60 1 -4

10 a

J1601-5

10 6

J1601-6

10 6

J1601-7

10 7

J1601-8

NOjE . RESET GOES LOW BETWEEN DETENTS.

P/0 A14 MAIN BOARD

--" J1430-4

LFW

SWITCHING LOGIC 09



w

Component Numbern

~A23'YA2 '~R12T ~34~

?

Assembl~J l

I Schematic

y

CircuitNumber Subassembly Number

rNumber (if used)

2 A O "

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number

nprefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts Llst

DC 503A

Ta ble 8-10COM PONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig . 8-4)

P/O A14 ASSY

TIME BASE & POWER SUPPLIES

10

Circuit

Schematic

Board II Circuit

Schematic


C1232 H3

D6 P1900 B5

M3C1330 K3

F6 P1900 D1

M3C1331 E3

F5 Q1701 E7

J2C1332 L3

F6 Q1720 K6

J3C1410 K2

G3 Q1721 H5

J4C1420 K2

G4 Q1722 F5

J4C1600 F3

11 Q1723 F4

J4C1610 J2

13 Q1724 E4

J5C1700 C9

J1 Q1725 L6

J4C1702 D9

K1 81614 K6

J3C1703t D8

K2 81620 H5

J5C1710 E7

K2 81701 E6

J2C1711 E7

K3 81702 E6

J2C1712 D7

K3 81710 E7

K2C1713 D6

J3 81711 D7

K3C1714 J6

J3 81712 D6

J3C1715 D7

K3 81713 J5

J3C1730 K4

J5 81714 K5

J3C1731 C5

K6 81719 J6

J4C1732 E5

K6 81720 K6

J4C1733 E2

J6 81721 H5

J5C1820 F5

K4 81723 F4

J5C1830 C4

K6 81724 L6

J4CR1110 L2

C3 81725 L6

J4CR1721 F4

J5C81730

K4

J5

81730

H4

J5

CR1731 D4

K5 81731 L5

J5

CR1732 E5

K5 81732 L4

J5

CR1733 E2

Jg81733 D2

K681734 C3

K6F1820 B5

L4 81735 L4

J6F1821 85

L4 81736 D5

K5F1830 C1

L5 81801 D9

K1

J1630 M4

Ig 81803 K9

K1

J1630

1-17

lg 81820 F5

K4

J1710 F7

J3 81821 H4

K4

J1720 K5

Jq 81822 H4

L481823 H4

L4L1230 F3

D6 81824 F4

K5L1330 L3

F5 81825 E4

K5L1600 F2

J1 81826 D4

L5

P1630 H7

I6 81827 B4

L5

P1710 F7

J3 81828 C2

L5

P1720 K5

J4 U1621E L4

15P1900 M6 M3 U1800 D8

L1P7900 B8

M3 U1830 D4

L6P1900 J4

M3 U1831 E3

L6P7900

B7

M3 II Y1710P1900 M4 M3 Y1810

P/O A12 ASSY (See Fig . 8-3)


1O O

E9

K2C7

K3

C1030 L8

B5 Q1030 L8

A5C1035 K7

B6 Q1032 K8

A5C1130 K8

B5C1230 K9

E5 81024 K8

B581031 L9

B5P1630 H7

E6 81032 J7

A6

Q1020 K9

g5 81033 K8

A681035 K7

B6


iOO

tLocated on back ofboard .

REV DEC 1981

PYRMDl

PYRMDL

PYRMDL

F1830

I P1900-2A

+11 .SV

3A

P1900-7BP1900-2B

F1821

P1900-8A -33.SVO.SA

P1900 -12B

P1900-BB

- P1900-3A GNO

OOP19B0-3B

P190B-4A

P1900-4B

P19B0-9A

P1900-9B

1

TYPE GND VCC

74LS04 7 14

DC 503A

+SV ~/N~817341 .6K

F182BO.SA

OLC

10 VOUTU1831

11 VC

I v l

' pA723

12 V++12V

6 +IN+

6

LC1331

+1 C12324 - IN

T B .1

~1ByF-

V VREF13 FREQ COMP

V- 7

C1830

81826001

4.99K

81827

81826

+12V

4.99K

2.16K

l

I

Z R818244.7K CR1721

+13 I SENSE

T 47yF

2 I LIM

C1733

C1731

Y181010MHz

81712180

CR1731

U18307812

P1900 -12A

+33.SV

1

2r~

3

STANDARD TIMEBASE

C17320.1

Q CR1733

+12V

81736

81828 ~T

C01820101 .3K

+12V

STANDARD TIMEBASE COMPONENTS REMOVEDYHEN OPTION 1 TIMEBASE IS INSTALLED

C1713

~~~ VR1710

~81701

~817020 .1

10V 15K 1 .2K

C1710

~81710390 1K

O

L16B082yH

+1 C160022NF

Q1724

Q1723 81723

INT

I EXTC1712

I

1~2~ 3I

+6V

-12

24pF

Q1701 I

J1710

I

I I P1710

osc C1715

_81711 1 C1711

I

~JADJO O

2-10pF

S .6K

390

~

I

~~P16V

------- OPTION 01 TIMEBASE

+SV

---

---IU1800

,cpe3~~1

LM~1~

2

18V

0 . iNF~ 3 I

1

c17eee.1

I

5

- I - B .1

Iz

S81801

I

~Y1710cl7ez I 2

18V OVENOSCILLATOR

R18B31 .62K

L___________________________J

L1230200pH

z971-30

REV DEC 1981

81730BASK

81821 R3.6K

? 1 .SK

~ U

Q1722 R1szB1K

817212.7

+6V2

+SV3

P

tt

L1230200yH

871-3e

DEC 1981

;1e2e01

I R1721z.7

R173B8 .45K

.+SV2

+SV3+ C1232

10NF

R18231K

R1821 R18221 .SK

~iB0

Q1721

Q1722 R162e1K

C1714e.1

c161e c1a1e dazee.1

T e .1

1' e .1

cR111e

C1730 ~+10PF

P190e-10A

+SV

~R17131 .2K

0

Q1720R1614

R1719 47B ,4.7K

~EXT+6V -12V +12V //~~

s J1710 "I

.I

TI710

I J1630-7

I J163~ ~J163e-8

I J1630-10

P/0 A14 MAIN BOARD//~~~

P1630-7

~P1630-9

TP1630-8

TP163e-10

+SV C1e35~+sv

-1zv

+1zv

~1

.e1

.e1

R1032 C1130 Q10327se

e.1

R1033360

C1030

C133e1.

L1330

1C1332e .1 T

220PH

T 1eyF

-12V

CR1730

TTL CLK IN

P19B0-21A "

PYR~MDL

+SV

3 TTL U1621E

R1735

74LSe4 R7732180

2

11 10 270

J1630-11~P1230-11

NORMAL R1731828

P1720 J1720

+SV

R171411e

R1720470

R1725 <240 ~

^ GND

P1900-16 A ! -~

MDL

-I(--DR1036680

R1ezas1e

C1230Q1020

B .1 H

+sv

+SV

Q1030

00.+SY oo

0

+4 .3V1 Og O

-12V 1

REF CL K

P19ee-15B ~-i

EXT 10 MHz IN

P1 90e-14A ~

z4eP/0 A12

AUXILIARY BOARD

®STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICESSEE MAINTENANCE SECTION

TIME BASE 8 POWER SUPPLIES 10JP/DD


COMPONENT NUMBER

, A23 A2 R1234ASSEMBLY~

SCHEMATICNUMBER

CIRCUITSUBASSEMBLY NUMBER

I

NUMBER (IF USED)

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLYNUMBER PREFIX-SEE END OF REPLACEABLE

R1031 ~

~

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

INDENTATION SYSTEM

Replacement parts are available from or through your localTektronix, Inc . Field Office or representative .


~ 2 9 4 5

Name & Descriptionaccommodate improved components as they become available,

and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements

Assembly and/or Component

developed

in

our

engineering

department .

It

is therefore

Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component

important, when ordering parts, to include the following

- - -

- - -information in your order: Part number, instrument type or

Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component

number, serial number, and modification number if applicable .

Attaching parts for Detail Part

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with anew or

Parts of Detail Part

improved

part,

your

local

Tektronix,

Inc.

Field

Office or

Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part

representative will contact you concerning any change in part

- - -

- - -number .

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this

Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as

manual .

theitem it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right.Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS

indentation. The separation symbol ---' ---indicates the end ofattaching parts.

X000

Part first added at this serial number

OOX

Part removed after this serial number

Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwisespecified.

FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS

REPLACEABLEMECHANICAL PARTS

ITEM NAMEItems in this section are referenced by figure and index

numbers to the illustrations .

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the

description by a colon (:) . Because of space limitations, an Item

Name may sometimes appear as incomplete . For further ItemName identification, the U.S . Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1can be utilized where possible .

ABBREVIATIONS

Section 9-DC 503A

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate itemrelationships . Following is an example of the indentation systemused in the description column .

"

INCH

ELCTRN

ELECTRON

IN

INCH

SE

SINGLE ENDa

NUMBER SIZE

ELEC

ELECTRICAL

INCAND

INCANDESCENT

SECT

SECTIONACTR

ACTUATOR

ELCTLT

ELECTROLYTIC

INSUL

INSULATOR

SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTORADPTR ADAPTER

ELEM ELEMENT

INTL INTERNAL

SHLD SHIELDALIGN

ALIGNMENT

EPL

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

LPHLDR

LAMPHOLDER

SHLDR

SHOULDEREDAL ALUMINUM

EOPT EQUIPMENT

MACH MACHINE

SKT SOCKETASSEM ASSEMBLED

EXT EXTERNAL

MECH MECHANICAL

SL SLIDEASSY

ASSEMBLY

FIL

FILLISTER HEAD

MTG

MOUNTING

SLFLKG

SELF-LOCKINGATTEN ATTENUATOR

FLEX FLEXIBLE

NIP NIPPLE

SLVG SLEEViNGAWG

AMERICAN WIRE GAGE

FLH

FLAT HEAD

NONWIRE NOT WIRE WOUND

SPR

SPRINGBD

BOARD

FLTR

FILTER

OBD

ORDER BY DESCRIPTION

SO

SQUAREBRKT

BRACKET

FR

FRAME or FRONT

OD

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

SST

STAINLESS STEELBRS

BRASS

FSTNR

FASTENER

OVH

OVAL HEAD

STL

STEELBRZ

BRONZE

FT

FOOT

PH BRZ

PHOSPHOR BRONZE

SW

SWITCHBSHG

BUSHING

FXD

FIXED

PL

PLAIN or PLATE

T

TUBECAB CABINET

GSKT GASKET

PLSTC PLASTIC

TERM TERMINALCAP

CAPACITOR

HDL

HANDLE

PN

PART NUMBER

THD

THREADCER

CERAMIC

HEX

HEXAGON

PNH

PAN HEAD

THK

THICKCHAS

CHASSIS

HEX HD

HEXAGONAL HEAD

PWR

POWER

TNSN

TENSIONCKT

CIRCUIT

HEX SOC

HEXAGONAL SOCKET

RCPT

RECEPTACLE

TPG

TAPPINGCOMP

COMPOSITION

HLCPS

HELICAL COMPRESSION

RES

RESISTOR

TRH

TRUSS HEADCONN

CONNECTOR

HLEXT

HELICAL EXTENSION

RGD

RIGID

V

VOLTAGECOV

COVER

HV

HIGH VOLTAGE

RLF

RELIEF

VAR

VARIABLECPLG

COUPLING

IC

INTEGRATED CIRCUIT

RTNR

RETAINER

W/

WITHCRT

CATHODE RAY TUBE

ID

INSIDE DIAMETER

SCH

SOCKET HEAD

WSHR

WASHERDEG DEGREE

(DENT IDENTIFICATION

SCOPE OSCILLOSCOPE

XFMR TRANSFORMERDWR , DRAWER

IMPLR IMPELLER

SCR

SCREW

XSTR TRANSISTOR

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-DC 503A

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr . Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip

OOOBB

BERQUIST COMPANY

4350 WEST 78TH

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55435OOOBK

STAUFFER SUPPLY

105 SE TAYLOR

PORTLAND, OR 9721400779

AMP, INC .

P 0 BOX 3608

HARRISBURG, PA 1710507707

USM CORP ., USM FASTENER DIV .

510 RIVER RD .

SHELTON, CT 0648422526

BERG ELECTRONICS, INC .

YOUK EXPRESSWAY

NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 1707049671

RCA CORPORATION

30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA

NEW YORK, NY 1002071785

TRW, CINCH CONNECTORS

1501 MORSE AVENUE

ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 6000773743

FISCHER SPECIAL MFG . CO .

446 MORGAN ST .

CINCINNATI, OH 4520673803

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC ., METALLURGICALMATERIALS DIV .

34 FOREST STREET

ATTLEBORO, MA 0270375915

LITTELFUSE, INC .

800 E . NORTHWEST HWY

DES PLAINES, IL 6001679807

WROUGHT WASHER MFG . CO .

2100 S . 0 BAY ST .

MILWAUKEE, WI 5320780009

TEKTRONIX, INC .

P 0 BOX 500

BEAVERTON, OR 9707783385

CENTRAL SCREW CO .

2530 CRESCENT DR .

BROADVIEW, IL 6015393907

TEXTRON INC . CAMCAR DIV

600 18TH AVE

ROCKFORD, IL 61101

9-2

REV DEC 1981


Fig . &Index

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrNo .

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

Code

Mfr Part Number

1-1

337-1399-11

1 SHIELD,ELEC :RIGHT SIDE

80009 337-1399-11-2

337-1399-10

1 SHIELD,ELEC :LEFT SIDE

80009 337-1399-10-3

366-1023-07

1 KNOB :GRAY,0 .127 ID,0.392 OD,0 .466

80009 366-1023-07-4

366-0494-05

2 KNOB :GRAY,0 .127 IDX 0 .5 OD,0 .531H

80009 366-0494-05-5

----- -----

2 RESISTOR VAR :(SEE R500,R600 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-6

210-0583-00

2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :0.25-32 X 0 .312 INCH,BRS

73743 2X20317-402-7

210-0940-00

2 WASHER,FLAT :0 .25 ID X 0 .375 INCH OD,STL

79807 OBD_ _ _ ,t _ _ _

-8

----- -----

2 CONNECTOR:(SEE J510,J610 REPL)-9

210-0255-00

2 TERMINAL,LUG :0 .391" ID INT TOOTH

80009 210-0255-00-10 366-1690-00

1 KNOB :SIL GY,0 .53 X0 .23 X 1 .059

80009 366-1690-00-11 333-2641-00

1 PANEL,FRONT :

80009 333-2641-00(ATTACHING PARTS)

-12 213-0875-00

2 SCR ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X O .S,TAPTITE,PNH

93907 OBD

-13 334-3796-00

1 PLATE,IDENT :

80009 334-3796-00-14 378-2030-03

1 LENS,LED DSPL :RED

80009 378-2030-00-15 105-0719-00

1 LATCH,RETAINING :PLUG-IN


-16 213-0113-00

1 SCR,TPG,THD FOR :2-32 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL

93907 OBD

-17 105-0718-01

1 BAR,LATCH RLSE :

80009 105-0718-01-18 ----- -----

1 CKT BOARD ASSY :DISPLAY(SEE A10 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-19 211-0007-00

2 SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL

83385 OBD_ _ _ * _ _ -

----- -----

- CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :-20 ----- -----

1 . TERM SET,PIN :(SEE AIOJ1012,J1101,J1102 REPL)-21 136-0252-07

12 . . SOCKET,PIN CONN:W/0 DIMPLE

22526 75060-012-22 386-4404-01

1 SUBPANEL,FRONT :W/INSERTS


-23 213-0868-00

2 SCREW,TPG,TF :6-32 X 0 .375 L,FILM,STEEL

93907 OBD

----- -----

- SUBPANEL INCLUDES :-24 ----- -----

5 . JACK,TIP :GRAY(SEE J520,J530,J540,J620,----- -----

-

J630 REPL)-25 337-2744-00

1 SHIELD,ELEC :FRONT SUBPANEL,AL

80009 337-2744-00-26 366-1512-00

10 PUSH BUTTON :GRAY,0 .18 SQ X 0 .83 INCH LG

80009 366-1512-00-27 384-1506-00

2 EXTENSION SHAFT :2 .764 L X 0 .187 OD,NYLON

80009 384-1506-00-28 384-1571-00

1 EXTENSION SHAFT :4 .275 L X 0 .123 DIA

80009 384-1571-00-29 376-0029-00

1 CPLG,SHAFT,RGD :0.128 ID X 0.312 OD X 0 .5"L

80009 376-0029-00-30 386-4278-00

1 SUPPORT,FRAME :REAR,AL


-31 213-0868-00

2 SCREW,TPG,TF :6-32 X 0 .375 L,FILM,STEEL

93907 OBD-32 386-3657-01

2 SUPPORT,PLUG IN :

93907 OBD_ _ _ ,t _ _ _

-33 ----- -----

1 CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY(SEE A12 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-34 211-0008-00


83385 OBD

----- -----

- CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :-35 ----- -----

1 . SWITCH,LEVER :(SEE A12S1810 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-36 213-0869-00

3 . SCREW,TPG,TF :2-28 X 0 .25,PLASTITE

93907 OBD

-37 ----- -----

4 . SWITCH MBS:(SEE A12S1720,51730,51731,----- -----

-

51732 REPL)-38 343-0495-04

1 . CLIP,SWITCH :FRONT,7 .5 MM,4 UNIT


-39 210-3033-00

4 . EYELET,METALLIC :0 .59 OD X 0 .156 INCH LONG

07707 5E-25

-40 343-0499-04 B010100 B022299

1

. CLIP,SWITCH :REAR,7 .5MM X 4 UNIT

80009 343-0499-04----- -----

- . (STANDARD ONLY)343-0499-13 B022300

1 . CLIP,SWITCH :7 .5MM X 4 UNIT

80009 343-0499-13, ----- -----

- . (STANDARD ONLY)

REV DEC 1981

9-3


Fig . &Index

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrNo.

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

Code

Mfr Part Number

i-

343-0499-04 BO10100 B022249

1 . CLIP,SWITCH :REAR,7 .5MM X 4 UNIT

80009 343-0499-04----- -----

- . (OPTION O1 ONLY)343-0499-13 B022250

1

. CLIP,SWITCH :7 .5MM X 4 UNIT

80009 343-0499-13----- -----

- . (OPTION O1 ONLY)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-41 210-3033-00


07707 5E-25_ _ _

-42 337-2804-00

I . SHIELD,ELEC :CIRCUIT BOARD

80009 337-2804-00

-43 ----- -----

9 . TERMINAL,PIN :(SEE A12J1519,J1530,J1630,----- -----

-

J1730 REPL)-44 131-0993-00

1 . BUS,CONDUCTOR :2 WIRE BLACK

00779 530153-2

-45 136-0252-07

10 . SOCKET,PIN CONN :W/0 DIMPLE

22526 75060-012

-46 136-0514-00

1 . SKT,PL-IN ELEC :MICROCIRCUIT,B DIP

73803 CS9002-8

-47 136-0269-02

6 . SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CLE

73803 CS9002-14

-48 136-0260-02


71785 133-51-92-008

-49 ----- -----

1 . CONTACT SET,ELEC :(SEE A12J1020 REPL)

-50 ----- -----

1 . TERM SET,PIN:(SEE A12P1430,P1520,P1521,P1601,----- -----

-

P1630 REPL)-51 337-2743-00

1 SHIELD,ELEC :CONNECTORS,AL


-52 211-0007-00


83385 OBD

-53 ----- -----

1 CKT BOARD ASSY :MAIN(SEE A14 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-54 211-0008-00


83385 OBD

-55 129-0097-00

4 SPACER,POST :0.560L X 0 .188,W/4-40 THD

80009 129-0097-00

-56 211-0012-00

1 SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .375,PNH STL CD PL

83385 OBD

-57 210-0551-00

1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL

OOOBK OBD

210-1178-00

1 WSHR,SHOULDERED :FOR MTG TO-220 TRANSISTOR

49671 DF 137A

----- -----

- (OPTION 1 ONLY)342-0355-00

1 INSULATOR,PLATE :TRANSISTOR,SILICONE RUBBER

OOOBB 7403-09FR-51----- -----

- (OPTION 1 ONLY)

----- -----

- CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :-5g ----- -----

1 . SWITCH,LEVER:(SEE A14S1010 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-59 213-0869-00

3 . SCREW,TPG,TF :2-28 X 0 .25,PLASTITE

93907 OBD

-60 ----- -----

4 . SWITCH,PB ASSY:(SEE A14S1020,51021,51030,----- -----

-

51031 REPL)-61 343-0495-04

1 . CLIP,SWITCH:FRONT,7 .5 MM,4 UNIT


-62 210-3033-00

4 . EYELET,METALLIC :0 .59 OD X 0.156 INCH LONG

07707 5E-25

-63 343-0499-04

1

. CLIP,SWITCH:REAR,7 .5MM X 4 UNIT


-64 210-3033-00


07707 SE-25

-65 136-0499-08

1 . CONNECTOR,RCPT, :8 CONTACT

00779 30380949-8

-66 136-0514-00

1 . SKT,PL-IN ELEC :MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP

73803 CS9002-8

-67 ----- -----

1 . SWITCH,PUSH:(SEE A14S1310,51311 REPL)

-68 361-0900-00

4 . SPACER,PB SW:0 .2 L,YELLOW

80009 361-0900-00

-69 136-0499-10


00779 4-380949-0_70 _____ _____

1

. RESISTOR VAR:(SEE A14R1410,51410 REPL)-71 136-0499-12


00779 4-380949-2

-72 337-2804-00

1 . SHIELD,ELEC :CIRCUIT BOARD

80009 337-2804-00

-73 136-0670-00

1 . SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCKT,18 PIN,LOW PROFILE

73803 CS9002-18

-74 136-0623-00

1 . SOCKET,PLUG-IN :40 DIP,LOW PROFILE

73803 CS9002-40

-75 136-0260-02


71785 133-51-92-008

-76 136-0269-02


73803 CS9002-14

-77 136-0252-07

8 . SOCKET,PIN CONN :W/0 DIMPLE

22526 75060-012-7g ----- -----

2 . SOCKET,PIN TERM :(SEE A14J1520,J1521 REPL)-79 ----- -----

40 . TERMINAL,PIN:(SEE A14J1130,J1230,J1300,J1320,J1400,J1500,J1710,J1720,J1810,J1820 REPL)

-80 344-0326-00

6 . CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FUSE,BRASS

75915 102071

9_4

REV DEC 1981

Fig . &Index

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrNo .

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

Code

Mfr Part Number1-81 131-0993-00

2 . BUS,CONDUCTOR :2 WIRE BLACK

00779 530153-2-82 ----- -----

1 . OSCILLATOR:(SEE A14Y1710 REPL)----- -----

- . (OPTION 1 ONLY)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-83 211-0097-00

2 . SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL

83385 OBD----- -----

-

(OPTION 1 ONLY)-84 361-0548-00

2 . SPACER,RING :0 .125 ID X 0 .25 OD X 0 .110 ID

80009 361-0548-00----- -----

-

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

-85 214-1061-00

1 SPRING,GROUND :FLAT

80009 214-1061-00-86 426-1515-00

1 FR SECT,PLUG-IN :TOP

80009 426-1515-00-87 426-0724-19

1 FR SECT,PLUG-IN :BOTTOM

80009 426-0724-19


REV DEC 1981

9-5


Fig . &Index

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

Mfr

No .

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

Code

Mfr Part Number

WIRE ASSEMBLIES

175-2984-00

1 CA ASSY,RF :50 OHM COAX,6 .0 L

80009 175-2984-00----- -----

- (FROM A12J1522 TO J520)352-0169-00

1 . HLDR,TERM CONN :2 WIRE BLACK

80009 352-0169-00

175-3539-00

1 CA ASSY,RF :50 OHM COAX,6 .0 L

80009 175-3539-00

----- -----

- (FROM A12J1530 TO J540)352-0169-00


80009 352-0169-00

175-2980-00

1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC :3,26 AWG,3 .0 L

80009 175-2980-00

----- -----

- (FROM A12J1630 TO R600)352-0161-02

2 . CONN BODY,PL,EL :3 WIRE RED

80009 352-0161-02

175-2985-00

1 CA ASSY,RF :50 OHM COAX,10.0 L

80009 175-2985-00

----- -----

- (FROM A14J1130 TO A14J1810)352-0169-00


80009 352-0169-00

175-2980-00


80009 175-2980-00----- -----

- (FROM A14J1230 TO R500)352-0161-02

2 . CONN BODY,PL,EL :3 WIRE RED

80009 352-0161-02

175-2981-00


80009 175-2981-00

----- -----

- (FROM A14J1300 TO AlOJ1012)352-0165-03

2 . CONN BODY,PL,EL :7 WIRE ORANGE

80009 352-0165-03

175-3056-00


80009 175-3056-00----- -----

- (FROM A14J1320 TO J620,J630)352-0169-01

1 . HLDR TERM CONN :2 WIRE,BROWN

80009 352-0169-01

175-2983-00


80009 175-2983-00

----- -----

- (FROM A14J1400 TO AlOJ1102)352-0166-04

2 . CONN BODY,PL,EL :B WIRE YELLOW

80009 352-0166-04

175-2982-00


80009 175-2982-00

----- -----

- (FROM A14J1500 TO AlOJ1101)352-0166-OS

2 . CONN BODY,PL,EL :8 WIRE GREEN

80009 352-0166-05

175-2986-00

1 CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,14 .5 L

80009 175-2986-00----- -----

- (FROM A14J1820 TO A12J1730)352-0169-00


80009 352-0169-00

JDigitally signed byhttp ://www.aa4df .com

g_g

ADD DEC 1981

ii

i

'/o

mm

.

o ~ ..~~=° i

m©

,~

~ ~yrl~

I III

.

,, . .v,

I .

.

m

ir~ ~~mmm

m

m©

m 0, ;;`9y

© m

mm

m m

mm m

m

m

©L,';\\"

I

"J\II I sIrl~ ~

_a

J

III~

~a

ev

avv

,̀®c%'v~ .:~S

,-

~ ,

~

u. ~~III

o ~~~~ _

n

r

~ m

o©U

m_

0 o °

SEE END OF MPL FOR WIRE ASSEMBLIES

~O1

0

pGC

0

DC 503A

Fig . &Index

Tektronix

Serial/Model No .

MfrNo.

Part No .

Eff

Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

Code

Mfr Part Number

070-2971-00

1 MANUAL,TECH :INSTR DC503A UNIVERSAL

80009 070-2971-00175-1178-00

1 CABLE ASSY,RF :50 OHM COAX,20 .0 L

80009 175-1178-00

ACCESSORIES

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION

At Tektronix, we continually strive to keep up with latest electronic developmentsby adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as theyare developed and tested .

Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get thesechanges Immediately into printed manuals. Hence, your manual may contain newchange information on following pages.

A single change may affect several sections . Since the change i nformation sheetsare carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, someduplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, yourmanual is correct as printed.

ronoc~

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATIONT~~oex~~~

Date:

4-1-81

Change Reference :

M43057 REV,

Product :

DC 503A UNIVERSAL COUNTER/TIMER

Manual Part No. :

070-2971-00

EFF SN B021384 (STANDARD)

EFF SN B021530 (OPTION O1)

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES

CHANGE T0 :

A12

670-6557-01

CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARY '

ADD :

A12CR1320

152-0075-00

SEMICOND DEVICE :SW,GE,22V,40MA

DIAGRAM

aASm

r-s~"TF fTMT

FTNR/ETD

DC 503A

SIGNAL ROUTING TIME A-B GENERATOR & GATE GENERATOR - Partial

IDTEE .OC EW FIlY:TI "1

YID7M F

"

"

" "

"

WITfM LOGIO FTATFY

TII" A +FIFII100 ~ AYCYIOTN F AKTINE A ~ E AYG

"

"

"

"

"

IEFFT GOES LOYFYFNTE A M E

"

"

"

"

"

tTYEp OETEMSIGTIO M

"

"

"

" "

"

"EE OIACIMTOTKIEFTIME NAMNL

YEY

MIST"sz

,-LOkAYA - NI

DESCRIPTION

Page 1 of 1

NY

SIGNAL ROUTING, TIME A -+ 8 GENERATOR

8 GATE GENERATOR

n~o

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION~o~ex~~~

Date :

5-5-81

Change Reference:

M43398

Product :

DC 503A UNIVERSAL . COUNTER/TTMER

Manual Part No . :

X7(1-9971-nn

EFF SN B021520 (DC503A)

EFF SN B021540 (DC503A-O1)

CHANGE T0 :

A12

670-6557-02

CKT BOARD ASSY :AUXILIARYREMOVE :A12CR1320

152-0075-00

SEMICOND DEVICE :SW,SI,22V,40MAADD :

A12W1322

131-0566-00

BUS CONDUCTOR :DUMMY RES,2 .375,22 AWG

DIAGRAM

ELECTRICAL PARTS AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES

SIGNAL ROUTING, TIME A-B GENERATOR & GATE GENERATOR - Partial

SWITCHING LOGIC - Partial

DESCRIPTION

R161/A~pE~TS BETYEENZ 2 . ~K pETENT81

-- T__

-.T-----,

Page 1 of 1

rondo

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATIONconnnnrrreoTOexceuFr~

Date :

7-29-81

Change Reference :

M43464

Product :


Manual Part No. :

070-2971-00

EFF SN B022170 (STANDARD)

EFF SN B022250 (OPTION O1)

DESCRIPTION


CHANGE T0 :

A12

670-6557-03


ADD :

A13

670-7508-00

CKT BOARD ASSY :HEX CMOS BUFFER

CHANGE T0 :

A12U1500

156-0472-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :13 INP NAND GATE,74S133

REMOVE :

A12U1600

156-0745-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX INVERTER

The new 670-7508-00 circuit board consists of :

A13U1600

156-0494-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :HEX INV/BUFF,SEL,4049

131-0787-00

14' TERMINAL,PIN:0 .64 L X 0 .025 SQ PH BRZ GO LD PL(U1600 is removed from A12 and added to new piggyback board A13 HEX CMOS BUFFER .

:N CIRCUIT - Partial

which is installed in the old U1600 socket .)DIAGRAM

*z.w *z.w1 i

R1I21F R122w1S.

- ,

15B

15!

0

Uao409

7 9

,Ujettz13

S

U1430Dea aR

Islez

e

cRlzzz

Q1300~2 .7Y1~

*z .w Rt3uo R13e1

U1310B R13w1

15/

~ ~z.7V

IB131

75S

113;~ ~

R131lC

Iz

S

ISE

S

1Se

1i Or

Gr--~-S

Q2

It

6>I

~a

3

u4 CcR

U1310A

Ea aR

1e131.sv

R121S3 .OC

DCR122! ~ sz .7V

ulaz~o-ts

cleri .l

1 ,ss

u 1 s00~~ u 1~04049

1 &S

J

Page 1 of 2

Product :

DIAGRAM

DC 503A

I t

41049C12 1

713 it

"-1601C U1600E

I ~~

40492 9 11 12

E

UISI~-4AOF

P1 "3H

BU1601A V

B

w

U1611D

I

U16118+~

, . .. . .

~.

wBl6

wale

.~ "

C...~ ewe...C:~~~~w

Date : ~-29'81

DESCRIPTION

SCHEMATIC CHANGES

SWITCHING LOGIC - Partial

A-14 .7R aSV

--__-_-I-I-- i-- A~ ..--T_

ax

Change Reference: M43464

AOE P1~EB-7

~ CR1~3e

ronoc~

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATIONcoMnnir~oTOexcEU~n~

Date :

9-25-81

Change Reference :

M44408

Product :

DC 503A UNIVERSAL COUNTER/TIMER W/OPTIONS Manual Part No . :

070-2971-00

EFF SN B022560 (DC 503A)i

EFF SN B022710 (DC 503A -Option Ol)

CHANGE T0 :

A14

670-6558-01


A14

670-6559-01


(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14C1431

281-0852-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1800PF,10~,100V

A14R1531

315-0512-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :5 .1K OHM,5~,0 .25W

A14U1423

156-1152-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL PRCN RETRIGGERABLE,

RESETTABLE MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR

The above components are shown on diagram 5 MEASUREMENT CYCLE TIMING

and are located on the MAIN circuit board assembly .

DESCRIPTION


na~


coMnnrrr~oTOexcEU~n~

Date :

11-12-81

Change Reference :

M44960

Product :


Manual Part No. :

070-2971-00

EFF SN B022960 (Standard)

EFF SN B022920 (Option 1)

DESCRIPTION

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES

CHANGE T0 :

A12

670-6557-04


A14

670-6558-02


A14

670-6559-02


(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A12C1522

281-0763-00


A12R1530

315-0820-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:82 OHM,5~,0 .25W

A14C1322

281-0763-00


A14R1326

315-0820-00


A14R1500

315-0680-00


A14R1501

315-0680-00


A14R1502

315-0680-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :68 OHM,5~,0 .25W

A14R1503

315-0680-00


A14R1504

315-0680-00


A14R1505

315-0680-00


A14R1506

315-0680-00


ADD :

A14C1703

283-0081-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,+80-20~,25V

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

DIAGRAM 10 TIME BASE & POTQER SUPPLIES - Partial

________

OPT N 01 TIMEBASE

I

CR 1 ;00

3

RzB01

~ C61 ;02

~-~' / 6~IOVEN

OSLILLAT

R1R03

OR

I . 62K

L_____________ ___________J

smrvunMU wnnnnn I

4

Nachfolgend ist das Service-Manual abgebildet,welches die US-Army für dieses Gerät

herausgegeben hat.

Möglicherweise sind hier zusätzliche Informationenverfügbar.

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL,DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT

MAINTENANCE MANUAL(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS)

UNIVERSALTEKTRONIX,

FOR

COUNTER/TIMER,MODEL DC 503A

(NSN 6625-01-114-4890)

D E P A R T M E N T O F T H E A R M Y 26 DECEMBER 1984

a/(b blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

W A R N I N G

DANGEROUS VOLTAGE

is used in the operation of this equipment

may result if

Never work on electronic equipment unless there is another person nearby who is familiar with the

DEATH ON CONTACT

personnel fail to observe safety precautions

. .operation and hazards of the equipment and who is competent in administering first aid. When thetechnician is aided by operators, he must warn them about dangerous areas.Whenever possible, the power supply to the equipment must be shut off before beginning work on theequipment. Take particular care to ground every capacitor likely to hold a dangerous potential. Whenworking inside the equipment, after the power has been turned off, always ground every part beforetouching it.

Be careful not to contact high-voltage connections when installing or operating this equipment.Whenever the nature of the operation permits, keep one hand away from the equipment to reduce thehazard of current flowing through vital organs of the body.

W A R N I N G

Do not be misled by the term “low voltage.” Potentials as low as 50 volts may cause death under adverseconditions.

COMMON and probe ground straps are electrically connected. Herefore, an elevated reference applied toany is present on each - as indicated by the yellow warning bands under the probe retractable hook tips.

For Artificial Respiration, refer to FM 21-11,

Power Source

This product is intended to operate in a power module connected to a power source that will not apply morethan 250 volts rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. Aprotective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safeoperation.

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Copyright 1980 Tektronix, Inc. All rights reserved.Reproduced by permission of copyright owner.

TECHNICAL MANUAL HEADQUARTERSDEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

No. 9-6625-474-14&P-3 Washington, D. C., 26 December 1984

OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL, DIRECT SUPPORT,AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS)FOR

UNIVERSAL COUNTER/TIMER,TEKTRONIX, MODEL DC 503A

(NSN 6625-01-114-4890)

REPORTING OF ERRORS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a wayto improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your Ietter or DA Form 2028(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), direct to: Command-er, US Army Missile Command, ATTN: DRSMI-SNPM, Redstone Arsenal, AL35898-5238. A reply will be furnished to you.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

L I S T O F I L L U S T R A T I O N S

LIST OF TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 0 GENERAL NFORMATIONScopeindexes of Publications Forms, Records, and ReportsReporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations (EIRs)Administrat ive StorageDestruct ion of Army Electronics Mater ie l .

SECTION 1.

SECTION 2.

SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3. THEORY OF OPERATION.

SECTION 4.

SECTION 5. MAINTENANCE

Pageiii

IV

0-10-10-10-10-10-10-1

1-1

2-12-12-22-42-42-52-7

3-1

4-14-14-8

5-1

This manual is, in part, authenticated manufacturer’s commercial literature. Recommended Spare Parts List has been added to supplement the commercialliterature. The format of this manual has not been structured to consider levels of maintenance.

ii

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION 6.

SECTION 7.

SECTION 8.

SECTION 9.

APPENDIX A.

APPENDIX B.

APPENDIX C.

APPENDIX D.

OPTIONS

REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS

DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS

REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS

REFERENCES

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)

R E C O M M E N D E D S P A R E P A R T S L I S T

M A N U A L C H A N G E I N F O R M A T I O N

Page

6-1

7-1

8-1

9-1

A-1

B-1

C-1

D-1

iii

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. No.

0-12-12-22-3

2-42-5

2-6

3-14-1

4-24-34-4

5-15-25-35-45-55-65-75-85-95-10

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Title

DC 503A Universal Counter/Timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Plug-ln lnstallation/Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Controls and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Triggering Circuit Response to Improper (A) and

Proper (B) Level Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Representation of lnterval Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Typical CHAand CH B Level out Voltage Settings for

Various Time interval Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Illustration ofCH A Events Counted from Portion of

CH A Signal Pulses during the Counter Gate OpenTime (Controlled by the CH B Signal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Typical DC 503A Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Check Set-Up for the High Frequency Sensitivity

Using X1 and X5 Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Check Set-Up for Low Frequency ac and dc Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Check Set-Up for Minimum Pulse Width Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Check Set-Up for Trigger Level Range (3.5V) and

Accuracy (Y20mVf0.59’0 of Reading) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Typical Square Pin Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Exploded View of Circuit Board Pin and Ferrule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dual Entry Circuit Board Pin Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bottom Entry Circuit Board Pin Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orientation and Disassembly of Multipin Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear Frame Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Circuit Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pushbutton Switch Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear Interface Connector Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rear Interface Timing for a Display of 1079.0674 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

0-22-12-3

2-52-9

2-10

2-113-5

4-44-64-8

4-125-35-3

5-45-45-45-55-55-55-75-8

iv

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table No.

1-1

1-2

1-3

1-4

2-1

2-2

2-3

2-4

2-5

3-1

4-1

5-1

LIST OF TABLES

Title

Electrical Characteristics . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Environmental . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Physical Characteristics ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Frequency A Display Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Period B, Time A-B, Width B (Timing Mode)Display Check

Period B, Time A- B, Width B (Averaging Mode)Display Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ratio A/B and Events A During B Display Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gate Time vs Measurement Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PROM Selection Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

List of Test Equipment Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Relative Susceptibility to Static Discharge Damage

Page

1-2

1-7

1-7

1-8

2-5

2-6

2-6

2-6

2-8

3-10

4-2

5-1

0-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

SECTION 0

GENERAL INFORMATION

0-1. Scope. This manual contains instructions forthe operator, organizational, direct support, and gen-eral support maintenance of and calibration proce-dures for Tektronix Universal Counter/Timer, Model DC503A. Throughout this manual, Tektronix UniversalCounter/Timer, Model DC 503A is referred to as theDC 503A.

0-2. Indexes of publications. a. DA Pam 310-4.Refer to the latest issue of DA Pam 310-4 to deter-mine whether there are new editions, changes, oradditional publications pertaining to Tektronix Univer-sal Counter/Timer, Model DC 503A.

b. DA Pam 310-7. Refer to the latest issue of DAPam 310-7 to determine whether there are modifica-tion work orders (MWO’S) pertaining to TektronixUniversal Counter/Timer, Model DC 503A.

0-3. Forms, Records, and Reports. Department ofArmy forms and procedures used for equipment main-tenance and calibration are those prescribed by TM38-750, The Army Maintenance Management System.Accidents involving injury to personnel or damage tomateriel will be reported on DA Form 285, AccidentReport, in accordance with AR 385-40.

0-4. Reporting Equipment Improvement Recom-mendations (EIR). If your DC 503A needs im-provement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, theuser, are the only one who can tell us what you don’tlike about your equipment. Let us know why you don’tlike the design. Tell us why a procedure is hard toperform. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality DeficiencyReport). Mail it to Commander, U.S. Army MissileCommand, ATTN: DRSMI-QMD, Redstone Arsenal,AL 35898-5290. We’ll send you a reply.

0-5. Administrative Storage. To prepare the Tek-tronix Universal Counter/Timer, Model DC 503A forplacement into and removal from administrative stor-age, refer to Section 3, Chapter 4, AR 750-25-1,Maintenance of Equipment and Supplies. Temporarystorage should be accomplished in accordance withTB 750-25-1, Section 2, Maintenance of Supplies andEquipment.

0 - 6 . Destruction o f A r m y ElectronicsMateriel. Destruction of Tektronix Universal Counter/Timer, Model DC 503A to prevent enemy use shall bein accordance with TM 750-244-2.

0-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 0-1. DC 503A Universal Counter/Timer

1-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

SECTION 1

SPECIFICATIONInstrument Description

The DC 503A Universal Counter/Timer is designed tooperate in a TM 500-series power module.

The instrument has two input channels, CH A and CHB, each with 125 MHz capability. Each channel hasseparate triggering level, triggering slope, attenuator, andcoupling mode controls.

The DC 503A has eight measurement functions: FRE-QUENCY A, PERIOD B, WIDTH B, TIME A - B,RATlO A/B, EVENTS A DURING B, TOTALIZE A, andTIME MANUAL. All of the modes except FREQUENCY A,TOTALIZE A, and TIME MANUAL have the capability ofaveraging the selected measurement over a range of 1 to10* times the input signal. The signals to be counted ormeasured can be applied via front panel bnc connectors orthrough the rear Interface.

The triggering level for each channel can be monitoredvia the front panel or the rear i nterface connections. Thebuffered voltage available at these connectors cor-responds to the trigger levels set by the front panelcontrols.

The output of the internal signal shaping circuits canalso be monitored via front panel connectors. Theseshaped signal outputs are useful in setting the triggeringpoints on complex waveforms.

Measurement results are displayed in an eight digitLED readout. The decimal point is automatically position-ed and leading zeros are blanked. Single annunciators(LEDs) are used to indicate register overflow, active gatinginterval, and the frequency or time units associated withthe measurement being made.

The DC 503A can be equipped with an optional, ovencontrolled, 10 MHz crystal oscillator to obtain a highlystable and precise internal time base. Both the optionaloscillator and the standard 10 MHz time bases provide100 ns single shot resolution.

Instrument Options

Option 01 replaces(clock) circuit with

the internal 10 MHz time basea self-contained proportional

temperature controlled oven oscillator for increased ac-curacy and stability.

Standard Accessories

1 Instruction Manual

1 Cable assembly, bnc-to-tip jack.

NOTE

Refer to the tabbed Accessories page at the rear ofthis manual for more information.

Performance Conditions

The limits stated in the Performance Requirementscolumns of the following tables are valid only if theDC 503A has been calibrated at an ambient temperaturebetween +20°C and +30°C and is operating at an ambienttemperature between O“C and +50”C, unless otherwisestated.

Information given in the Supplemental Information andDescription columns of the following tables is provided foruser information only and should not be interperted asPerformance Check requirements.

The DC 503A must be operated or stored in anenvironment whose limits are described under En-vironmental Characteristics.

Allow at least 20 minutes warm-up time for operation tospecified accuracy, 60 minutes after storage in a highhumidity environment.

Table 1-1

1-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 1-1

1-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 1-1

1-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 1-1

1-5

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

1-6

Table 1-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 1-1

1-7

Table 1-2

Table 1-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 1-3

Table 1-4

1-8

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

2-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

SECTION 2

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INTRODUCTION

This section of the manual provides installation andremoval instructions and the operating information re-quired to obtain the most effective performance from theinstrument. Also included is the function of all front panelcontrols and a general description of the operating modes,which also describes procedures for making basicmeasurements.

press firmly to seat the circuit board edge connector in thepower module interconnecting jack. Apply power to theDC 503A by operating the power switch on the powermodule.

To remove the DC 503A from the power module, pullthe release latch (located in the lower left corner) until theinterconnecting jack disengages. The DC 503A will nowslide straight out.

INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL

The DC 503A is calibrated and ready to use whenreceived. It operates in one compartment of a TM 500-Series power module. Refer to the power module instruc-tion manual for line voltage requirements and powermodule operation.

To prevent damage to the DC 503A, turn the powermodule off before installation or removal of theinstrument from the mainframe. Do not use ex-cessive force to install or remove.

Check to see that the plastic barriers on the inter-connecting jack of the selected power module compart-ment match the cutouts in the DC 503A circuit board edgeconnector. If they do not match, do not insert theinstrument until the reason is investigated. When the unitsare properly matched, align the DC 503A chassis with theupper and lower guides of the selected compartment (seeFig. 2-1). Insert the DC 503A into the compartment and

Fig. 2-1. Plug-in installation/removal.

2-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS

Even though the DC 503A is fully calibrated and readyto use, the functions and actions of the controls andconnectors should be reviewed before attempting to useit.

With the exception of the TOTALIZEA/TIME MANUALjumper, which is described in the maintenance section, allcontrols for operation of the DC 503A are located on thefront panel. A brief functional description of these controlsfollows (refer to Fig. 2-2).

NOTE

Because the Channel A and Channel B controls areidentical, only Channel A will be described.

DISPLAY AND UNIT INDICATORS

DISPLAY READOUT: eight-digit, seven segmentLED readout with automatically positioned decimalpoint.

OVERFLOW: when illuminated indicates registeroverflow.

GATE: indicates the state of the main gate. When lit,the main gate is open (the DC 503A is in the processof making a measurement). When the light is off, thegate is closed.

GHz/nSEC: when illuminated, indicates the dis-played number is gigahertz (GHz) in FREQ A modeor nanoseconds (nSEC) in a time mode.

MHz/uSEC: when i l luminated, indicates the dis-played number is Megahertz (MHz) in FREQ A modeor microseconds (HSEC) in a time mode.

kHz/mSEC: when illuminated, indicates the dis-played number is kilohertz (kHz) in FREQ A mode ormilliseconds (m SEC) in a time mode.

Hz/SEC: when illuminated, indicates the displayednumber is Hertz (Hz) in FREQ A mode or seconds(SEC) in a time mode.

MODE SELECTION ANDCONTROL FUNCTIONS

FUNCTION: selects the measurement, events, ortime counting modes for the counter.

NOTE

The TOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL position is an"either/or" function. TOTALIZE A or TIMEMANUAL is selected and set by positioning anInternal jumper. Placement of this jumper is discuss-ed in the maintenance section.

Unless you are qualified to do so, refer positioning ofthis jumper to qualified personnel.

AVGS/TIMING: depending on the position of theFUNCTION switch, this switch selects the clock ratewhich will be counted or the number ofmeasurements to be averaged.

DISPLAY TIME: sets the length of time the readingwill be displayed after the count is made and beforethe next measurement is taken, Display time can bevaried from about 0.1 second, fully counter-clockwise (ccw), to about 10 seconds fully clockwise(cw). The HOLD position provides continuous dis-play until reset by pushing the RESET button,

RESET: momentary switch resets the count to zerowhen operating in the TOTALIZE A mode. Also actsas a master reset, ensuring that the readout has beencleared before the next measurement. Provides acheck of all display LED’s; when pressed, a row of 8’swill be displayed in the readout window.

START/STOP: push-push switch acts as a manualgate when the FUNCTION switch is in theTOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL position. Button inStarts the measurement interval gate; button outterminates the gate.

2-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 2-2. Controls and connectors.

2-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

CHANNEL A INPUT AND LEVELFUNCTIONS

CH A INPUT: bnc connector for Channel A signalinput. Input impedance is 1 shunted by ap-proximately 20 pF.

LEVEL: selects the amplitude point on the positive ornegative slope of the input signal at which thetriggering window is placed.

SLOPE: push-push switch selects the slope of theinput signal on which triggering will occur, Buttonout selects plus (+) slope; button in minus (–) slope.

ATTEN: push-push switch selects X1 (button out) orX5 (button in) attenuation of the input signal.

COUPL: push-push switch selects DC (button out)or AC (button in) coupling of the input signal to theattenuator circuit.

Input Sources

NOTE

SOURCE: push-push switch selects the source ofthe input signal. Button out, EXT, selects the frontpanel connector as a signal source. Button in, INT,routes the input signal to the counter via the rearinterface connections.

SHAPED OUT A: provides a shaped output signalderived from the output of the Channel A signalshaper circuitry.

SHAPED OUT GND: common connector forChannel A shaped output signals.

TRIG LEVEL A: pin jack permits monitoring of theChannel A triggering voltage level.

RELEASE LATCH: pull to disengage and removeDC 503A from the power module.

INPUT CONSIDERATIONSbe calculated (see Specification section). The maximumsafe input voltage to the rear interface input connectors isequal to or less than 4 V (dc plus peak ac) from dc to50 MHz.

Maximum input voltage limited to 200 V peak.

Sensitivity and Frequency Range

The SOURCE switch for each channel selects either thefront panel bnc connector (external), or the rear interfaceconnector (internal) pins. The external inputs presentimpedances of approximately 1 paralleled by about 27pF. The internal input circuits present nominal 50 [)impedances to match typical coaxial cable signal connec-tions.

Input Coupling

Front panel pushbuttons select ac (capacitive) or dc(direct) coupling for the input signal of each channel. Thiscoupling takes place before the signals are passed into theattenuator circuits.

Attenuators and Maximum Input Volts

For either attenuation factor, X1 or X5, the maximumsafe input voltatage that can be applied to the front panelbnc connectors is 200 V (peak) from dc to 50 kHz. Atfrequencies above 50 kHz, the maximum safe peak-to-peak input voltage tothe front panel bnc connectors must

CH A and CH B will respond to a signal amplitude of20 mV rms sinewave, times attenuation, to lOO MHzandtoa sinewave of 35 mV rms, times attenuation, to 125 MHz.

Depending on the coupling mode selected, the lowfrequency limit for each channel is either zero (dccoupled) or 10 Hz (ac coupled).

Slope and Level

The SLOPE pushbuttons for each channel determinewhether the trigger circuits will respond to the negative orpositive transition of the input signal.

Refer to Fig. 2-3. The LEVEL control for each channelallows the operator to move the hysteresis window of thetrigger circuit to an optimum level on the input signal toensure stable triggering The LEVEL control adjusts over+3.5 V, times attenuation, of the input signal. This levelcan bemoniiored atthefront panel TRIG LEVEL pin jacks.

2-5

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 2-3. Triggering circuit response to improper (A) and proper (B) level settings.

OPERATORS FAMILIARIZATION

PREPARATION

Turn on the power module to apply power to theDC 503A. One or more characters in the display should bevisible. Allow twenty minutes warm-up time for operationto specified accuracy.

DISPLAY TESTS

With no signal applied, test the DC 503A readoutdisplays and switching logic. The following checks willtest most of the major circuits of the counter and ensure itsreadiness to make measurements. If any malfunctions areencountered, referpersonnel.

Readout Segment

Press the RESET

Table 2-1

FREQUENCY A DISPLAY CHECK

the condition to qualified service

With the DISPLAY TIME contro l in the fu l ly

Test

button to check the seven charactersegments of each digit. A row of 8's should be displayed.This check of the display devices can be done at anytime.

Frequency A Displays

Set the FUNCTION switch to FREQUENCY A. With theAVGS/TIMING switch, select a gate time of 100 ns. Checkthe decimal point location, leading zero suppression, andunits indicators according to Table 2-1.

counterclockwise position, observe that the GATE in-dicator flashes rapidly for short gate times and moreslowly for longer gate times. Using a short gate time(100 ms), rotate the DISPLAY TIME control slowlyclockwise. Observe that the GATE indicator stays off for alonger and longer time, until the control clicks into theHOLD (detent) position, holding off the gate indefinitely.Return t h e D I S P L A Y T I M E c o n t r o l t o t h ecounterclockwise position.

Period B, Width B, and Time A - B Displays

Timing Mode. Set the FUNCTION switch to PERIOD Bin the blue area of the front panel and the AVG/TIMINGswitch to 100 ns. Observe the correct readout displays asshown in Table 2-2.

2-6

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 2-2

PERIOD B, TIME A - B, WIDTH B(TIMING MODE) DISPLAY CHECK

Set the FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B in the blue areaof the front panel while retaining the setting of theAVG/TIMING switch; observe the correct readout display.

Set the FUNCTION switch to TIME A - B in the bluearea of the front panel while retaining the setting of theAVG/TIMING switch; observe the correct readout display.

Averaging Mode. Repeat the preceding checks forthese functions in the dark grey area of the front panel.Observe the correct readout display for each switchsetting as shown in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3

PERIOD B, TIME A - B, WIDTH B(AVERAGING MODE) DISPLAY CHECK

Events A During B and Ratio A/B Displays

Set the FUNCTION switch to EVENTS A DURING Band the AVGS/TIMING switch to 1. Check the readoutdisplays according to Table 2-4.

Set the FUNCTION switch to RATlO A/B and theAVGS/TIMING switch to 1. Again check the readoutdisplays using Table 2-4.

Table 2-4

RATIO A/B AND EVENTS ADURING B DISPLAY CHECK

Time Manual Displays

Verify that the jumper located on the Auxiliary CircuitBoard is in the TIME MANUAL position. Set the FUNC-TION switch to the TIME MANUAL Position and theAVGS/TIMING switch to 1 sec.

The GATE indicator should light and an advancingcount should be displayed when the START/STOP buttonis pushed in. The GATE indicator should go out when thecount is stopped by releasing the START/STOP button.Check the overflow display by setting the AVGS/TIMINGswitch to 100 ns pressing the START/STOP button in, andletting the count advance, When the last decade (eighthdigit) goes from nine to zero the OVERFLOW indicator willlight. Release the START/STOP button and observe thatthe OVERFLOW indicator remains on, but the count doesnot change. Pressing the RESET button clears theoverflow condition, sets the count to zero, and ex-tinguishes the OVERFLOW indicator.

Totalize A Display

For this check, the jumper located on the AuxiliaryCircuit Board must be in the Totalize position.

Unless you are qualified to do so, refer placement ofthis jumper to qualified personnel.

Set the FUNCTION switch to the TOTALIZE A/TIMEMANUAL position. Observe a zero at the right of thereadout display. The GATE indicator should light whenthe START/STOP button is pushed in, and go out whenthe button is released. The units indicators and decimalpoints should remain off.

2-7

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Channel A Slope

Verify that the TOTALIZE/TIME MANUAL jumper is inthe TOTALIZE position. With the FUNCTION switch set toTOTALIZE A/TIME MANUAL and CH A to + SLOPE(button out), press the START/STOP button. Turn the CHA LEVEL control fully clockwise. The readout displayshould increase one count each time the control is rotatedfrom clockwise to counterclockwise (past center posi-tion). Verify that the count does not increase when thecontrol is turned from counterclockwise to clockwise.

G E N E R A L

Change to - SLOPE (button in) and push the RESETbutton to clear the display. The readout should nowincrease one count each time the CH A LEVEL control isrotated from counterclockwise to clockwise (past center).Turning the control from clockwise to counterclockwiseshould not increment the display.

Channel B Slope

Set the FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B, CH B to +SLOPE (button out), and the AVGS/TIMING switch to 1.Push the RESET button. Check that the GATE indicatorturns on when the CH B LEVEL control is rotated fromclockwise to the counterclockwise position. Turning thecontrol back to clockwise should have no effect on theGATE indicator. Another turn from clockwise tocounterclockwise turns the GATE indicator off.

Change to - SLOPE (button in) and press the RESETbutton. Observe that rotating the CH B LEVEL controlfrom counterclockwise to clockwise and back producesan action that is just opposite that described in thepreceding paragraph.

OPERATING MODES

The following discussion provides general informationabout each mode of operation and instructions on makingmeasurements for FREQUENCY A, RATIO A/B, TIMEINTERVAL (WIDTH B and TIME A - B), EVENTS ADURING B, and TOTALIZE.

FREQUENCY A MODE

In this mode the input signal isconnectedto CH A Inputonly, either through the rear interface or the front paneIconnector. Use ac coupling for most frequencymeasurements to avoid readjusting the LEVEL controlbecause of changing dc levels. The repetitive nature of thesignals makes slope selection unnecessary for frequencymeasurements. Signals less than 3 volts peak-to-peakneed not be attenuated; larger signals should beattenuated to within the range of 60 mV to 3 V peak-to-peak.

Set the FUNCTION switch to FREQUENCY A and, withthe AVGS/TIMING switch, select one of the shorter gatetimes. Set the DISPLAY TIME control fully coun-terclockwise. Connect the signal to be measured to theinput and adjust the LEVEL control for a stable display.The LEVEL control setting should not be critical unless thesignal amplitude and frequency are close to the specifiedlimits.

If the count varies from reading to reading, it isprobably caused by jitter in the signal source. If the count

changes unreasonably, the DC 503A is not beingtriggered properly, either because the controls are notcorrectly set or the signal is beyond the capabilities of thecounter.

Measurement Intervals. To adjust the trigger controls,choose a short gate time such as .1 second or .01 seconds.This gives rapid feedback via the display whether or notthe counter is being triggered. Final selection of gate timedepends upon the frequency being measured, desiredresolution, and willingness of the operator to wait for ameasurement.

Resolution. A 10 second gate time means the operatormust wait 10 seconds for a measurement to be made anddisplayed. This will give 0.1 Hz resolution. A 10 secondcount will display fewer than the available eight digits forany signal below 10 MHz.

Overflow. Through intentional use of “overflow” dis-plays, it is possible to improve the resolution of thecounter. Select a gate time that displays the most signifi-cant digit as far to the left as possible. Note the numbersdisplayed to the right of the decimal. Move the decimal tothe left, by selecting longer gate times, until the desiredresolution is achieved. The OVERFLOW indicator will lightwhen the most significant number overflows the laststorage register. The relationship between gate time,measured frequency, displayed digits, and overflow isshown in Table 2-5.

2-8

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 2-5

GATE TIME VS MEASUREMENT RESOLUTION

Measurement Rate. Once a stable measurement isobtained, the rate at which measurements are made canbe controlled by the DISPLAY TIME control. Turning thecontrol clockwise holds off the gate and stores the displayfor a longer time before a new measurement is made anddisplayed. Display time and gate time together complete ameasurement-display cycle.

The DISPLAY TIME control is uncalibrated andvariable from about 0.1 second (in the MIN position) toabout 5 seconds. At the extreme clockwise end of thecontrol is a detent position called HOLD. In HOLD, the lastcount taken will be stored and displayed for an indefiniteperiod. A new count and display can be initiated bypressing the RESET button, moving the DISPLAY TIMEcontrol out of the detent, or changing the gate time.

PERIOD MODES

The period and period average modes allow singleperiod measurements or multiple period averages to bemade with input frequencies into CH B. These modes areuseful for making low frequency measurements wheremaximum resolution is desired without waiting for longmeasurement time. Simply stated, the PERIOD B modereverses the functions of signal and clock as compared toFREQUENCY A mode. Refer to Fig. 2-4A.

Averaging. Resolution and accuracy is improved byaveraging the signal value over a large number of signalevents. This increases the total time to take a measure-ment, i.e., similar to selecting a longer gate time inFREQUENCY A mode. Refer to Fig. 2-4B.

Low Frequencies. Period Measurements of signalsbelow 10 Hz, and particularly in the lowest decade from0.1 Hz to 1.0 Hz, become rather sensitive to wave shapeand amplitude. Since it is desirable for the signals to passthrough the trigger hysteresis abruptly, square waves are

preferred. Other wave shapes can be accurately measuredif the amplitude is kept high.

TIME INTERVAL MODES

Two modes of time interval measurement can beselected: WIDTH B, and TIME A - B. The WIDTH B modemeasures the time between two points on a waveform,These two points are selected by the CH B triggeringcontrols such that the counter main gate turns on at thepoint selected by the CH B SLOPE and LEVEL controls,and turns off at the same level but the opposite slope,Refer to Fig. 2-4C.

The TIME A - B mode measures the time between twopoints on two waveforms. These two points are controlledsuch that the CH A triggering controls select the point atwhich the main gate turns on, andthe CH B controls selectthe point at which the main gate turns off. Refer to Fig. 2-4D.

Triggering. The voltage levels necessary to establishthe triggering points on any selected slope are monitoredand set with digital voltmeter readings at the CH A/CH BTRIG LEVEL pin jacks on the front panel or rear interfaceconnections. Fig. 2-5 illustrates typical TRIG LEVELvoltage settings for various time interval measurements.When making these measurements, each channel must bedc coupled and coaxial cables must be properly ter-minated in order to maintain signal fidelity.

WIDTH B Mode. In order to measure pulse duration(Fig. 2-5, waveform 3), the 50% level must be determined.Set the FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B and the CH BLEVEL control fully counterclockwise. Apply the inputsignal to the CH B input connector. The GATE indicatormust be off.

2-9

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 2-4. Representation of Interval measurements.

come on and record the digital voltmeter reading.Rotate the LEVEL control until the GATE indicator just

Continue rotating the LEVEL control until the GATEindicator just goes off and record the digital voltmeterreading. Subtract the first digital voltmeter reading fromthe second and divide by 2; this is the 50% level.

Reset the CH B LEVEL control so that the digitalvoltmeter indicates the 50% level. Read the pulse durationfrom the DC 503A display.

Time A - B Mode. This measurement requires inputsignals to both CH A and CH B, but the peak-to-peaksignal amplitude should first be determined using theWIDTH B mode inst ruct ions. For TIME A - Bmeasurements, follow these steps:

1.

2.

3.

Set the FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B.

Referring to WIDTH B mode instructions, determinethe peak-to-peak amplitude and desired triggeringlevel of the signal to be applied to the Channel Binput.

If the signal to be applied to Channel A input isdifferent than that being applied to Channel B,repeat Step 2 for this signal.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Set the Channel B LEVEL control to the desiredtriggering level as calculated in Step 2.

Set the FUNCTION switch to TIME A - B.

Set the Channel A LEVEL control to the desiredtriggering level as calculated in Step 3.

With signals connected to the proper channels, readthe elapsed time interval between the triggeringlevel of Channel A and the subsequent triggeringlevel of Channel B from the DC 503A display.

Time Interval Averaging. Averaging can be used toincrease the accuracy and resolution of repetitive signalmeasurements. The basic reason for averaging is the

error is truly random, then as more intervals are averaged,the measurement will tend to approach the true value ofthe time interval. For time interval averaging to work, thetime interval being measured must be repetitive and have arepetition frequency that is nonsynchronous to thecounter clock rate. The DC 503A will measure up to 10”averages in both Width B averaging and TIME A - Baveraging.

2-10

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 2-5. Typical CH A and CH B Level Out voltage settings for various time interval measurements.

EVENTS A DURING B MODE

In the EVENTS A DURING B mode, the events appliedto Channel A are counted. The count is gated by the signalapplied to Channel B input. The accumulated total ofevents A that arrived during the t ime signal B wastriggered is displayed in the readout. Refer to Fig. 2-6.

The fo l lowing procedure can be used to make ameasurement like that shown in Fig. 2-6.

1. Apply the signal to be counted to Channel A. Withthe FUNCTION swi tch a t FREQUENCY A, se tChannel A SLOPE switch to + SLOPE. Adjust theLEVEL control for a stable display.

2. Apply the control signal to Channel B. With theFUNCTION switch at PERIOD B, set Channel BSLOPE switch to + SLOPE, Adjust the LEVELcontrol for a stable display.

3. Set the FUNCTION switch to EVENTS A DURING B.

When the Channel B signal excursion occurs, ChannelB is triggered andthe gate opens, allowing the Channel Apulses to be counted.

Averaging. Averaging can be used to Increase theaccuracy and resolution of repetitive event per intervalmeasurements . As more events are averaged, themeasurement tends to approach the true value of thenumber of events per interval.

RATlO MODE

The DC 503A may be used to measure the ratio of twosignals, where one signal is applied to Channel A inputand the other signal is applied to Channel B input.

2-11

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 2-6. Illustration of CH A events counted from portion of CH A signal pulses during the counter gate open time (controlled byCH B signal).

In the Ratio A/B mode, the frequency of the signalapplied to Channel A is divided by the frequency of thesignal applied to Channel B, and the resultant ratio isdisplayed.

Triggering. The operation of Channel A and Channel Btrigger controls is the same as for frequency and periodmeasurements. Set the trigger controls as follows:

1.

2.

3.

Go to the FREQUENCY A mode and adjust theChannel A trigger controls for a normal frequencymeasurement.

Go to the PERIOD B mode and adjust the Channel Btrigger controls for a normal period measurement.

Leaving the Channel A and Channel B triggercontrols as they are, gotothe RATIO A/B mode. Thecorrect ratio should be displayed.

Resolution. The AVGS/TIMING switch, which controlsthe number of averages of the Channel B signal, may nowbe set to display maximum resolution. For most

measurements, the smallest number of averages thatproduces a useful number of digits should be considered.

TIME MANUAL MODE

This mode is a manual analog of the TIME A - B mode.In this mode, only the AVGS/TIMING switch andSTART/STOP switch affect the display.

Starting and Stopping. The TIME MANUAL mode maybethought of as a “stop-watch” type of operation. With theFUNCTION switch inthe TIME MANUALposition (and theinternal jumper properly positioned), the display startscounting time-base pulses when the START/STOP switchis depressed. It will continue to count and display theaccumulated total until the START/STOP switch is releas-ed. The last count will then be held in the display untilanother START command is given (in which case thecount will again advance), or other controls are actuated.Pressing the RESET button will return the display to zero.Changing the setting of the AVGS/TIMING switch willchange the frequency of the time-base pulses beingcounted and reset the display to zero. The start/stopfunction can also be performed remotely via the rearinterface connections.

2-12

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Clocking Rate. When the AVGS/TIMING switch is inthe 1 s position, one-second pulses are being counted andthe display accumulation advances one count per second,and so on.

Whenever the accumulated count is above 99,999,999,the OVERFLOW indicator will light to indicate registeroverflow; however, the accumulation continues at the

not displayed.

TOTALIZE A MODE

This mode is a manual analog of the FREQUENCY Amode. lnthismode, signal event sapplied tothe Channel Ainput are counted and the accumulated total displayedduring the time the START/STOP button is depressed tothe START position. The main application of this mode isto accumulate the count of relatively infrequent andirregular events.

Operation. Apply the signal to Channel A input and setthe trigger controls the same as for a frequency measure-ment. Only the Channel A trigger controls, the RESETbutton, and the START/STOP button affect the display inthis mode.

Starting the Count. Press the START/STOP button andadjust the Channel A LEVEL control until a count begins toadvance. The accumulated count is displayed in wholenumbers.

Stopping the Count. If the START/STOP button isreleased and no other controls are actuated, the last total

will continue to be displayed. No more incoming eventswill be added to the total.

Restarting and Resetting. When the START/STOPbutton is again depressed, incoming events will advancethe displayed total. Resetting the count to zero can bedone at any time by pressing the RESET button.

Remote start/stop. Starting and stopping the count canbe accomplished remotely via connections to the rearinterface.

REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT

If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to aTektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach a tagshowing: owner (with address) and the name of anindividual at your f irm that can be contacted. Includecomplete instrument serial number and a description ofthe service required.

If the original package is not fit for use or not available,repackage the instrument as follows:

Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting, orother suitable material, to protect the exterior finish.Obtain a carton of corrugated cardboard of adequatestrength and having inside dimensions no Iess than sixinches more than the instrument dimensions. Cushionthe instrument by tightly packing dunnageor urethanefoam between the carton and the instrument,sides, Seal the carton with shipping tape ordustrial stapler.

The carton test strength for your instrumentpounds.

on allan in-

is 200

3-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

THEORYSECTION 3

OF OPERATIONBLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION

Introduction

For the following block diagram description refer to theBlock Diagram foldout page at the rear of this manual.

Channel A and Channel B Amplifiers

There are two inputs, CH A and CH B. Signals to becounted or timed are applied to either or both channels viafront panel bnc connectors or via the rear interface. Thefront panel inputs for both channels are terminated with an

paralleled with approximately 27 pF. The rear interfaceinputs to both channels are terminated with a resistance of

Signal Flouting circuits.

Each channel contains an ac/dc coupling switch, a X1or X5 attenuation network, a buffer amplifier circuit actingas a comparator that compares the incoming signal levelagainst the tr iggering level as a reference, andamplifier/Schmitt circuits driving the signal slope selec-tion functions in the Signal Routing circuits. Each channelalso contains an operational amplifier serving as a X1buffer circuit, supplying a buffered version of the triggerlevel at the front panel tip jacks or rear interface connec-tions.

NOTE

The remainder of this block diagram descriptiondiscusses the signal paths through the remainingcircuit blocks and the typical events related to eachmode of operation (FUNCTION) listed on the frontpanel.

FREQUENCY A (Variable Gate)

For this mode of operation the CH A signal passesdirectly through the Signal Routing circuits to the DecadeAccumulators. The signal is counted by the 1st DCU, thenthe 2nd DCU, and then by the 6-Decade Counter (a total ofeight decades). In the FREQUENCY A mode the Time

generate a Measurement Gate (via the Gate Generator) forthe desired measurement time. At the end of the Measure-ment Gate interval, the accumulated count is latched inthe 8-Decade Latch/Multiplexer circuits, converted fromBCD to 7-segment information and displayed on the front

panel with the proper decimal point location and correctannunciator illuminated.

The Measurement Cycle Timing circuit determines theDisplay Time, clears the Gate Generator circuits, loads(latches) the decade counters, and resets the counters forthe next measurement cycle in all modes of operation.

PERIOD B (Variable Clock)

In this TIMING mode, the CH B signal is passedthrough the Signal Routing circuits to the Gate Generator

Input of the Decade Accumulators and the MeasurementGate is generated by a single period of the signal fromChannel B. As before, the accumulated count for thismode and all subsequent modes is latched, decoded fromBCD data to 7-segment information, and displayed on thefront panel with the correct annunciator illuminated andthe proper decimal point location.

PERIOD B (Averageable—100 ns Clock)

For this AVGS mode, the Time Base s i g n a l(10 MHz = 100 ns) is not divided; it is applied through theSignal Routing circuits directly to the Count Input of theDecade Accumulators. The CH B signal is routed to the

of the CH B signal. The Time Base is counted for 10”periods before the accumulated count is latched fordisplay.

WIDTH B (Variable Clock)

In this TIMING mode, the 10 MHz Time Base is routed

routed directly to the Count Input of the Decade Ac-cumulators. The CH B signal is used to generate theMeasurement Gate (via the Gate Generator). A singlepulse width at the output of the Channel B amplifiergenerates the gate.

WIDTH B (Averageable—lOO ns Clock)

In WIDTH B, AVGS mode, the Time Base signal is notdivided by N; it is routei directly to the Count Input of the

3-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Counts are accumulated in the decade counters duringeither the positive portions of the pulse widths or thenegative portions, dependent on the SLOPE polarityselection for the Channel B signal.

EVENTS A DURING B (Averageable)

This mode is exactly like the WIDTH B (Averageable)mode, except that the output of the Time Base is disabledand the output of Channel A is applied directly to theCount Input of the Decade Accumulators. For this mode,the pulse width at the output of Channel B is routed to the

produce the Measurement Gate Interval. The Channel Aevents are averaged for 10” pulse widths from Channel B.

RATIO A/B (Averageable)

The Time Base output is disabled and not used for thismode; Channel A signals are routed directly to the Count

signals and the Channel A signals are counted during thattime.

TOTALIZE A

In the TOTALIZE A mode the Measurement Gate isgenerated by the START/STOP switch on the front panelor via the Remote Start/Stop line at the rear interface. The

Circuit, and Gate Generator circuits are not used for thismode. Instead of accumulating clock signals from the

signals are accumulated during the START/STOP inter-val.

TIME MANUAL (Variable Clock)

For this mode there are no inputs to Channel A or

Circuit whose output is routed directly to the Count Inputof the Decade Accumulators. The Measurement Gateinterval is generated either by using the START/STOPswitch on the front panel or by changing the voltage levelon the Remote Start/Stop input at the rear interface.

Decade Accumulators, 6-Decade Counter/8-Decade Latch

The 1st DCU consists of ECL fl ip-f lops, requiringECL/TTL conversion to drive the first decade latch The2nd DCU operates at TTL levels and drives the seconddecade latch directly. From that point, there are six moreinternal counters and six more decades of latch, al lcontained in one integrated circuit. This arrangementprovides a total of eight decades of count and eightdecades of latch.

The 6-Decade Counter/8-Decade Latch circuit has itsown internal oscillator to generate the Time Slot informa-tion. It also generates the Scan Clock, Overflow, and BCDoutput data. Between the time slots and BCD data there isenough information to drive the Display. The zero blank-ing function is also provided internally.


The display t iming, reset, clear, and load (latch)functions for the decade counters are provided by theMeasurement Cycle Timing circuit.


The decimal point location is determined by encodingcircuits using the time slot information and information

3-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

derived from two programmable read-only memory(PROM) devices that look at the settings for the FUNC-TlON and AVGS/TIMING Switching Logic circuits. Fourof the six annunciators are also encoded with data fromthe PROM devices.

Time Base

The standard 10 MHz (100 ns) clock is generated by acrystal controlled Colpitts oscillator The Option 01

counter has a 10 MHz, self contained, proportionaltemperature controlled oven oscillator for increased ac-curacy and stability.

Power Supplies

The power supplies for the instrument accepts the raw+33 Vdc and +11.5 Vdc from the power module andgenerate the +12 V regulated power, the 5 V regulatedpower, and the +2.7 Vtermination supply used in the ECLcircuits.

DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Introduction

Complete schematic diagrams are found in theDiagrams and Illustrations section at the rear of thismanual. Refer to the preceding Block Diagram Descrip-tion and to the indicated schematic diagram numbersthroughout the following circuit description.

CH A and CH B Amplifiers

NOTE

Since both amplifier circuits are identical, thisdescription discusses the theory of operation forChannel A Amplifier with the associated circuitcomponent for Channel B Amplifier listed inparenthesis.

The input signal applied to the input bnc connectors ofeach channel, J51O (J61O), passes through three switchesto the gate connection of a DMOS FET differentialamplifier, Q1630 (Q1230). The EXT/INT switch, S1732(S1031), activates relay K181O (K1800) to select either thefront panel input or the rear interface connection, P1900-16A (P1900-17B). The rear interface input connection isterminated internally with a 51 f2 resistor, R1731 (R1132).After input selection the signal coupling method is chosenby the ac or dc coupling switch for each channel, S1731(S1030). The dc component of the signal is removed bycapacitor C1830 (C1030), resulting in a signal that variesaround its average level. Attenuation of the input signal,X1 or X5, is determined by the setting of S1730 (S1021).

Four diodes, CR1620, CR1720, CR1621, and CR1721(CR1220, CR1120, CR1221, and CR1121) are provided tolimit the input voltage to Q1630 (Q1230). Clamping occursat approximately +6 V or –13 V. The diode clampingcircuits are protected against excessive current by R1629

(R1226). Resistor R1627 (R1224) Iimits the high frequencygate current, while capacitor C1720 (C1120) compensatesfor the capacitance around the gate circuitry of the inputdifferential amplifier.

The input differential amplifier, Q1630 (Q1230), hasvery high input impedance and transconductance, Highcommon mode rejection for the differential amplifier isprovided by a constant current source, Q1620 (Q1220)and associated components.

The other gate of the DMOS FET pair is connected tothe Trigger Level control R500 (R600) and the trigger leveloutput circuit, U1620 (U1220) and associated com-ponents. The Trigger Level control sets the dc referencelevel to which the input voltage is compared. The countermeasurements are made with respect to the dc referencelevel set by R500 (R600). The trigger level range is *3.5 V.

The buffer amplifier circuit, U1620 (U1220) andassociated components, has a high input impedance andapproximately unity gain, minim izingthe loading effect onthe differential amplifier. The CH A (CH B) Level Outvalue is very close to the dc level set by the Trigger Levelcontrol. Potentiometer R1525 (R1420) is adjusted tocompensate for the offset voltages of the differentialamplifier and buffer circuits.

The output of the DMOS FET pair is applied differen-tially to the input of a three stage line receiver circuit,U1530C, U1530B, and U1530A (U1330A, U1330B, andU1330C). The first stage of the line receiver, U1530C(U1330A), operates as a transresistance amplifier to lowerthe load impedance on the differential amplifier.

The second stage of the line receiver, U1530B(U1330B), operates as a voltage amplifier with a gain of

3-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

approximately three. The differential output from this on pin 11. The second rising edge causes U1321B to againvo l tage ampl i f ie r d r ives the Schmi t t t r igger c i rcu i t , change state. A Iow is clocked through to pin 15 and a highU1530A (U1330C). The Schmitt trigger circuit shapes the to pin 14; returning U1321B to its original state after reset.input signal and drives the SLOPE selection gates on The circuit is now ready to accept another falling edgeschematic 3. (CH A signal) on pin 11 of U1420C.

Introduction to Signal Routing The end result of two changes of state for U1321 B isthat a pulse width has been generated on pin 15 that goeshigh on the rising edge of the CH A signal and goes low on

NOTE the rising edge of the CH B signal.

Before reading this part of the detailed circuitdescription, refer to the Block Diagram Description Signal Routing and Gate Generator

for basic signal path information.The purpose of the Signal Routing circuit istoroutethe

CH A, CH B, Time - B, or Time Base (110 ns clock)

Signal slope selection for each channel of the DC 503Asignals to either the Gate Generator (pin 6 of U141OA), the

is provided by exclusive-OR gates, U1421A for Channel A+ N Circuit (schematic 6), or directly to the Count Input of

and U1421 B for Channel B. A high voltage level on pin 5 ofthe Decade Accumulators (schematic 4). In some modes

U1421A or pin 7 0f U1421B inverts the input signal on pin 5of operation, the signals are routed to the + N Circuit and

or pin 9 of U1421. Both gates have complemented outputs,then back to the Decade Accumulators or Gate Generator

pins 2 and 11.(via the emitter circuits of Q1330 or Q1320).

The outputs from the slope selection gates go to theSHAPED OUT tip jacks, J520 and J540, after buffering byQ1420 and Q1530, respectively. The Channel A signal alsogoes to pin 12 of U1420D and pin 11 of U1420C, while theChannel B signal goes to pin 5 of U1420A and pin 6 ofU1420B. In both TIME - B modes (variable clock oraveraging), U1420D and U1420A are disabled with highvoltage levels on pins 13 and 4, respectively. With U1420Dand U1420A disabled, the input signals are routed to theT I M E A - B Genera tor , U1321B. Both NOR gates ,U1420D and U1420A, are also disabled for the TIMEMANUAL mode. The Channel B NOR gate, U1420A, isdisabled for the TOTALIZE A and FREQUENCY A modes;U1420D is not. Refer to the FUNCTION switch (S1810)logic pattern on the schematic for specific Iogic levels thatenable or disable the remaining signal routing gates.

Time A - B Generator

Whenever a Reset signal appears on pin 13 of U1321 B,it sets pin 15 low and pin 14 high. The low on pin 15 enablesU1420C on pin 10 and the high on pin 14 disables U1420Bon pin 7. After reset, the Time A - B Generator waits forapositive transition (rising edge) on pin 11 of U1321B.

The first falling edge (after reset) on pin 11 of U1420Ccauses U1321 B to change state; pin 15 goes high, pins 14and 10 go low. This change of state disables U1420C,enables U1420B, and sets pin 10 (D input) of U1321B low.

The Time A - B Generator remains in this high stateuntil a falling edge (CH B signal) occurs on pin 6 ofU1420B. The failing edge is inverted and clocks U1321B

Refer to Fig. 3-1 for a typical DC 503A timing diagramand the sources of the count and measurement gate.

FREQUENCY A. The object of this mode istocount theCH A signal and use the Time Base to generate theMeasurement Gate, For this mode, the CH A signal isrouted through U1420D d i rec t ly to the Decade Ac-cumulators (U1221-9, schematic 4), The Time Base signal(100 ns clock) is routed through U1320C (pin 10 Iow) andout to the input of the + N Circuit (U131OA-6, schematic6). After the Time Base signal has been divided down (to1 MHz, to 100 kHz, etc) it is routed back to the emitter ofQ1320. This transistor is turned on in the saturated modeand passes the divided down signal, clocking the GateGenerator on pin 6 of U141OA and pin 11 of U141OB.Before a valid Measurement Gate can be generated theGate Generator must have been reset (cleared) viaU1320D.

The f i rs t pos i t i ve t rans i t ion o f the + N clock signal causes pin 15 of U141OB to go high. The second positivetransition of the : N clock causes pin 15 to go low andremain low for al l other clock transit ions unti l afterU1410A and U1410B are reset by the clear pulse on pin 12of U1320D.

The output on pin 14 of U141OB is the complement ofthe signal on pin 15. Pin 14 goes low and then high with thefirst and second clock transitions, remaining high untilafter reset (clear). The output on pin 14 is routed throughand inverted by U1330B (pin 7 low), This positive gate isinverted again by U1220C before acting as the Measure-ment Gate for the Decade Accumulators.

3-5

Fig 3-1.

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

3-6

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

The Gate Generator circuit also produces the LatchTrigger and a complementary Measurement Gate going tothe Measurement Cycle Timing circuit on schematic 5.The operation of the Latch Trigger circuit is the same forall modes of operation that requires a Measurement Gateand will be described only once.

The generation of the Latch Trigger signal startswhenever pin 3 of U1410A goes high at reset (clear) for theGate Generator. At reset, pin 13 of U1330D goes high andpin 15 goes low. This low is transmitted without inversionthrough buffer U1122D. Therefore, the Latch Triggersignal on pin 14 of U1122D goes low whenever the GateGenerator is cleared.

As soon as a positive clock edge occurs on pin 6 ofU1410A, pin 3 goes low and pin 15 of U1330D goesmomentarily high. However, pin 15 of U1410B is con-nected to pin 12 of U1330D and as soon as that signal goeshigh, pin 15 of U1330D goes low again. This action causesa momentary positive pulse immediately after first clock-ing the Gate Generator. This small pulse does not affectthe operation of the instrument.

At the end of the Measurement Gate, pin 15 of U1410Bgoes low again. When this happens there will be a low onpin 12 and pin 13 of U1330D, causing a low to hightransit ion on its output. It is the second low to hightransition at the end of the Measurement Gate interval thatproduces the Latch Trigger and affects the MeasurementCycle Timing circuit.

PERIOD B (Variable Clock). For this mode, a Measure-ment Gate is generated from the Channel B input signaland the Time Base is counted (divided down or not). Sincethis is a single period measurement, the Time Base signal(10 MHz) is again routed to the + N Circuit via U1320C.During the single period the instrument counts 10 MHz, or1 MHz, or 100 kHz, etc. The + N output again appears atthe emitters of Q1330and Q1320. Forthis mode itis Q1330that is turned on in a saturated mode, allowing the divideddown T ime Base s igna l to pass on to the DecadeAccumulators.

The Measurement Gate is generated from the CH Bsignal with U1420A enabled on pin 4 (low). The singleperiod signal from CH B passes on through U1421C, thenon through Q1321 because its base is low.

On the first rising edge of the single period, the start ofthe Measurement Gate IS generated exactly the same aspreviously discussed under the FREQUENCY A mode ofoperation. On the next rising edge of thesingle period, theMeasurement Gate is stopped with pin 14 of U1410B highand pin 15 low.

The gate signal generated on pin 14 of U1410B is againrouted through and inverted by both U1330B and U1220C.

PERIOD B (Average). For this mode the Time Basesignal is passed through U1330A directly to the DecadeAccumulators. The Channel B signal is routed to the + NCircuit via U1420A, U1421C, and Q1331 (base is low). Thedivided down Channel B signal returns via Q1320 to clockthe Gate Generator.

The first edge to clock the Gate Generator is the firstedge of signal period. That edge is divided down by the+- N Circuit to generate the second edge through Q1320 and terminate the Measurement Gate. The instrument isaveraging over 10” number of Channel B signal periods togenerate the Measurement Gate.

WIDTH B (Variable Clock). This mode of operation isexactly like PERIOD B (Variable Clock), except that theinstrument counts the Time Base signal (divided by N, ornot) during the positive portion or negative portion of theinput signal period to Channel B. Whether the positivepulse width or negative pulse width is measured dependson the setting of the SLOPE switch, S1020. The Time Basesignal passes through U1320C, out to the + N Circuit,back in through Q1330 and on to the Decade Ac-cumulators.

The exclusive-OR gate, U1421C, along with NOR gate,U1430B, is used to generate a single width measurement.The Channel B signal appears on pin 14 of U1421C. Pin 15is low at this time, causing U1421C to operate as a non-inverting buffer. When pin 14 goes from low to high, theoutput, pin 13, also goes from low to high. The positivetransition is passed through Q1321 (base is low) andclocks the Gate Generator on the first rising edge of theChannel B input, starting the Measurement Gate (pin 14 ofU1410B goes low).

Pin 7 of U1430B is at a logic low for this mode. When theMeasurement Gate starts, pin 6 goes low and sets a highlogic level on pin 15 of U1421C. During the MeasurementGate interval, U1421 C operates as an inverter. The nextfalling edge from Channel B (end of the positive pulse) willcause another positive edge to clock the Gate Generatorand terminate the Measurement Gate. The MeasurementGate is again routed through U1330B and U1220C,enabling the Decade Accumulators to count the TimeBase during the positive pulse width.

WIDTH B (Average). This mode of operation is similarto Period B (Average), except that NOR gates U1430C andU1430A are involved in the process. With U1430C enabledon pin 10, the Channel B pulse width passes throughU1430C to pin 4 of U1430A. The Channel B signal also

3-7

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

passes through U1421C, through Q1331, out to the + N internal jumper P1020 (J1020) on schematic 9. Logic gateCircuit, and back through Q1320 to start the Gate U1420D is enabled to allow counting the Channel AGenerator on the first edge. Pin 14 of U1410B goes low and signals, while U1330C is enabled to allow the Measure-sets pin 5 of U1430A low during the Measurement Gate ment Gate, generated by the Start/Stop switch, S1311, orainterval (U1330B is disabled). Remote Start signal on P1900-26B, to pass through

U1220C to the Decade Accumulators.

Pin 5 of U1430A stays low and keeps the logic gateenabled for the entire length of time equal to the number ofpulse widths being averaged. The pulse width signals onpin 4 are gated through and inverted, appearing on pin 10of U1220C. The Measurement Gate signal out of U1220Cis alternating high and low for the total number of pulsewidths being averaged. The Time Base count is beingaccumulated in the Decade Accumulators only during thetimes that the Measurement Gate is low on pin 14 ofU1220C. At the end of the averaging cycle, pin 5 of U1430Agoes high, disabling that gate, and preventing any morecounting until the next reset (clear) pulse occurs.

TIME A - B (Average). This mode is the same signalrouting as Width B (Average), except that the width isgenerated by the Time A - B Generator circuit. The risingedge of the Channel A signal starts the” pulse width, andthen the rising edge of the Channel B signal stops it.

EVENTS A DURING B (Average). Since it is required tocount the number of events coming through Channel Aduring N intervals of the Channel B pulse width, U1330A isdisabled on pin 5 to lock out the Time Base, and U1420D isenabled on pin 13 to allow the Channel A signals to passthrough to the Decade Accumulators.

The Time Base is not used for this mode; logic gatesU1330A and U1320C are disabled. The enabling ofU1430C, Q1331, and Q1320 is redundant; the Measure-ment Gate is not generated via U1410B.

TIME MANUAL. For this mode, there are no Channel Aor Channel B input signals. The Time Base signals arerouted through U1320C to the -+ N Circuit and back againvia Q1330 to the Count Input of the Decade Accumulators.The Measurement Gate is generated and routed throughU1330C exactly like the Totalize A mode.

+ N Circuit

The first decade counter in the : N Circuit consists ofU1310A, U1310B, U1411A, U1411B, U1300B, andassociated ECL components. As the operator selectsdifferent positions of the AVGS/TIMING switch, S1010 onschematic 9, more and more of the remaining dividersbecome involved in the counting down process,generating a delay between the first and second clockpulses going to the Gate Generator circuit on schematic 3.The first decade counter is followed by U1400, a singledecade counter, and the remaining dual decade counters,U1401, U1501, and U1610.

For this mode, the gate interval on pin 5 of U1430A lastsfor pulse widths and the Channel B signal on pin 4 is The clock input to the : N Circuit occurs on pin 6 ofagain Iogically anded through U1430A to pin 10 of U1220C U1310A and pin 5 of U1300A. The output from the + N(U1330B is disabled). The event count from Channel A is Circuit occurs at the wired-OR junction on pins 2 and 7 ofaccumulated in the Decade Accumulators exactly like the U1300.Time Base was for the Width B (Average) mode.

RATIO A/B (Average). For this mode the instrument isessentially performing a period average with the ChannelB signal generating the Measurement Gate (divided downor not, via the -+ N Circuit), but the Channel A signal isbeing counted, rather than the Time Base.

The Time Base is disabled via both U1330A (pin 5 ishigh) and U1320C (pin 10 is high), and the instrumentcounts the Channel A signals passing through U1420D(Pin 13 is low). The Measurement Gate is passed throughU1330B (pin 7 is low) and U1220C to allow the Channel Acount to accumulate in the Decade Accumulators.

TOTALIZE A. Whether the instrument is in this mode orthe Time Manual mode is dependent on the position of an

After reset, the first clock pulse edge at pin 6 of U1310Aand pin 5 of U1300A passes through to pin 2 of U1300A(+ N Output). The next clock edge will also pass throughU1300A if N = 1, or it is going to be held off for theselected + N countdown.

The + N setting (1 through 108 or 100 nsthrough 10 s)are identified by the logic state pattern for S1010 onschematic 6; the acutal switch circuit is located onschematic 9. These settings enable or disable logic gatesU1300C, U1510B, U1510A, U1510C, U1510D, U1511A,U1511B, or U1511D.

At reset (clear), all of the decade counters are set to acount of nine, causing all of the inputs to U1500 to be sethigh and enabling U1300A, Resistors R1302 and R1303

3-8

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

operate as TTL to ECL level shifters. As the first clockpulse on pin 5 of U1300A makes a transition from low tohigh, the output (pin 2) goes from low to high, Assumingthat the first decade counter has also been reset, pins 9, 10,and 11 of U1300B are all low with its output (pin 7) alsolow. This low on pin 7 allows the first clock pulse to passthrough U1330A. If the instrument is operating in the mode, pin 5 of U1320A is held low. This ensures that thecounters do not advance or change their “nines” state,allowing all of the succeeding clock edges to pass throughU1300A.

For the ~- 10 mode, pin 5 of U1320A is no longer heldlow and the first decade counter is no longer held reset.The first clock edge on pin 6 of U1310A passes on through

U1300A. The first clock transition has also caused U1310Ato change state, setting pin 9 of U1300B high. The outputof U1300B and the wired-OR junction goes high andremains high for the next ten clock edges. After tencounts, the first decade counter is back to its original state,setting all three inputs to U1300B low. This causes thewired-OR junction to go low, allowing the eleventh clockedge to pass through U1300A. Thus, the first and eleventhclock edges causes the ~ N Output to go high.

The reason that the decade count does not continuepast the first decade is that pin 5 of U1510B is held low andpin 6 of U1400 IS held high. For N = 102 (100) pin 4 ofU1401 is held reset (set to nine), but the first decadecounter and U1400 are invo lved in the countdownprocess. The first clock edge through U1300A causes the

: N Output to go high, and the 101st edge does the same.The second through one-hundredth clock edges aresuppressed via the wired-OR junction and because theoutput of U1400 is changing, this keeps U1300A disableduntil the 101st clock edge occurs.

In any of the averaging modes (PERIOD B, WIDTH B,TIME A- B, EVENTS A DUR B, or RATlO A/B) andN = 10, it requires eleven periods of the selected mode tocount ten periods. The first clock edge on pin 6 of U1310Aadvances the first decade counter, but it IS desired to holdoff the first clock edge out of the + N Circuit. Instead ofsetting pins 9, 10, and 11 of U1300B all low at reset (clear)for the averaging modes, pins 10 and 11 areset lowand pin9 high; the first flip-flop, U1310A is set rather than reset.Anytime that the instrument is in an averaging mode andpin 5 of U1320A is not held low (N = 1), U1310A is set bythe clear pulse via U1300C.

In the TOTALIZE A mode the + N Circuit and theinternal Time Base are not used. In the TIME MANUALmode, the Time Base signal is divided by N. In both modesthe gate IS generated by the START/STOP switch input toCR1222.

For all modes except TOTALIZE A and TIME MANUAL,the input to pin 3 of U1600B is at a high level. This causes

CR1220 to be forward biased, holding pin 9 of U1310A lowand enabling that flip-flop to change state when clockedon p in 6 , When the ins t rument is operat ing in theTOTALIZE A or TIME MANUAL mode, pin 3 of U1600B isheld low, reverse biasing CR1220 and allowing the clockinput to U1310A to be enabled and disabled by theSTART/STOP switch.

Also, for the TIME MANUAL and TOTALIZE A modeswhen the instrument is not dividing by one (N = 1), pins 12and 13 of U1430D are both low. These low levels enableU1220D and disables U1320B. When the circuit is clearedby the ECL CLR signal on pin 5 of U1220D, U1411Abecomes set, rather than reset; U1411A is normally resetfor the other modes. This action also produces a small hold off interval for the TIME MANUAL mode; the firstclock edge does not start the Gate Generator via U1300A.It takes at least two counts to get the Measurement Gate started in the TIME MANUAL mode.


N O T E

Refer to Signal Routing and Gate Generator (FRE-QUENCY A) discussion for a description of thecircuit that generates the Latch Trigger signal. Also.see Fig. 3-1 for a typical timing diagram.

The Latch Trigger signal on P1630-1 (J1630-1) makesapositive transition when the Measurement Gate is ter-minated. Gate termination is indicated when a negativetransition occurs on pin 3 of U1420A. The Latch Triggersignal goes to two places: pin 12 of U1423B and pin 11 ofU1420D; therefore, two things are going to happen.

The negative transition on pin 13 of U1420D turns offQ1400, allowing C1400 to start charging toward +12 Vthrough R1400, R1401, R1410, and the DISPLAY TIMEswitch, S1410. This produces a rising ramp voltageinterval on the emitter of Q1300. Also, when triggered onpin 12, the one-shot multivibrator (U1423B) generates apositive pulse of approximately 50 ms duration on pin 10.The multi vibrator, along with U1420A, operate as a pulsestretcher circuit. Thenegative pulse out of pin 1 of U1420Acauses the GATE light on the front panel to be illuminatedduring the active gating interval.

Pin 9 of U1423B also goes low when them ultivibratoristriggered. Assuming that the RESET line is high, U1422Dis enabled via pin 13. The rising edge on pin 12 of U1422Dhappens about 50 ms later and translates to a falling edgeon pin 5 of U1423A, another one-shot multi vibrator. WhenU1423A is triggered by the falling edge on pin 5, a Loadpulse (microseconds duration) is transmitted via U1422B

3-9

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

and U1621D to pin 1 of U1520 (schematic 7), telling thedecade counting units to latch the accumulated count.

During the time that the GATE light and Load pulseswere being generated, the ramp voltage on the emitter ofQ1300 (a unijunction transistor) has been rising. Eventual-ly, it will reach the voltage level necessary to turn onQ1300. When Q1300 turns on, C1400 discharges and apositive pulse of small duration is produced on pin 3 ofUU1422A. The falling edge of that pulse triggers bothU1421A and U1421B, generating two pulses (Reset andClear).

The Reset pulse generated by U1421A and U1420B willbe of shorter duration than the Clear pulse generated byU1421B and U1420C. The pulse on pin 4 of U1420B resetsthe U1520 internal decade counters (schematic 7). Thepulse on pin 10 of U1420C resets all other ECL circuits andeverything else. The CLR (Clear) pulse is of sufficientduration to allow for the setup times, minimum reset times,and a delay after reset before U1520 is ready to accept thenext Count Input. After the CLR pulse terminates, thecounter circuits are armed and ready to accumulateanother count.

Transistor Q1700 and associated components com-prise the power on reset circuit. At power on, Q1700conducts and stays on for a time interval determined bythe time constant value for R1700 and C1701.

Decade Accumulators

The 1st DCU circuit is located on schematic 4, the 2ndDCU on schematic 7. The Measurement Gate is applied topins 7 and 6 of the first flip-flop, U1221, while the CountInput clocks U1221 on pin 9 for a divide by two operation.

The remaining flip-flops, U1120, U1121B, U1121A, andthe feedback circuit through U1220B provides a divide byfive operation.

The entire circuit on schematic 4 is a divide by tendecade accumulator with a bcd output code. The outputsof the flip-flops are translated from ECL levels to TTLlevels by their associated buffer (amplifier) circuits,U122A, Q1133 and Q1132, U1122B, and U1122C. The3.7 V reference for U1122A, B, and C is set by the voltagedivider circuit, R1037 and R1036.

pins 12 and 1 of U1620 are hardwired, the 2nd DCU alsodivides by ten.

When the reset signal on pin 2 of U1620 goes high, allfour outputs are set low and U1620 counts the negativeedges that occur on pin 14. At the end of every 100 countsall of the binary inputs to U1520 should be low. ResistorsR1624, R1623, R1622, and R1715 operate as pull upresistors to ensure that the D2 inputs for U1520 reach the4.0 V level required for a logical “1” value.

6-Decade Ripple Through Counter

The 6-Decade Ripple Through Counter, U1520, in-crements on the negative edge of an internal clock, All sixdecades are reset to zero when the reset signal (pin 22) isheld low for at least 4 #s. An internal overflow flip-flop (pin12) is reset at thesametime. Reset must go high before thenext valid count can be latched.

Eight decade latches are provided internally, two forstoring the count from the 1st and 2nd DCU’S and six forinternal counter output. All latches are loaded when pin 21goes low for at least 4 Ps. Ripple through time is about12 /./s.

The internal scan counter is driven by an internaloscillator whose frequency is determined by C1511 (pins39 and 40). The counter scans from the most significantdigit (MSD, pin 2) to the least significant digit (LSD, pin 9).Pins 2 through 9 are the digit strobe outputs (time slot linesTS1 through TS8).

A high level on the decimal point input (pin 10) resets ablanking flip-flop output (pin 11), causing the display tounblank. Pin 10 is brought high at the start of the digitstrobe time slot that has the active decimal point.

An overflow flip-flop (pin 12) is set on the first negativetransition occuring on the overflow input (pin 13). Themost significant bit (MSB) output from the eighth decade(Pin 14) is used as overflow input.

Leading zero suppression is also provided internall y. Atthe start of each scan counter cycle (MSD to LSD), thedisplay is blanked (pin 11 is low) until a non zero digit oractive decimal point is encountered. The display unblanksduring LSD (TS8) time or whenever the overflow output(pin 12) is high.

The four translated voltage levels out of the 1st DCU go Data output from U1520 appears on pins 20, 19, 18, andto the first latch inputs of the 6-Decade Counter, U1520 17, in a multiplexed bcd format. The internal scan counter(schematic 7), with the fourth bit value driving the 2nd causes the proper decade count to appear on these lines atDCU circuit, U1620 and associated components. Since the same time as its corresponding digit strobe (time slot)

3-10

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

is made active The bcd output data is demultiplexed viathe time slot lines driving the eight LED’s in the display(schematic 8). The bcd output codes area also converted toseven segment information by U1610.


T w o p r o g r a m m a b l e r e a d o n l y m e m o r y ( P R O M )

devices, U1200 and U1300, are used to accept the settingin format ion f rom the FUNCTION and AVGS/TIMINGswitch circuits on schematic 9. This information lets thePROMS know what function and timing point the instru-ment is in so that they can, in turn, select which decimalpoint and annunciator should be illuminated. The annun-

ciators are the GHz/nSEC, MHz/@SEC, KHz/mSEC, andHz/SEC indicator lights.

The decimal point data from the PROMS is fed to pins 9,10, and 11 of U1400, a one-of-eight selector/multiplexer.Integrated circuit U1400 is used as a single pole, sevenposition switch that switches the proper time slot pulse(TS1 through TS7) to the decimal point scanned lines,pins 6 and 5 of U1400. Pin 5 will havea positive pulse andpin 6 a negative pulse for the decimal point scannedinformation.

Decimal point information is not displayed in theTOTALIZE A mode. Pin 9 of U1422C and pin 13 of U1612Fare set low, and pin 10 of U1422C is set high forthis mode.This coding deselects and turns off both PROMS at pin 15(high) and deselects U1400 at pin 7 (high).

There are four sets of decimal point and annunciatorinformation contained in the two PROMS. These foursections are selected by the ADE and ADF lines as shownin Table 3-1.

Table 3-1

PROM SELECTION CODE

D i s p l a y

The eight digit LEDs are common cathode displays,with the time slot pulses (TS1 through TS8) scanning pin 6on each digit; DS1002 is the most significant digit andDS1305 is the least significant digit. All of the sevensegment and decimal point information is paralled. Forleading zero suppression during the scanning cycle, thedisplay is blanked (seven segment information is missing)until the first non-zero digit or decimal point is en-countered.

The GATE and OVERFLOW lights, CR1011 and CR1012,are driven by current limit resistors, R1011 and R1012. Asingle current limiting resistor, R1009, is used for the fourannunciator lights because only oneofthem is illuminatedat any given time.

Switching Logic(FUNCTION, AVGS/TIMING)

The FUNCTION switching logic for S1810 is on the A12A u x b o a r d ( t o p h a l f o f s c h e m a t i c ) , w h i l e t h eAVGS/TIMING switching logic for S1010 is on the A14Main board (lower half of schematic). A simplified logicpattern for S1810 is located on schematic 3 and the logicpattern for S1010 is located on schematic 6.

The switch wafer positions for the FUNCTION switchare drawn in-line, horizontally with one wafer positionoffset slightly to indicate reset between detents. The sametype of pattern is drawn for the AVGS/TIMING switch,S1010.

Integrated circuits U1611D and U1611B are used toreset the Time A — BGenerator when either measurementmode for that function is activated or whenever the clearpulse occurs on pin 6 of U1611B.

Pin 8 of U1600D is set low for the modes that use the10 MHz Time Base clock as the direct Count Input to theDecade Accumulators. Pin 10 of U1611C is set low forthose modes that use the Channel A signal as the directCount Input. The remaining logic gates, along with theactual grounded positions of the FUNCTION switch,control the signal paths discussed under the BlockDiagram discussion and the discussion for the SignalRouting and Gate Generator circuits.

The ADE control line (U1611A, pin 3) and the ADFline(U1600E, pin 10) areused toaddressthetwo PROMs in theDecimal Point and Annunciator Encoder circuits (seeTable 3-1).

The tenth position of the FUNCTION switch is used forthe TOTALIZE A and TIME MANUAL modes. The desired

3-11/(3-12 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

mode is selected by the user changing the position ofP1020 relative to the pins on J1020. This jumper is locatedon the A12 Aux board. Diode CR1021 is turned on in theTIME MANUAL mode to set pin 13 of U1601C low;activating the proper Signal Routing circuits on sche-matic 3.

Time Base

The standard 10 MHz clock frequency is generated byQ1701 and Y1810 operating as a Colpitts oscillator, withsmall frequency changes provided by the adjustment ofC1715. The power supply for this circuit is regulated at10 V by Zener diode VR1710.

The output of the standard time base circuit drives thebase of Q1720, operating as a buffer amplifier. The outputof 01720 is passed through U1621 E where three resistors,R1731, R1732, and R1735 translate the time base signalinto ECL levels that operate the circuits on the Aux board.

The Option 1 Time Base circuit, Y1710, uses an 18 Voven for temperature control. The 18 V is derived fromanother three terminal regulator, U1800, using feedbackresistors R1801 and R1803 to control the 18 V on pin 3 ofY1701.

lnternal jumper connections P1710 and P1720 allow theuser to select an external 10 MHz time base or TTL clockvia the rear interface.

When the instrument is equipped with the optional timebase, all of the standard time base components areremoved.

Power Supplies

Integrated circuit U1831 supplies the reference voltagefor the +5 V and –12 V power. The +5 V power is derivedfrom the +11.5 Vdc supply in the power module, while the–12 V power is derived from the +33.5 Vdc supply. The+12 V power is derived from the three terminal regulator,

U1 830, connected to the +33.5 Vdc supply. Reversepolarity protection for the three supplies is provided byCR1732, CR1733, and CR1730.

The +5 V, –12 V, and +12 V power is connected fromthe Main board tothe Aux board via P1630 (pins 7,8,9, and10) where decoupling networks are provided. The +5 V isdivided down to about 3.3 V on the base of Q1032 andreflected as +2.7 V on the emitter, Voltage feedback forthis regulator is provided by Q1030 and Q1020. The mainpurpose of Q1020 is to sink the current coming from all ofthe 150 n ECL terminations used throughout the variouslogic circuits.

The +7 V reference from U1831 on the Main boardoriginates on pin 6 and then divided down to +5 V byR1826 and R1827. The +5 V load current flows throughR1733 (the current limiting resistor), through the npnseries pass transistor in the power module, and throughF1830 to the +11.5 Vdc supply, The load voltage isregulated within design limits by varying the voltage onthe base of the series pass transistor. If the load currentexceeds about 2 A, the voltage drop across R1733becomes great enough to limit the current by causing thebase of the series pass transistor to go more negative withrespect to its emitter. This over current voltage is sensed atpins 2 and 3 of U1831, Feedback input to U1831 occurs onpin 4, with frequency compensation provided by C1830.

The –12 V supply is referenced to the +7 V on pin 6 ofU1831 via R1825. Thevoltagelevel atthejunction of R1825and R1730 is near 0 V.

Should the –12 V supply go slightly more positive, thevoltage at the base of Q1724 goes more positive, in-creasing the current through Q1723 and R1820. Thiscauses the base of Q1721 to go more positive andincreases the current through the pnp series pass tran-sistor in the power module. This increased current flowlowers the –12 V until the correct voltage is reached. If theload current from this supply exceeds about 220 mA, thevoltage drop across R1721 becomes large enough tocause Q1722 to conduct, thereby reducing and limitingthe current through the pnp series pass transistor.

4-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

SECTION 4

CALIBRATIONPERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE

Introduction

This procedure checks the electrical performancerequirements as listed in the Specification section in thismanual. Perform the Adjustment Procedure if the instru-ment fails to meet these checks. In some cases, recalibra-tion may not correct the discrepancy; circuit trouble-shooting is then indicated. Also, use this procedure todetermine acceptability of performance in an incominginspection facility.

Calibration Interval

To ensure instrument accuracy, check the calibrationevery 1000 hours of operation or at a minimum of every sixmonths if used infrequently.

Services Available

Tektronix, Inc. provides complete instrument repairand adjustment at local field service centers and at the

factory service center. Contact your local Tektronix fieldoffice or representative for further information.

Test Equipment Required

The following test equipment (or equivalent) listed inTable 4-1 is suggested to perform the Performance Checkand Adjustment Procedure.

Dangerous potentials exist at several pointsthroughout this instrument. Caution must be exer-cised. When the instrument is operated with thecovers removed, do not touch exposed connectionsor components.

4-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 4-1

LIST OF TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

4-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Preliminary Control Settings

7000 Series Oscilloscope

POWER OnFOCUS as desired for aINTENSITY well-defined display VERTICAL MODE LEFTHORIZONTAL MODE BB TRIGGER SOURCE VERT MODE

Vertical Plug-in

VOLTS/DIV .2VARIABLE inBANDWIDTH FULLPOLARITY + UPAC-GND-DC DCPOSITION centered display

Horizontal Plug-in

TRIGGERINGMODECOUPLINGSOURCE

P-P AUTOACINT

POSITION as desiredTIME/DIV 20 nS

VARIABLE inMAG X1 (in)

FUNCTIONTIMINGDISPLAY TIMECH A and CH B

LEVELSLOPEATTENCOUPLSOURCE

DC 503A

as indicatedas indicatedccw

midrange+ (out)x1 (out)DC (out)EXT (out)

Sinewave Generator

FREQUENCY RANGE 100—250(MHz)

OUTPUT AMPLITUDE 1.00FREQUENCY VARIABLE 125AMPLITUDE MULITPLIER X.1

TIME BASE CHECKS

1. Check Oscillator Frequency (Standard time baseand Option 1)

NOTE

The time base accuracy is a function of temperatureand time. The temperature stability for the standardtime base is t5 ppm (0° C to 50° C) with an aging rateof i 1 ppmlyear.

After one year of operation (since the time base wascalibrated), the 1 MHz WWVB frequency standardshou ld read 1000.0000 *61 counts for anytemperature between 0° C to 50° C. The *61 countsare determined by *5O counts, due to temperature(*5 ppm); t10 counts due to aging (fl ppm); and+ I count to synchronization error. After t his check iscompleted, the user should determine if a time basere-calibration is required.

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B(AVGS) and set the AVGS switch to 10’.

b. Connect a coaxial cable from the WWVB Standardoutput to the DC 503A B INPUT.

c. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stablereadout on the DC 503A display.

d. Check-that the DC 503A readout is within999.9939 and 1000.0061 (*6.O ppm, +1 count).

e. To check for Option 1 time base oscillator frequen-cy, change the DC 503A AVGS switch to 107.

f. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stablereadout on the DC 503A display.

g. Check—that the DC 503A readout is within999.99879 and 000.00121 with the display OVERFLOWlight on (+1.20 ppm, *1 count).

CH A AND CH B CHECKS

2. Check CH A Input Frequency Range andSensitivity, X1 and X5 Attenuation, dc coupled (0 Hzto >125 MHz). Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up.

a. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to FRE-QUENCY A and the TIMING switch to 10 ms.

4-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

b. Connect the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT signal to theVertical Plug-in INPUT connector using the tip jack-to-bnc connector (black terminal to COMMON).

c. Connect the sinewave generator OUTPUT to theDC 503A CH A INPUT using the coaxial cable and the50 !2 termination.

d. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

e. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 125.0000 (MHz) with the display MHz/@ECilluminated.

f. Press (in) the X5 DC 503A CH A ATTEN.

g. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE to 5.00.

h. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and the oscilloscope.

i CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates approxi-mately 125,000 (MHz) with the display MHz/pSECilluminated.

3. Check Totalize A and Time Manual (0 to125 MHz)

a. Turn off the power module. Remove the DC 503A.

b. Change the TIME MAN UAL/TOTALIZE jumper,J1020 (located on rear of the Auxiliary board) to theTOTALIZE position. Refer to Adjustment Locations in thepullout pages of this manual.

c .

d .

e .

Re-insert the counter into the power module.

Turn on the power module.

Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to TOTALIZEand press the START/STOP pushbutton to START (inposition).

f. CHECK—for the total maximum count readout onthe DC 503A display (at end of count, display OVERFLOWmay light).

g. Press the START/STOP pushbutton to STOP (outposition).

h. Turn off the power module, remove the DC 503Aand change the TIME MAN UAUTOTALIZE jumper(J1020) to the TIME MANUAL position.

Fig. 4-1. Check set-up for the high frequency sensitivity using X1 and X5 attenuation.

4-5

i. Re-insert plug-in into the power module.

j. To check the Time Manual, press the START/STOPpushbutton to START (in position).

k. CHECK-the DC 503A display readout (in seconds)for the advancing count.

l. Press the START/STOP pushbutton to STOP (outposition).

4. Check CH A Input Sensitivity, X5 and X1Attenuation (20 mV rms sine wave to 100 MHz).Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up.

a. Change the sinewave generator FREQUENCYVARIABLE to 100 and the OUTPUT AMPLITUDE controlto 2.80.

b. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to FRE-QUENCY A and adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL controlfor a stable display on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

c. CHECK—that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.0000 (MHz) with the display MHz/@3ECilluminated.

d. Set the DC 503A CH A ATTEN switch to X1 (outposition).

e. Change the s inewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE control to .56.

f. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

g. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicated ap-proximately 100,000 (MHz/@iEC illuminated.

5. Check CH B Input Frequency Range andSensitivity, X1 and X5 Attenuation, dc coupled (0 Hzto 100 MHz). Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up.

a. Remove the cable from the DC 503A CH A INPUTconnector and connect to the CH B INPUT. Remove the ASHAPED OUT connector and connect to the B SHAPEDOUT connector (black terminal to COMMON).

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

b. Set the DC 503A AVGS switch to 10’ and FUNC-TION to PERIOD B AVGS.

c. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

d. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 10.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

e. Set the DC 503A CH B ATTEN switch to X5 (inposition).

f. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE control to 2.80.

g. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

h. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicated ap-proximately 10,000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

i. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 10.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

6. Check CH B Input Sensitivity, X5 and X1Attenuation (35 mV rms sine wave to 125 MHz).Refer to Fig. 4-1 check set-up.

a. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE to 5.00 and FREQUENCY VARIABLE to 125.

b. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

c. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 8.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

d. Change the sinewave generator OUTPUTAMPLITUDE to 1.00.

e. Set the DC 503A CH B ATTEN switch to X1 (outposition).

f. Adjust the CH B LEVEL control for a display on theDC 503A and oscilloscope.

4-6

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

g. CHECK--that the DC 503A readout indicates ap- d. Remove the DC 503A CH B cable connection. Insertproximately 8,000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSEC the 10X attenuator with the 50 Sl termination onto the verticali l luminated. plug-in INPUT. Connect the coaxial cable from the 10X

attenuator to the function generator OUTPUT.

7. Check the Cl-f A Input Frequency Range, X1 ac e. Set the DC 503A CH A and CH B ATTEN to X1 and

coupled (10 Hz). Refer to Fig. 4-2 check set-up and the CH A and CH B COUPL to DC.

the preliminary control settings with the followingaddition: f. Set the vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV to 10 mVandthe

AC-GND-DC switch to GND.

g. Adjust the vertical plug-in POSITION control to center the trace on the oscilloscope crt display.

h. Change the vertical plug-in AC-GND-DC switch toDC.

a. Turn the power module off. Disconnect the i. Adjust the function generator OFFSET control tosinewave generator OUTPUT cable and remove the center the displayed signal on the crt.sinewave generator plug-in.

j. Adjust the function generator AMPLITUDE controlb. Insert the function generator plug-in and set the for five graticule divisions of signal on the crt display

controls as listed above. Turn on the power module. (50 mV p-to-p).

c. Disconnect the vertical plug-in lNPUT connector (B k. Change the DC 503A TIMING switch to 1 s and theSHAPED OUT signal). FUNCTION switch to FREQUENCY A.

Fig. 4-2. Check set-up for low frequency ac and dc sensitivity.

4-7

l. Move the vertical plug-in INPUT connection to theDC 503A CH A INPUT and re-connect the A SHAPEDOUT signal to the vertical plug-in INPUT. Change thevertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV switch to .2. Adjust the CH ALEVEL for a stable readout on the DC 503A and os-cilloscope.

m. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 0.010 (kHz) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated.

n. Set the DC 503A CH A COUPL switch to AC.

o. Set the function generator OFFSET control fullyclockwise.

p. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 0.010 (kHz) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated.

q. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD Band the TIMING to 10WS

r. Move the DC 503A CH A connection and reconnectto the CH B connector. Remove the A SHAPED OUTconnector and connect to the B SHAPED OUT (blackterminal to COMMON). Adjust the CH B LEVEL control fora stable readout on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

s. The oscilloscope crt display is a squarewave.

t. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.00 (mSEC) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated.

8. Check the CH B Input Frequency Range, X1 accoupled (10 Hz). Refer to Fig. 4-2 check set-up.

a. Set the DC 503A CH B COUPL switch to AC.

b. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stablereadout on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

c. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.00 (mSEC) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated.

d. Set the function generator OFFSET control fully

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

e. The oscilloscope crt display is a squarewave.

f. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.00 (mSEC) with the display kHz/mSECilluminated.

M I N I M U M P U L S E W I D T H C H E C K S

9. Check the Input Sensitivity X1 Attenuation(100 mV p-to-p pulse at minimum pulse width of4 ns to 125 MHz). Refer to Fig. 4-3 check set-up andpreliminary control settings with the followingexceptions:

VOLTS/DIVVARIABLEBANDWIDTHPOLARITYAC-GND-DCPOSITION

TIME/DIV

Vertical Plug-in

50 mVinFULL+ UPGNDcentered display

Horizontal Plug-in

2 ns

Pulse Generator

PULSE DURATION square waveVARIABLE ccw

PERIOD 4 nsVARIABLE ccw

BACK TERM outCOMPLEMENT out

DC 503A

FUNCTIONTIMINGDISPLAY TIMECH A and CH B

SLOPEATTENCOUPLSOURCE

FREQUENCY A100 /Jsccw

+X1DCEXT

a. Turn off the power module and disconnect thefunction generator coaxial cable. Remove the functiongenerator plug-in. Insert the pulse generator plug-in andturn on the power module.

b. Connect coaxial cable to the pulse generator OUT-counterclockwise. PUT.

4-8

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3c. Adjust the vertical plug-in POSITION control to

center the trace on the crt. Change the AC-GND-DCSwitch to DC.

d. Remove the DC 503A B SHAPED OUT connectionfrom the vertical plug-in INPUT.

e. Remove the DC 503A CH B INPUT coaxial cablewith 10X attenuator and connect to the vertical plug-inINPUT.

f. Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS) LOWLEVEL control to position the bottom edge of the dis-played squarewave to the center of the crt graticule.

g. Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS)HIGH EDGE control for two divisions of display on the crt(100 mV p-top).

h. Adjust the pulse generator PERIOD VARIABLEcontrol for a period of 8 ns (4 div).

i. Move the vertical plug-in INPUT connection to theDC 503A CH A lNPUT and connect the A SHAPED OUTsignal to the vertical plug-in INPUT. Change the verticalplug-in VOLTS/DIV switch to .2.

j. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control forastabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

k. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 125.00 (MHz) with the display MHz/@3ECilluminated.

m. Move the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connector tothe B SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON) andmove the CH A INPUT connection to the CH B INPUT.

n. Set Function Switch to period B (Avgs). Set Avgs to106.

o. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 8,000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

10. Check Period B Minimum Pulse Width (4 ns at100 mV peak-to-peak).

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B(no AVGS).

Fig. 4-3 Check set-up for minimum pulse width signals.

4-9

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.0 (SEC) +1 count with the displayHz/SEC illuminated.

11. Check RATIO A/B Minimum Pulse Width (4 nsat 100 mV peak-to-peak).

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to RATIO A/B.

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.000000 *I count (no annunciatorlights).

12. Check the Input Sensitivity X1 Attenuation(60 mV p-to-p pulse at minimum pulse width of 5 nsto 100 MHz). Refer to Fig. 4-3 check set-up andcontrol settings as shown in step 9.

a. Remove the DC 503A B SHAPED OUT connectionfrom the vertical plug-in INPUT.

b. Change the coaxial cable (with the 10X attenuator)from the DC 503A CH B INPUT to the vertical plug-inINPUT.

c. Change the vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV.

Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS) Low d.

LEVEL control to position the bottom edge of the dis-played Squarewave to the center of the CM graticule.

e. Adjust the pulse generator OUTPUT (VOLTS) HIGHEDGE control for three divisions of display (60 mv p-to-p)on the crt.

f. Change the vertical plug-in VOLTS/DIV to 0.1 andadjust the pulse generator PERIOD VARIABLE for aperiod of 10 ns (5 divisions).

g. Move the vertical plug-in INPUT connection to theDC 503A CH A INPUT and connect the A SHAPED OUTsignal to the vertical plug-in INPUT.

h. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

i. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 100.00 (MHz) with the display MHz/@3EC

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

j. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B(AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 106.

k. Move the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connector tothe B SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON) andmove the CH A INPUT connection to the CH B lNPUT.

l. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

m. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 10.000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

13. Check the Width B (AVGS) Minimum PulseWidth (5 ns).

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to WIDTH B(AVGS).

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thereadout indicates approximately 5.0000 (nSEC) with thedisplay GHz/nSEC illuminated.

14. Check the Events A During B Minimum B PulseWidth (5 ns).

a. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to EVENTS ADUR B.

b. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.000000 fl count (no annunciatorlights).

15. Check the Width B (no AVGS) Minimum PulseWidth (20 ns).

a. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIODB (AVGS).

b. Change the pulse generator PERIOD to 10 ns andadjust PERIOD VARIABLE for a DC 503A display readoutof approximately 40.0000 (nSEC) with the displayGHz/nSEC illuminated.

c. Change DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B(no AVGS).illuminated.

4-10

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

d. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.0 (SEC) il count with the displayHz/SEC illuminated.

TWO CHANNEL FUNCTION CHECKS

16. Check Time A - B Single Shot Minimum TimeInterval and Time A - B Average Minimum Timeinterval (12.5 ns). Refer to Fig. 4-4 check set-up andthe following control settings:

FUNCTIONTIMINGDISPLAY TIMECH A

LEVELSLOPEATTENCOUPLSOURCE

CH BLEVELSLOPEATTENCOUPLSOURCE

Pulse Generator

PERIOD 10 nsOUTPUT (VOLTS)

LOW LEVEL –1HIGH LEVEL 1

BACK TERM OUT

a. Connect 50 Q terminations to both DC 503A CH Aand CH B INPUTS.

b. Connect the dual input connector to the 50 (ltermination on the DC 503A INPUTS,

DC 503A

FREQUENCY A1 msccw

midrange+ (out position)Xl (out position)DC (out position)EXT (out position)

midrange- (in position)Xl (out position)DC (out position)EXT (out position)

c. Connect the coaxial cable from the pulse generatorOUTPUT to the dual input connector.

d. Connect the tip jack-to-bnc connector from theDC 503A A SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON)to the vertical plug-in.

e. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for asquarewave display on the oscilloscope crt.

f. Adjust the pulse generator PERIOD VARIABLEcontrol for a DC 503A display readout of approximately40.000 (MHz) with the display MHz/HSEC illuminated.

4-11

g. Move the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connection tothe B SHAPED OUT.

h. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for asquarewave display on the crt.

i. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to TIME A - B(AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 10’.

j. CHECK-that the DC 503A display readout in-dicates between 8.5000 and 16.5000 (12.5 ns *4 ns) withthe display GHz/nSEC illuminated.

k. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to TIMEA - B (TIMING).

l. CHECK-the displayed GATE light blinks and thedisplay readout is 0.0 (SEC) +1 count with the displayHz/SEC illuminated.

17. Check Events A during B

a. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch toEVENTS A DUR B.

b. CHECK-the DC 503A display readout indicates1.000000 *1 count (.999999 to 1.000001).

18. Check Ratio A/B

a. Change the DC 503AA/B.

FUNCTION switch to RATIO

b. CHECK-the DC 503A display readout indicates1.000000 *1 count (.999999 to 1 .000001) (no annunciatorlights).

TRIGGER LEVEL CHECKS

19. Check Trigger Level Range, *3.5 V. Refer toFig. 4-5 check set-up and preliminary controlsettings with the following exceptions:

DC 503A

FUNCTION FREQUENCY ATIMING 1 msCOUPL (CH A and CH B) AC

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Digital Multimeter

RANGE 20 DC VOLTS

a. Turn off the power module and disconnect the pulsegenerator OUTPUT connection. Remove the pulsegenerator plug-in.

b. Insert the digital multimeter plug-in. Turn on thepower module.

c. Connect a tip jack-to-bnc cable from the DC 503A ATRIG LEVEL to a bnc female-to-bnc banana connectorand connect to the digital multi meter INPUT.

d. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control fullycounterclockwise.

e. CHECK-that the digital multi meter readout in-dicates between –3.500 and –10.000.

f. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control fullyclockwise.

g. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout in-dicates between +3.500 and +10.000.

h. Change the DC 503A CH A connections to the CH B(with appropriate control settings) and repeat steps 19dthrough 19g.

20. Check A Trigger Level Output Accuracy(+20 mV *0.5°/0 of reading). Refer to Fig. 4-5 checkset-up and control settings in step 19 with thefollowing exceptions:

Vertical Plug-in

VOLTS/DIV 50 mV

Horizontal Plug-in

TIME/DIV 1 ps

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

a. Turn off the power module. Insert the functiongenerator. Turn on the power module.

b. Connect a tip jack-to-bnc cable from the DC 503A ASHAPED OUT to the vertical plug-in INPUT.

c. Remove the DC 503A B TRIG LEVEL connection(tip jack-to-bnc cable). Connect the digital multimeterINPUT through the 50 fl termination to the functiongenerator OUTPUT,

d. Adjust the function generator OFFSET control for adisplayed reading between +2.450 and +2.550 on the digi-tal multimeter. NOTE the reading.

e. Move the connection from the digital multimeterINPUT to the DC 503A CH A INPUT connector.Reconnect the DC 503A CH A TRIG LEVEL OUT to themultimeter.

f. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

g. Adjust the function generator FREQUENCYVARIABLE control and horizontal plug-in POSITIONcontrol to display a single period of 10 HS on the crt.

h. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to centerthe falling edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule Iine.

i. CHECK—that the digital multi meter readout in-dicates between +0.020 and -0.020.

j. Change the DC 503A COUPL to DC (out position).

k. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to centerthe falling edge off the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line.

l. CHECK—that the digital multimeter reading iswithin .030 of value noted in step 20d.

m. Remove the DC 503A CH A TRIG LEVEL from thedigital multimeter. Connect the function generator OUT-PUT to the multimeter INPUT.

n. Adjust the function generator OFFSET control for areading between -2.450 and -2.550 on the digital multimeter.NOTE the reading.

o. Disconnect the cable (with 50 (l termination) fromthe digital multimeter INPUT and connect to the DC 503ACH A INPUT.

Fig. 4-4. Check set-up for trigger level range (±3.5 V) and accuracy (±20 mV ±.5% of reading).

4-12

4-13

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

p. Re-connect the tip jack-to-bnc cable from the k. Disconnect the INPUT cable from the digital mul-DC 503A CH A TRIG LEVEL output (black terminal to timeter and connect the function generator OUTPUT toCOMMON) to the digital multimeter INPUT. the digital multimeter INPUT.

q. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to center l. Adjust the function generator OFFSET control for athe falling edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line.

reading between +2.450 V and + 2.550 V on the digitalmultimeter. NOTE the reading.

r. CHECK-that the digital multi meter readout is m. Disconnect the cable (with 50 !2 termination) fromwithin .030 of value noted in step 20n. the digital multimeter INPUT and connect to the DC 503A

CH B INPUT.

n. Re-connect the tip jack-to-bnc cable from the

21. Check B Trigger Level Output Accuracy DC 503A CH B TRIG LEVEL output (black terminal to

(320 mV, &0.5°/0 of reading). Refer to Fig. 4-5 check COMMON) to the digital multimeter INPUT.

set-up and control settings in step 20.

a. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD o. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control to centerB (AVGS). the falling edge of the displayed squarewave on the center

vertical graticule line.

b. Move the connection from the DC 503A A SHAPEDOUT to the B SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COM- p. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout is

MON). within .030 of value noted in step 21l.

c. Move the connection from the DC 503A A TRIGLEVEL to the B TRIG LEVEL output (black terminal toCOMMON). R E A R I N T E R F A C E C H E C K S

22. Check CH A and CH B Rear Interface

d. Move the coaxial cable with 50 ~ termination from Frequency Range (O Hz to >!50 MHz, DC; 10 Hz to

the DC 503A CH A INPUT to the CH B INPUT. >50 MHz, AC). optional.

e. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

f. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control to centerthe falling edge of the displayed squarewave on the centervertical graticule line.

NOTE

This procedure requires the removal of the powermodule top cover. Coaxial cable (50 (2) interfacing isrequired between the power module and DC 503A.Good r. f. shielding is also required.

g. CHECK-that the digital multimeter readout in-dicates between +0.020 and –0.020.

h. Change the DC 503A COUPL to DC (out position).

When instruments are operated with covers remov-ed, DO NOT touch exposed connections or com-ponents. This procedure is to be completed byqualified technical personnel only.

i. Adjust DC 503A CH B LEVEL control to center the A dc, ac signal source capable of >50 MHz frequencyfalling edge of the displayed squarewave on the center withan amplitude of >20 mVrms, 56 mV p-to-p is requiredvertical graticule Iine. for this check.

j. CHECK-that the digital multimeter reading is a. Turn off the power module. Remove the DC 503Awithin .030 of value noted in step 20n. from the power module.

4-14

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

b. Remove the top cover from the power module,e x p o s i n g t h e i n t e r f a c e c o n n e c t o r s ( r e f e r t o t h eMaintenance Section in the power module instructionmanual).

c. Using an appropriate length 50 Q coaxial cable (noconnectors), attach one end of thecable center conductorto pin 16A of the DC 503 A rear interface connector. Attachthe shielded conductor (same cable end) to pin 17A of therear interface connector.

d. Attach the other cable end (center conductor andshield) to the appropriate output connections on thesignal generator. Set generator for 56 mV p-to-p at50 MHz.

e. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION swi tch to FRE-QUENCY A and the TIMING switch to 10 ms.

f. Connect the tip jack-to-bnc cable from the DC 503AA SHAPED OUT (black terminal to COMMON) to thevertical plug-in INPUT. Disconnect the A TRIG LEVELoutput connection.

g. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

h. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 50.0000 (MHz) with the display MHz/pSECilluminated.

i. Detach the coaxial cable center conductor from pin16A and attach to pin 17B of the DC 503A rear interfaceconnector. Detach the shielded conductor from pin 17Aand attach to pin 16B of the interface connector.

j. Change the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIODB (AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 10’.

k. Change the DC 503A A SHAPED OUT connectionto the B SHAPED OUT.

l. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope.

m. CHECK-that the DC 503A readout indicates ap-proximately 20.0000 (nSEC) with the display GHz/nSECilluminated.

n. Remove all cables and connections.

This completes the Performance Check.

4-15

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Introduction

Use this Adjustment Procedure to restore the DC 503Ato original performance requirements. This AdjustmentProcedure need not be performed unless the instrumentfails to meet the Performance Requirements of theElectrical characteristics listed in the Specification sec-tion, or if the Performance Check procedure cannot becompleted satisfactorily. If the instrument has undergonerepairs, the Adjustment Procedure is recommended.

Satisfactory completion ofprocedure assures that thePerformance Requirements.

all adjustment steps in thisinstrument will meet the

Test Equipment Required

The test equipment (or equivalent) listed in Table 4-1 isrequired for adjustment of the DC 503A. Specificationsgiven for the test equipment are the minimum necessaryfor accurate adjustment. All test equipment is assumed tob e c o r r e c t l y c a l i b r a t e d a n d o p e r a t i n g w i t h i nspecifications.

If other test equipment is substituted, calibration set-upmay need to be altered to meet the requirements of theequipment used.

Preparation

Access to the internal adjustments is achieved mosteasily when the DC 503A is connected to the powermodule with a flexible plug-in extender. Remove the leftside cover of the DC 503A to reach the adjustments on theauxiliary board. Remove the right side cover to reach theadjustments on the main board. Refer to the AdjustmentLocations in the pull-out pages at the rear of this manual.

Make adjustments at an ambient temperature between+20°C and +25” C.

Check Power Supplies

Preliminary control settings:

Power Module

LINE SELECTOR HI

VARIAC

Range switchAC VOLT meter

Digital

RANGE/FUNCTIONINPUT (pushbutton)

300 w120

Multimeter

20 DC Voltsout

FUNCTIONTIMINGDISPLAYCH A LEVELCH B LEVELfront panel push-

buttons

DC 503A

FREQUENCY A1 sccwmidrangemidrangeout

1. Check the +12 V Supply Accuracy

a. Insert the DC 503A and digital multi meter into thepower module.

b. Connect the power module power cord to theVARIAC and turn on the power module and VARIAC.

c. Connect the test leads to digital multimeter HI andLO INPUTS.

d. Connect the digital multimeter LO test lead to theDC 503A chassis ground. Connect the HI test lead to thecathode of diode CR1732, located on the DC 503A Mainboard.

e. The digital multi meter readout must indicatebetween 12.600 and 11.400.

2. Check the –12 V Supply Accuracy

a. Connect the digital multi meter HI test lead to theanode of diode CR1730, located on the DC 503A Mainboard.

4-16

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

b. The digital multimeter readout must indicatebetween 11 280 and 12.7X).

3. Check the !5 V Supply Accuracy

a. Connect the digital multi meter HI test lead to thecathode of diode CR1733, located on he DC 503A Mainboard.

b. The digital multimeter readout must indicatebetween 4.700 and 5.300.

4. check the -t 2.7 V Supply Accuracy

a. connect the digital multi meter HI test lead to theemitter junction of transistors Q1032 and Q1020, locatedon the Auxiliary board.

7. Adjust the Standard Timebase Accuracy, C1715and Optional Timebase Accuracy, Y1710

a. Connect a coaxial cable from the WWVB FrequencyStandard 1 MHz output signal to the DC 503A CH BINPUT.

b. Set the DC 503A FUNCTION switch to PERIOD B(AVGS) and the AVGS switch to 10’.

c. Adjust the DC 503A CH B LEVEL control for a stabledisplay readout on the DC 503A.

d. Adjust the variable capacitor, C1715 (located on theMain board) until the DC 503A readout indicates between999.9999 (nSEC) and 1000.0001 (nSEC) with the displayGHz/nSEC illuminated.

b. The digital multimeter must indicate a readoutbetween 2.500 and 2.900.

NOTE

c. Remove all test leads. This sets the DC 503A oscillator within 1 part in 10”.It will take approximately 1 second for the dlsplay toup-date.

5. Adjust the OFFSET ADJ, R1525 (channel A).Refer to Fig. 4-5 check set-up and control settings asshown in the Performance Check procedure, step e. For the optional timebase adjust, change the

20. DC 503A AVGS switch to 10”.

a. Adjust the vertical plug-in POSITION control tocenter the trace over the center graticule line. f. Adjust the DC 503,4 CH B LEVEL control for a stable

display readout on the DC 503A.

b. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control for a stabledisplay on the DC 503A and oscilloscope. NOTE

The Option 1 timebase adjustment IS made throughan access hole in the back of the oven time base,

c. Adjust the function generator FREQUENCY Y1710 located on the back side of the Main board.VARlABLE control and the horizontal plug-in POSITIONcontrol for a 100 kHz display with a 10 ps period.

g. Adjust the oven timebase, Y1710 until the DC 503Areadout indicates between 999.9998 (nSEC-with display

d. Adjust the DC 503A CH A LEVEL control to center GHz/nSEC illuminated) and 000.00002 ns with displaythe displayed squarewave falling edge on the center crt OVERFLOW illuminated.graticule line.

NOTEe. ADJUST potentiometer R1525, located on the Aux-

iliary board, until the digital multimeter readout indicates This sets the oscillator within 2 parts in 10’. It willbetween I 0.010 and 0.010. take approximately 10 seconds for the display to up-

date.

5-1

SECTION 5

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

MAINTENANCEGENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

Static-Sensitive Components

Static discharge can damage anycomponent in this instrument.

semiconductor

This instrument contains electrical components thatare susceptible to damage from static discharge SeeTable 5-1 for relative susceptibility of various classes ofsemiconductors. Static voltages of 1 kV to 30 kV arecommon in unprotected environments.

Observe the following precautions to avoid damage:

1. Minimize handling of static-sensitive components.

2. Transport and store static-sensitive components orassemblies in their original containers, on a metal rail, oron conductive foam. Label any package that containsstatic-sensitive assemblies or components.

3. Discharge the static voltage from your body bywearing a wrist strap while handling these components.Servicing static-sensitive assemblies or componentsshould be performed only at a static-free work station byqualified service personnel.

4. Nothing capable of generating or holding a staticcharge should be allowed on the work station surface.

5. Keep the component leads shorted togetherwhenever possible.

6. Pick up components by the body, never by the leads.

7. Do not slide the components over any surface.

8. Avoid handling components in areas that have afloor or work surface covering capable of generating astatic charge.

9. Use a soldering iron that is connected to earthground.

10. Use only special antistatic suction type or wicktype resoldering tools.

Table 5-1

Relative Susceptiblity toStatic Discharge Damage

‘Voltage equivalent for levels:

1 = 1oo to 500 V 4=500 V 7 = 400 to 1000 V (est.)2 = 200 to 500 V 5 = 400 to 600 V 8 = 900 V3 = 250 V 6 = 600 to 800 V 9 = 1200 V

(Voltage discharged from a 100 pF capacitor through aresistance of 100 ohms.)

Cleaning

This instrument should be cleaned as often asoperating conditions require. Loose dust accumulated onthe outside of the instrument can be removed with a softcloth or small brush. Remove dirt that remains with a softcloth dampened in a mild detergent and water solution. Donot use abrasive cleaners.

5-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

To clean the front panel use freon, isopropyl alcohol,or totally denatured ethyl alcohol. Do not usepetroleum based cleansing agents. Before using anyother type of cleaner, consult your Tektronix ServiceCenter or representative.

The best way to clean the interior is to blow off theaccumulated dust with dry, Iow-velocity air (approximate-ly 5 lb/in2) or use a soft brush or cloth dampened with amild detergent and water solution.

Hold the board so the cleaning residue runs away fromthe connectors, Do not scrape or use an eraser tocleantheedge connector contacts. Abrasive cleaning can removethe gold plating.

Circuit boards and components must be dry beforeapplying power to prevent damage from electricalarcing.

Obtaining Replacement Parts

Electrical and mechanical parts can be obtainedthrough your local Tektronix Field Office or represen-tative. However, it may be possible to obtain many of thestandard electronic components from a local commercialsource. Before purchasing or ordering a part from asource other than Tektronix, Inc., check the ReplaceableElectrical Parts list for the proper value, rating, tolerance,and description.

NOTE

When selecting replacement parts, remember thatthe physical size and shape of a component mayaffect its performance in the instrument.

Some parts are manufactured or selected by Tektronix,Inc., to satisfy particular requirements, or are manufac-tured for Tektronix, Inc., to our specifications. Most of themechanical parts used in this instrument have beenmanufactured by Tektronix, Inc. To determine themanufacturer refer to the Replaceable Parts list and theCross Reference index, Mfr. Code Number to Manufac-turer.

When ordering replacement parts from Tektronix, Inc.,include the following information.

1. Instrument

2. Instrument

type and option number.

serial number.

3. A description of thecomplete circuit number).

4. Tektronix part number.

Soldering Techniques

part (if electrical, include

To avoid electric-shock hazard, disconnect theinstrument from the power source before soldering.

The reliability and accuracy of this instrument can bemaintained only if proper soldering techniques are usedwhen repairing or replacing parts. General solderingtechniques which apply to maintenance of any precisionelectronic equipment should be used when working onthis instrument. Use only 60/40 rosin-core, electronicgrade solder. The choice of soldering iron is determinedby the repair to be made.

Several of the circuit boards in the DC 503A aremultilayer type boards with a conductive pathlaminated between the top and bottom board layers,All soldering on these boards should be done withextreme care to prevent breaking the connections tothis conduct ive path . Only experiencedmaintenance personnel should attempt to repair theMain and Auxiliary boards. Do not allow solder orsolder flux to flow under printed circuit boardswitches. The printed circuit board is part of theswitch contacts, intermittent switch operation canoccur if the contacts are contaminated.

When soldering on circuit boards or small wiring, useonly a 15 W, pencil type soldering iron. A higher wattagesoldering iron can cause the etched circuit wiring toseparate from the board base material and melt theinsulation from small wiring. Always keep the solderingiron tip properly tinned to ensure the best head transfer tothe solder joint. Apply only enough heat to remove thecomponent or to make a good solder joint. To protect heatsensitive components, hold the component lead with apair of long-nose pliers between the component body andthe solder joint. Use a solder removing wick to removeexcess solder from connections or to clean circuit boardpads.

5-3

Semiconductors

When replacing transistors requiring silicone greasefor heat transfer, replace the silicone grease as necessary.

To replace a damaged pin, first disconnect any pinconnectors. Then unsolder the damaged pin and pull itfrom the board with a pair of pliers, leaving the ferrule inthe circuit board, if possible. If the ferrule remains in the

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

circuit board, remove the spare ferrule from the replace-ment pin and press the new pin into the hole in the circuitboard. If the ferrule is removed with the damaged pin,clean out the hole using a solder removing wick and ascribe. Then press the replacementspare ferrule, into the circuit board.

pin, with attached

Handle silicone grease with care. Avoid getting thesilicone grease in your eyes. Wash hands thoroughlyafter use.

To remove socket mounted in-line integrated circuitsuse an extracting tool. This tool is available fromTektronix, Inc.; order Tektronix Part Number 003-0619-00.If an extracting tool is not available, use care to avoiddamaging the pins. Pull slowly and evenly on both ends ofthe integrated circuit. Try to avoid disengaging one endbefore the other end.

Interconnecting Pins

Several methods of interconnection, including squarepin and circuit board pin and ferrule are used to electrical-Iy connect the circuit boards with other boards andcomponents.

Several types of mating connectors are used for theseinterconnecting pins. If the mating connector is mountedon a PIug-on circuit board, special sockets are solderedinto the board. If the mating connector is on the end of alead, an end-lead pin connector is used. This connectormates with the interconnecting pin. The following infor-mation provides the removal and replacement procedurefor the various interconnecting methods.

Square Pin Assemblies

See Fig. 5-1. These pins are of various lengths. They areattached to each other with a plastic strip. To remove themsimply unsolder from the circuit board.

Circuit Board Pins and Ferrules

See Fig. 5-2. A circuit board pin replacement kit(including necessary tools, instructions, and replacementpins with attached ferrules) is available from Tektronix,Inc.; order Tektronix Part Number 040-0542-00. Replacingcircuit board pins on multilayer boards is not recommend-ed. (The multilayer boards in this instrument are listedunder Soldering Techniques in this section. )

Fig. 5-1. Typical square pin assembly.

Fig. 5-2. Exploded view of circuit board pin and ferrule.

5-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Position the replacement pin in the same manner as theoriginal. Solder the pin to the circuit board on each side ofthe board. If the original pin was bent at an angle to matewith a connector, carefully bend the new pin to the sameangle. Replace the pin connector.

Dual Entry Circuit Board Pin Sockets

The pin sockets on the circuit boards are soldered tothe back of the board. See Fig. 5-3. To remove or replaceone of these sockets, first unsolder the pin (use a vacuum-type resoldering tool to remove excess solder). Thenstraighten the tabs on the socket and remove the socketfrom the board.

Fig. 5-3. Dual entry circuit board pin socket.

Place the new socket in the circuit board hole and pressthe tabs down against the board. Solder the tabs of thesocket to the circuit board. Be careful not to get solderinside the socket.

NOTE

The spring tension of the pin sockets ensure a goodconnection between the circuit board and the pin.This spring tension can be destroyed by using the

pin sockets as a connecting point for spring loadedprobe tips, alligator clips, etc.

Bottom Entry Circuit Board Pin Sockets

To remove or replace these sockets unsolder the pinsfrom the circuit board. Use a vacuum or other typeunsoldering tool to remove excess solder. Use caution toprevent solder from entering the connector. See Fig. 5-4.

Muitipin Connectors

The pin connectors used to connect the wires to theinterconnecting pins are clamped to the ends of the wires.To replace damaged multipin connectors, remove the oldpin connector from the holder. Do this by inserting a

Fig. 5-4. Bottom entry circuit board pin socket.

scribe between the connector and the holder and pryingthe connector from the holder. Clamp the replacementconnector to the wire. Reinstall the connector in theholder.

If the individual end lead pin connectors are removedfrom the plastic holder, note the order of the individualwires for correct replacement in the holder. For properreplacement see Fig. 5-5.

Fig. 5-5. Orientation and disassembly of multi pin connectors.

.

Fig. 5-7.

5-5

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Circuit Board Removal

Remove the two screws and two fasteners attaching therear of the plug-in frame. See Fig. 5-6. The bottomfasteners require a 3/16 inch wrench. Remove the frontpanel knob connected to the DISPLAY. Unsolder the wiresto the front panel connectors. Disconnect all plugs to frontpanel connections. Remove the four screws as shown inFig. 5-7. Remove both circuit boards by sliding backwardsand out. To separate the two circuit boards, remove thefour screws attaching the Auxiliary board to the Mainboard. When separating or replacing these boards, usecare to avoid bending the interconnecting pins.

Fig. 5-6. Rear frame removal.

Switch Maintenance

After separating the two boards, the front panel leverswitches may be removed by removing the three screwsattaching each lever switch to the circuit board. Use carewhen removing or assembling the lever switches to thecircuit boards to prevent bending the contact fingers.When reassembling, carefully align the screw holes on theswitch cover with the board. Place the switch cover on theboard in the proper position before inserting the screws.To remove the front panel pushbutton switches, refer toFig. 5-8.

Fig. 5-8. Pushbutton switch removal.

To clean the board and switch contacts, use alubricated contact cleaner such as, No Noise ContactRestorer.

Front Panel Latch Removal

To replace the latch, remove the screw under the pulltab. Pry up the pull tab bar from the latch assembly.

‘Electronic Chemical Corporation, 813 Communipaw Avenue,Jersey City, N.J. 07304

5-6

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

REAR INTERFACE INFORMATION

FUNCTIONS AVAILABLECONNECTOR

AT REAR Channel B Level Out 22B

The voltage at this connection follows the channel B

A slot exists between pins 21 and 22 on the rearfront panel trigger LEVEL control. The source impedance

connector. Insert a barrier in the corresponding positionis 1 k~ and the signal level is between *3.5 V.

of the power module jack to prevent noncompatible plug-ins from being used in that compartment. Consult thepower module manual for further information. Signal

Bcd Outputs: Bcd (l), 19A; Bcd (2), 21B; Bcd (4),

outputs for other specialized connections may bemadeto20A; Bcd (8), 20B

the rear interface connectors as shown in Fig. 5-9. These connections output the bcd information. TheWaveform timing is shown in Fig. 5-10. A description of positive pulses are 1 scan clock period in length for eachthese connections follows. given digit. Each line can drive two TTL loads.

Decimal Point Scanned Output 27BData Good (Latch) Output 19B

This contact goes high and remains high for one scanThis line is high when data istransferring from a count

clock period. This indicates a decimal point to the right ofchain into the latches. Do not acquire data through the

the active digit. This output will drive two TTL loads.rear interface connector when this pin is high. This outputwill drive two TTL loads,

Remote Start 26B Channel A Input 16A

This connection duplicates the front panel This is the channel A input connection when the front

START/STOP button. When this connection islowandthe panel CH A SOURCE switch is in the INT position. ThisDC 503A is in TOTALIZE A or TIME MANUAL modes, the input is terminated in 50 Q, with a maximum input of 4 Vcounter counts. When this line goes high counting stops. peak or 8 V peak-to-peak.The external device pulling this line low must sink 1.6 mA.

Channel A Input Ground 17A

Scan Clock Out 24B

This connection provides a 2 to 2.5 kHz squarewave. Adifferent front panel digit is displayed on each falling edgeof the waveform. The display scans from time slot 1, themost significant digit, to time slot 8, the least significantdigit, and then repeats. The corresponding bcd informa-tion transfers to the output at each falling edge of the scanclock. Data should be transferred to an external memoryon the following positive going edge. This allows forpropagation delays and ensures that bed, time slot anddecimal point information have time to settle. This outputwill drive two TTL loads.

This terminal is the ground return for the rear interfacechannel A input.

Channel B Input 17B

This is the channel B input connection when the frontpanel CH A SOURCE switch is in the INT position. Thisinput is terminated in 50 Cl, with a maximum input of 4 Vpeak or 8 V peak-to-peak.

Channel B Input Ground 16B

This terminal is the ground return for the rear interfacechannel B input.

Overflow Out 23B

This line goes high when the counter overflows. It is Reference 10 MHz Out 15Bcapable of driving two TTL loads. This is the buffered output of the counter time base.

This output is capable of driving two TTL loads.

Channel A Level Out 22A

The voltage at this connection follows the channel AGround (Clock) 15A

front panel trigger LEVEL control. The source impedance This is the ground return for the clock input-outputis 1 k~ and the signal level is between *3.5V. signals (21A, 15B, 14A).

5-7

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 5-9. Rear interface connector assignments.

5-8

TM 9-6625-474-14&P3

Fig. 5-10. Rear interface timing for a display of 1079.0674.

Reset In/Out 26A TTL Clock input 21A

This line goes low when the counters are reset. This linealso goes low when the front panel RESET button ispressed. It can be pulsed low through the rear interfaceconnector The device pulling this Iine to ground must becapable of sinking 5 mA.

Time Slot 1 (TS1) 25A External 10 MHz Clock Input 14A

This line is high during the time the most significantdigit scanned. lt goes high on the falling edge of the scanclock and returns low on the next falling edge of the scanclock. This output is capable of driving two TTL loads.

This input IS a single low power Schottky TTL load. Thecircuitry driving this input must source 20 LA for a highinput and sink 0.36 mA when driving low. An external timebase, meeting the above requirements, can be connectedto this terminal. The ground return for this input is pin 15A.

This input is ac coupled with an input impedance ofapproximately 1 kf2. Any signal from about 500 mV rms toabout 3 V rms is sufficient Use pin 15A as ground returnfor this input.

6-1/(6-2 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

SECTION 6

OPTIONS

Your instrument may be equipped with one or more instrument options or optional accessories. A brief description ofeach instrument option is given below. For further information on instrument options or optional accessories, see yourTektronix Catalog or contact your Tektronix Field Office. If additional options are made available for this instrument, theymay be described in a Change Information insert at the back of this manual or in this section.

OPTION 01

Replaces the standard 10 MHz oscillator with a self contained, proportional temperature controlled oven oscillatorfor increased accuracy and stability. Information relative to Option 01 can be found on schematic , and in theSpecificaton, Calibration, and Theory of Operation sections.

7-1

SECTION 7

REPLACEABLEELECTRICAL PARTSPARTS ORDERING

Replacement parts are available from or through your local

Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.


accommodate improved components as they become available,

and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements

developed in our engineering department. It is therefore impor-

tant, when ordering parts, to include the following information in

your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serialnumber, and modification number if applicable.

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or

improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or represen-

tative will contact you concerning any change in part number.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this

manual.

LIST OF ASSEMBLIES

A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the

Electrical Parts List. The assemblies are listed in numerical order.

When the complete component number of apart is known, this list

will identify the assembly in which the part is located.

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TOMANUFACTURER

The Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer Index for the

Electrical Parts List is located immediately after this page. The

Cross Index provides codes, names and addresses of manufac-

turers of components listed in the Electrical Parts List.

ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations conform to American National Standard Y1.1.

COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of theElectrical Parts List)

A numbering method has been used to identify assemblies,

subassemblies and parts. Examples of this numbering method

and typical expansions are illustrated by the following:

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

INFORMATION

Only the circuit number will appear on the diagrams andcircuit board illustrations. Each diagram and circuit board

illustration is clearly marked with the assembly number.

Assembly numbers are also marked on the mechanical exploded

views located in the Mechanical Parts List. The component

number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the

circuit number.

The Electrical Parts List is divided and arranged by

assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g., assembly A1 with its

subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly A2 with its sub-

assemblies and parts).

Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix

and are located at the end of the Electrical Parts List.

TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of theElectrical Parts List)

Indicates part number to be used when ordering replace-

ment part from Tektronix.

SERIAL/MODEL NO. (columns three and fourof the Electrical Parts List)

Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which the

part was first used. Column four (4) indicates the serial number at

which the part was removed No serial number entered indicates

part is good for all serial numbers.

NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of theElectrical Parts List)

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the

description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an Item

Name may sometimes appear as incomplete For further Item

Name identification, the U S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1can be utilized where possible.

MFR. CODE (column six of the Electrical PartsList)

Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of thepart. (Code to name and address cross reference can be foundimmediately after this page.)

MFR. PART NUMBER (column seven of theElectrical Parts List)

Indicates actual manufacturers part number.

7-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

CROSS INDEX–MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr. Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip

011’210129>

0273503508

~4~’7’2

0471307263

]~(jq713711]~~~-j

2~52~14546

2701433096‘3L64955’210>76805628~71279714[)~

7?98?7’3138749708oor)99020 I

9163795348

AL LEN-BRAJJLEY COMPANYTEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC. , SEMICONDUCTORGROUPRCA CORPORATION, SOLID STA’rE OIVISIONGENERAL ELEC’rKIC COMPANY, SEMI-CONDUCTORPRODUCTS DEPARTMENTAVX CERAMICS, DIVISION OF AVX CORP.MOTOROLA, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD. DIV.FAIRCHILD SEMICONOUCTOR, A DIV. OFFAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP.CLAROS’rA’r MFG. CO. , INC.AMPHENOL CARI)RE DIV., BIJNKER RAMO CORP.[r’r SEM1CONDIJC1ORS

BERG ELECTRONICS> INC.C13RNrNG GLASS WORKS, ELECTRONICCOMPONENTS JJIVISIONNATIONAL SEMICONIIIJCTOR CORP.cOI, ORAI)O CRYSTAL CORPORATIONlNTEL [;ORP.(;ETTIG ENG. ANJJ MFG. COMPANYNICHICON/AMEFIICA/CORP.SPRAGUE ELF: CTRIC CO.CAMJ3RIf!GE THJ!RMIONIC CORP.B[JSSMAN MFG. , UIVIS1ON OF MCGRAW-EDISON CO.ER[E TECHNOLOGICAL PRO JNJCTS, INc.BEcKMAN INSTRUMENTS, rNC., HELIPOT DIV.JOHNSON, E. F., C(J.rk:Kri{oNrx, rNc.MAT.[,ORY CAPACITOR CO. , OIV. OFP. R. MALLORY ANU C()., rNC.DALE EI,E(:TRONICS, INC.(;ORT)OS (CORPORATION”

1201 2ND STREET SOUTHP O BOX 5012, 1’3500 N CENTRALEXPRESSWAYROIJTE 202

ELECTRONICS PARKP O BOX 867, 19TH AVE. SOUTH5005 E MCDOWELL RD, PO BOX 20923

464 ELLIS STREETLOWER WASHINGTON STREET

3’301 ELECTRONICS WAYP O BOX 3049YOUK EXPRESSWAY

550 HIGH STREET2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR.2303 w 8TH STREET3065 BOWERS AVE.PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45643f N PROESEL AVENUE87 MARSHALL ST.445 CONCORD AVE.

25’36 W. UNIVERSITY ST.644 w. 12TH sr.2500 HARBOR BLVD.299 10TH AvE. s. w.P O BOX 500‘3029 E. WASHINGTON STREETP. O. BOX 372P. O. BOX 609’250 GLENWOOD AVENUE

MILWAUKEE, WI 53204

DALLAS, TX 75222SOMERVILLE, NY 08876

SYRACUSE, NY 13201MYRTLE BEACH, SC 29577PHOENIX. AZ 85036

MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94042DOVER, NH 03820LOS GATOS, CA 95030

WEST PALM BEACH, FL 33402NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17(J70

BRADFORD, PA 16701SANTA CLARA, CA 95051LOVELAND, CO 80537SANTA CLARA, CA 95051SPRING MILLS, PA 16875CHICAGO, IL 60b45NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247CAMBRIDGE, MA 02138

ST. LOUIS, MO 63107ERIE, PA 16512FULLERTON, CA 92634WASECA, MN 56093BEAVERTON, OR 97077

INDIANAPOLIS, IN 4620bCOLUMBUS, NE 68601BLOOMFIELD, NJ 07003

TM9-6625-474-14&P-3TEKTRONIX SERIAL/MODEL NO. MFR

COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE

A10 670-6556-00 CKT BOARD ASSY:DISPLAY 80009A12 670-6557-00 CKT BOARD ASSY:AUXILIARY 80009A14 670-6558-00 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009A14 670-6559-00 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A10 CKT BOARD ASSY:DISPLAYA10CR1011 156-1036-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:PROGRAMMABLE INTERVAL TIME 34649A10CR1012 150-1036-00 LAMP,LED:RED,3.OV,40MA 01295A10CR1111 150-1036-00 LAMP,LED:RED,3.OV,40MA 01295A10CR1211 150-1036-00 LAMP,LED:RED,3.OV,40MA 01295A10CR1215 150-1036-00 LAMP,LED:RED,3.OV,40MA 01295

A10CR1311 150-1036-00 LAMP,LED:RED,3.OV,40MA 01295A10DS1002 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10DS1005 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10DS1102 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10DS1105 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10DS1202 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009

A10DS1205 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10DS1302 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10DS1305 150-1011-02 LAMP,LED RDOUT:RED,7 SEG,1.0 DGIT 80009A10J1012 131-1857-00 TERM, SET,PIN:36/0.025 SQ PIN,ON 0.1 CTRS 22526A10J1101 131-1857-00 TERM, SET,PIN:36/0.025 SQ PIN,ON 0.1 CTRS 22526A10J1102 131-1857-00 TERM. SET,PIN:36/0.025 SQ PIN,ON 0.1 CTRS 22526

A10R1009 315-0471-00 RES.,FXDE,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121A10R1011 315-0471-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121A10R1012 315-0471-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121

A12 -*- CKT BOARD ASSY:AUXILIARYA12C1030 281-0773-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 04222A12C1035 281-0773-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF.,10%,100V 04222A12C1120 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1130 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1200 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982

A12C1202 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1220 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%50V 72982A12C1230 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1231 290-0782-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF,+75-10%,35V 55680A12C1232 290-0782-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF,+75-10%,35V 55680A12C1310 281-0775-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982

A12C1311 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1330 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1400 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1420 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1430 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1510 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982

A12C1519 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1520 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1522 281-0785-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:68PF,10%,100V 72982A12C1523 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1530 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982A12C1532 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982

A12C1533 290-0804-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,+50-10%,25V 55680

7-3


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA12C1600 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1622 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1629 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1630 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1631 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1632 290-0804-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,+50-10%,25V 55680 25ULA10V-T

A12C1720 283-0359-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,200V 72982 8131N203C0G0102KA12C1730 281-0622-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:47PF,1%,500V 72982 308-000C0G0470FA12C1731 281-0716-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:13.8PF,1%,500V 72982 374-014C0G01389FA12C1733 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA12C1830 283-0057-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,200V 56289 274C10A12CR1021 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

A12CR1210 152-0066-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 14433 LG4016A12CR1220 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA12CR1222 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA12CR1430 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA12CR1620 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA12CR1621 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

A12CR1630 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA12CR1720 152-0246-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SW,SI,40V,200MA 03508 DE140A12CR1721 152-0246-00 SEMICOND DEVICE: SW, SI, 40V, 200MA 03508 DE140A12J1020 131-1425-00 CONTACT SET,ELE:R ANGLE,O.150" L,STR OF 36 22526 65521-136A12J1519 131-0608-00 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357

-*- (QTY 2)

A12J1530 131-0608-00 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357-*- (QTY 2)



A12L1530 120-0382-00 XFMR,TOROID:14 TURNS,SINGLE 80009 120-0382-00A12L1630 120-0382-00 XFMR,TOROID:14 TURNS,SINGLE 80009 120-0382-00A12P1430 131-1934-00 TERM. SET,PIN:1 X 36,0.1 CTR,0.9 L 22526 65539-001A12P1520 131-1934-00 TERM. SET,PIN:1 X 36,0.1 CTR,0.9 L 22526 65539-001A12P1521 131-1934-00 TERM. SET,PIN:1 X 36,0.1 CTR,0.9 L 22526 65539-001A12P1601 131-1934-00 TERM. SET,PIN:1 X 36,0.1 CTR,0.9 L 22526 65539-001

A12P1630 131-1934-00 TERM. SET,PIN:1 X 36,0.1 CTR,0.9 L 22526 65539-001A12Q1020 151-0462-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 04713 TIP30CA12Q1030 151-0342-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S035928A12Q1032 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065A12Q1132 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1133 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228

A12Q1134 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1300 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1320 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1321 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1330 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1331 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228

A12Q1420 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1530 151-0220-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 07263 S036228A12Q1620 151-0427-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 80009 151-0427-00A12Q1630 151-1117-00 TRANSISTOR:FE DUAL,N-CHANNEL,SI 80009 151-1117-00A12R510 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A12R1021 307-0695-00 RES.,NTWK,FXD,FI:9,150 OHM,2% 01121 210A151

A12R1024 315-0511-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5115A12R1031 315-0241-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2415A12R1032 315-0751-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7515

7-4


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA12R1033 315-0361-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3615A12R1035 315-0681-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6815A12R1036 315-0362-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3625A12R1037 315-0132-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1325A12R1038 315-0680-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:68 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6805A12R1130 315-0151-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1515

A12R1131 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035A12R1132 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035A12R1133 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035A12R1134 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035A12R1138 315-0301-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:300 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3015A12R1200 315-0121-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:120 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1215

A12R1210 315-0751-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7515A12R1211 315-0162-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.6K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1625A12R1215 315-0302-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3025A12R1220 307-0695-00 RES.,NTWK,FXD.FI:9,150 0HM,2% 01121 210A151A12R1230 315-0750-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:75 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7505A12R1231 315-0331-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3315

A12R1300 315-0750-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:75 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7505A12R1301 315-0301-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:300 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3015A12R1302 315-0751-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:750 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7515A12R1303 315-0162-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.6K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1625A12R1304 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A12R1310 307-0695-00 RES.,NTWK,FXD.FI:9,150 0HM,2% 01121 210A151

A12R1312 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015A12R1331 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A12R1332 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A12R1333 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A12R1334 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A12R1336 315-0151-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1515

A12R1420 307-0695-00 RES.NTWK,FXD.FI:9,150 0HM,2% 01121 210A151A12R1430 315-0510-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:51 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5105A12R1431 315-0820-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:82 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8205A12R1520 315-0820-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:82 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8205A12R1521 315-0510-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:51 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5105A12R1523 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615

A12R1524 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015A12R1525 311-1559-00 RES.,VAR.NONWIR:10K 0HM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-81-0A12R1530 315-0121-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:120 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1215A12R1531 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A12R1532 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A12R1533 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615

A12R1534 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A12R1535 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A12R1536 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A12R1537 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A12R1538 315-0221-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:220 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2215A12R1539 315-0221-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:220 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2215

A12R1610 307-1096-00 RES NTWK,FXD FI:7.2K 0HM,2%,1W 91637 MSP08A01202GA12R1620 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A12R1621 315-0302-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:3K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3025A12R1622 321-0414-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:200K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20002FA12R1623 315-0474-00 XB020320 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4745A12R1624 321-0201-00 B010100B020319 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.21K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G12100F

A12R1624 321-0222-00 B020320 RES.,FXD.FILM:2K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000FA12R1625 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A12R1626 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725

7-5


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA12R1627 315-0680-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:68 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6805A12R1628 321-0481-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:1M 0HM,1%,0.125W 24546 NA4D1004FA12R1629 315-0154-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1545A12R1630 315-0131-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:130 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1315A12R1631 315-0131-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:130 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1315A12R1632 321-0618-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:250K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G25002F

A12R1633 321-0891-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:800K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G80002FA12R1634 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A12R1635 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A12R1636 315-0202-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2025A12R1637 315-0432-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.3K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4325A12R1710 307-0445-00 RES.NTWK,FXD.FI:4.7K 0HM,20%,(9) RES 91637 MSP10A01-472M

A12R1720 315-0391-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:390 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3915A12R1730 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A12R1731 315-0510-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:51 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5105A12R1734 315-0151-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1515A12S1720 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A12S1730 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00

A12S1731 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A12S1732 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A12S1810 263-0074-00 SW LEVER ASSY: 80009 263-0074-00A12U1120 156-0230-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 80009 156-0230-00A12U1121 156-0230-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 80009 156-0230-00A12U1122 156-0411-00 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:QUAD-COMP,SGL SUPPLY 27014 LM339N

A12U1220 156-0205-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156-0205-00A12U1221 156-0688-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL J-K MASTER SLAVE FF 04713 MC10135LA12U1300 156-0182-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 2-3-2 INPUT GATE 80009 156-0182-00A12U1310 156-0230-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 80009 156-0230-00A12U1320 156-0205-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156-0205-00A12U1321 156-0230-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D MA-SLAVE SLIP-FLOP 80009 156-0230-00

A12U1330 156-0205-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156-0205-00A12U1400 156-0656-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DECADE COUNTER 01295 SN74LS90N 0R JA12U1401 156-1448-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4-BIT DECADE COUNTER 80009 156-1448-00A12U1410 156-0230-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 80009 156-0230-00A12U1411 156-0230-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D MA-SLAVE FLIP-FLOP 80009 156-0230-00A12U1420 156-0205-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156-0205-00

A12U1421 156-0295-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE EXCL OR EXCL NOR 80009 156-0295-00A12U1430 156-0205-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156-0205-00A12U1500 156-0866-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:13 INP NAND GATES 04713 SN74LS133A12U1501 156-1448-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4-BIT DECADE COUNTER 80009 156-1448-00A12U1510 156-0382-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)A12U1511 156-0382-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)

A12U1530 156-0369-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER 80009 156-0369-00A12U1600 156-0745-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER 80009 156-0745-00A12U1601 156-0524-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATES 80009 156-0524-00A12U1610 156-1448-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4-BIT DECADE COUNTER 80009 156-1448-00A12U1611 156-1478-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP AND GATE 02735 CD4081BFA12U1620 156-1149-00 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMP.JFET INPUT 27014 LF351N

A12W1320 131-0566-00 BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG 55210 L-2007-1

7-6


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA14 -*- CKT BOARD ASSY:MAINA14C1030 283-0057-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,200V 56289 274C10A14C1120 283-0359-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,200V 72982 8131N203C0G0102KA14C1130 281-0622-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:47PF,1%,500V 72982 308-000C0G0470FA14C1131 281-0716-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:13.8PF,1%,500V 72982 374-014C0G01389FA14C1133 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A14C1220 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1221 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1230 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1231 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1232 290-0804-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1OUF,+50-10%,25V 55680 25ULA10V-TA14C1233 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A14C1320 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1322 281-0785-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:68PF,10%,100V 72982 8035D2AADC0G680KA14C1323 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1330 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1331 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1332 290-0804-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,+50-10%,25V 55680 25ULA10V-T

A14C1400 290-0782-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF,+75-10%,35V 55680 35ULA4R7V-TA14C1410 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1411 281-0772-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 04222 GC701C472KA14C1420 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1421 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1430 290-0804-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:10UF,+50-10%,25V 55680 25ULA10V-T

A14C1431 281-0772-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 04222 GC701C472KA14C1510 281-0772-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,10%,100V 04222 GC701C47KA14C1511 281-0812-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,100V 72982 8035D9AADX7R102KA14C1600 290-0745-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF,+50-10%,25V 56289 502D225A14C1601 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1610 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A14C1700 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14C1701 290-0183-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,10%,35V 90201 TAE105K035P1AA14C1702 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)A14C1710 281-0630-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:390PF,5%,500V 72982 630000Y5D391J

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14C1711 281-0630-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:390PF,5%,500V 72982 630000Y5D391J-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14C1712 281-0564-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:24PF,5%,500V 72982 301-000C0G0240J-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14C1713 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14C1714 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1715 281-0153-00 CAP.,VAR,AIR DI:1.7-10PF,250V 74970 187-0106-005

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)A14C1730 290-0804-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1OUF,+50-10%,25V 55680 25ULA10V-TA14C1731 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104MA14C1732 281-0775-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 72982 8005D9AABZ5U104M

A14C1733 290-0746-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+50-10%,16V 55680 16U-47V-TA14C1820 281-0773-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V 04222 GC70-1C103KA14C1830 281-0812-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,10%,100V 72982 8035D9AADX7R102KA14CR1110 152-0066-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 14433 LG4016A14CR1120 152-0246-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SW,SI,40V,200MA 03508 DE140A14CR1121 152-0246-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SW,SI,40V,200MA 03508 DE140

A14CR1220 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA14CR1221 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

7-7


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA14CR1230 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V.150MA 01295 1N4152RA14CR1700 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150M 01295 1N4152RA14CR1721 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA14CR1730 152-0066-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 14433 LG4016A14CR1731 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA14CR1732 152-0066-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 14433 LG4016

A14CR1733 152-0066-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,750MA 14433 LG4016A14CR1810 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA14CR1811 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152RA14F1820 159-0025-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,FAST-BLOW 71400 AGC 1/2A14F1821 159-0025-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,FAST-BLOW 71400 AGC 1/2A14F1830 159-0015-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG.3A,250V,FAST-BLOW 71400 AGC 3







A14J1520 136-0263-04 SOCKET,PIN TERM:FOR 0.025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377-001A14J1521 136-0263-04 SOCKET,PIN TERM:FOR 0.025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377-001A14J1710 131-0608-00 TERMINAL.PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357

-*- (QTY 3)A14J1720 131-0608-00 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357

-*- (QTY 3)



A14K1800 148-0076-00 RELAY,REED:1 FORM A,5V,0.25A,100V 95348 F81-1447A14K1810 148-0076-00 RELAY,REED:1 FORM A,5V,0.25A,100V 95348 F81-1447

A14L1230 120-0382-00 XFMR,TOROID:14 TURNS,SINGLE 80009 120-0382-00A14L1330 120-0382-00 XFMR,TOROID:14 TURNS,SINGLE 80009 120-0382-00A14L1600 108-0422-00 COIL,RF:FIXED,82UH 80009 108-0422-00A14Q1220 151-0427-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 80009 151-0427-00A14Q1230 151-1117-00 TRANSISTOR:FE DUAL,N-CHANNEL,SI,DMOS 80009 151-1117-00A14Q1300 151-0504-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,N-CHAN,UNIJUNCTION 04713 2N4851

A14Q1301 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487A14Q1400 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487A14Q1500 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907AA14Q1700 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065A14Q1701 151-0190-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S032677

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14Q1720 151-0188-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 04713 SPS6868KA14Q1721 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487A14Q1722 151-0432-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 80009 151-0432-00A14Q1723 151-0453-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0453-00A14Q1724 151-0453-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0453-00A14Q1725 151-0190-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S032677

A14Q1800 151-0190-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S032677A14R610 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1100 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

7-8


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA14R1110 315-0512-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5125A14R1120 315-0391-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:390 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3915A14R1130 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1132 315-0510-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:51 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5105A14R1134 315-0151-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1515A14R1210 315-0512-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5125

A14R1212 315-0512-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5125A14R1213 307-0502-00 RES.NTWK.THK FI:1.8 0HM,20%,(9) RES 91637 MSP10A01-182MA14R1220 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A14R1221 315-0302-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:3K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3025A14R1222 321-0481-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:1M 0HM,1%,0.125W 24546 NA4D1004FA14R1223 315-0474-00 XB020320 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4745

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1223 315-0474-00 XB020450 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4745-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14R1224 315-0680-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:68 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6805A14R1225 321-0618-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:250K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G25002FA14R1226 315-0154-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1545A14R1229 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725

A14R1230 321-0891-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:800K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G80002FA14R1231 315-0131-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:130 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1315A14R1232 315-0202-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2025A14R1233 315-0432-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.3K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4325A14R1234 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A14R1235 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225

A14R1236 315-0131-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:130 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1315A14R1300 315-0200-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:20 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2005A14R1301 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1302 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1303 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1304 315-0512-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5125

A14R1319 315-0151-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:150 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1515A14R1320 321-0201-00 B010100B020319 RES.,FXD.FILM:1.21K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G12100F

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)A14R1320 321-0222-00 B020320 RES.,FXD.FILM:2K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000F

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)A14R1320 321-0201-00 B010100B020449 RES.,FXD.FILM:1.21K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G12100F

-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14R1320 321-0222-00 B020450 RES.,FXD,FILM:2K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000F-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14R1321 321-0414-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:200K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20002FA14R1322 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1323 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015A14R1324 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:560 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615

A14R1325 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:560 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A14R1326 315-0121-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:120 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1215A14R1330 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:560 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A14R1331 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A14R1332 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:560 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615A14R1333 315-0561-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:560 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5615

A14R1334 315-0221-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:220 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2215A14R1335 315-0221-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:220 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2215A14R1336 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A14R1337 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A14R1339 315-0302-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:3K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3025A14R1400 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015

A14R1401 315-0273-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:27K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2735

7-9


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA14R1410 311-2096-00 RES.,VAR,NONWW:PANL,1M 0HM,20%,0.5W 12697 SERIES 388

-*- (FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH A14S1410)A14R1412 315-0123-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:12K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1235A14R1420 311-1559-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K 0HM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-81-0A14R1421 315-0512-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:5.1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5125A14R1500 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705

A14R1501 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1502 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1503 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1504 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1505 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1506 315-0470-00 RRES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705

A14R1507 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:47 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705A14R1508 315-0152-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.5K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1525A14R1509 315-0512-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:5.1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5125A14R1511 315-0393-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3935A14R1513 307-0541-00 RES.,NTWK,THK FI:(7)1K 0HM,10%,1W 91637 MSP08A01-102GA14R1520 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

A14R1530 315-0123-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:12K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1235A14R1531 315-0153-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:15K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1535A14R1610 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035A14R1614 315-0471-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4715A14R1620 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1622 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725

A14R1623 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725A14R1624 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725A14R1700 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035A14R1701 315-0153-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:15K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1535

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)A14R1702 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1710 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1711 315-0562-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:5.6K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5625-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1712 315-0181-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:180 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1815-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

A14R1713 315-0122-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1.2K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1225A14R1714 315-0111-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:110 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1115A14R1715 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725A14R1719 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A14R1720 315-0471-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:470 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4715A14R1721 307-0103-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:2.7 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB27G5

A14R1723 315-0362-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:3.6K 0HM,5%.0.25W 01121 CB3625A14R1724 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1725 315-0241-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:240 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2415A14R1730 321-0282-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:8.45K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G84500FA14R1731 315-0821-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:820 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215A14R1732 315-0271-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:270 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2715

A14R1733 308-0244-00 RES.,FXD.WW:0.3 0HM,10%,2W 91637 RS2B162ER3000KA14R1734 315-0162-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1625A14R1735 315-0181-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1815A14R1736 315-0100-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1005A14R1800 315-0121-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:120 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1215A14R1801 321-0105-00 RES.,FXD.FILM:121 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G121R0F

-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14R1802 315-0241-00 RES.,FXD.CMPSN:240 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2415

7-10


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERA14R1803 321-0213-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.62K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G16200F

-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)A14R1810 315-0100-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1005A14R1820 315-0132-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.3K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1325A14R1821 315-0152-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.5K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1525A14R1822 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015

A14R1823 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025A14R1824 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725A14R1825 321-0260-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.99K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G49900FA14R1826 321-0225-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:2.15K 0HM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G21500FA14R1827 321-0260-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.99K 0HM,1%0.125W 91637 MFF1816G49900FA14R1828 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K 0HM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

A14S1010 263-0074-00 SW LEVER ASSY: 80009 263-0074-00A14S1020 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A14S1021 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A14S1030 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A14S1031 263-0010-00 SWITCH PB ASSY:1 PUSH,7.5MM,W/2 CONTACTS 80009 263-0010-00A14S1310 260-1737-02 SWITCH,PUSH:2 BTN,2 POLE,PUSH 80009 260-1737-02A14S1311 -*- (PART OF A14S1310)A14S1410 -*- (PART OF A14R1410)

A14U1200 160-0893-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:32 X 8 PROM,PROGRAMMED 80009 160-0893-00A14U1220 156-1149-00 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMP,JFET INPUT 27014 LF351NA14U1300 160-0892-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:32 X 8 PROM,PROGRAMMED 80009 160-0892-00A14U1330 156-0369-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE LINE RECEIVER 80009 156-0369-00A14U1400 156-0994-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INPUT DATA SEL/MUX 01295 SN74LS151N OR JA14U1401 156-1407-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:MOS-TO-LED 8-DIGIT DRIVER 80009 156-1407-00

A14U1420 156-0383-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 80009 156-0383-00A14U1421 156-0578-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 1 SHOT MULTIVIBRATOR 80009 156-0578-00A14U1422 156-0382-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 01295 SN74LS00(N OR J)A14U1423 156-0578-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 1 SHOT MULTIBRATOR 80009 156-0578-00A14U1520 156-1411-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 DECADE CNTR W/8 DECADE 80009 156-1411-00A14U1610 156-0795-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:BCD 7-SEG LCHDGDR/DRVR 04713 MC14511BCL

A14U1611 156-0852-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX BUS DRIVER W/3-STATE 01295 SN74LS367 N OR JA14U1620 156-0656-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DECADE COUNTER 01295 SN74LS90N OR JA14U1621 156-0385-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX.INVERTER 80009 156-0385-00A14U1800 156-1161-00 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE REGULATOR 27014 LM317T

-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)A14U1830 156-0285-02 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE REGULATOR 27014 LM340T-12

A14U1831 156-0071-00 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE REGULATOR 04713 MC1723CLA14VR1710 152-0149-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,10V,5% 04713 SZG35009K3

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)A14Y1710 119-0894-01 OSCILLATOR,RF:10MHZ,18V 80009 119-0894-01

-*- (OPTION 1 ONLY)A14Y1810 158-0129-00 XTAL UNIT,QTZ:10MHZ,0.001%,PARALLEL 33096 PB1109

-*- (STANDARD ONLY)

7-11


COMPONENT NO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBERCHASSIS PARTS

J510 131-0955-00 CONN,RCPT,ELEC:BNC,FEMALE 13511 31-279J520 136-0387-00 JACK,TIP:GRAY 71279 450-4352-01-0318J530 136-0387-00 JACK,TIP:GRAY 71279 450-4352-01-0318J540 136-0387-00 JACK,TIP:GRAY 71279 450-4352-01-0318J610 131-0955-00 CONN,RCPT.ELEC:BNC,FEMALE 13511 31-279J620 136-0387-00 JACK,TIP:GRAY 71279 450-4352-01-0318

J630 136-0387-00 JACK,TIP:GRAY 71279 450-4352-01-0318

R500 311-2095-00 RES.,VAR.NONWIR:PNL,10K 0HM,10% 12697 SERIES 388R600 311-2095-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:PNL,10K OHM,10% 12697 SERIES 388

7-12

8-1/(8-2 blank)

SECTION 8 TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONSSymbols

Graphic symbols and class designation letters are Y14.15, 1966 Drafting Practices.

baaed on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975. Y14.2, 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering.Y10.5, 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in

Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in Elect r ica l Sc ience and Elect r ica lterms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic Engineering.function performed and may differ from the manufac-turer’s data. American National Standard Institute

1430 Broadway

The overline on a signal name indicates that the signalNew York, New York 10018

performs its intended function when it is in the low state. Component Values

Electrical components shown cm the diagrams are inthe following units unless noted otherwise:

Abbreviation are based on ANSI Y1.1-1972. Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF).Values less than one are in microfarads

Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation (uF).of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are: Resistors = Ohms (fl).

— The information and special symbols below may appear in this manual.—

Assembly numbers and Grid Coordinates

Each assembly in the instrument is assigned anassembly number (e.g., A20). The assembly numberappears on the circuit board outline on the diagram, in thetitle for the circuit board component location ill ust ration,and in the lookup table for the schematic diagram andcorresponding component locator illustration. TheReplaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged by assembliesin numerical sequence; the components are listed bycomponent number *(see following illustration forConstr

The schematic diagram and circuit board componentlocation illustration have grids. A lookup table with thegrid coordinates is provided for ease of locating thecomponent. Only the components illustrated on the facingdiagram are listed in the lookup table. When more thanone schematic diagram is used to illustrate the circuitry ona circuit board, the circuit board illustration may onlyappear opposite the first diagram on which it was il-lustrated; the lookup table will list the diagram number ofother diagrams that the circuitry of the circuit board

ucting a component number). appears on.

8-3/(8-4 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-5/(8-6 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 8-2 Fig. 8-1.

8-7/(8-8 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

8-9(8-10 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

PARTS LOCATION GRID Table 8-1COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig. 8-3)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-11(8-12 blank)

Fig. 8-4.

8-13/(8-14 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Table 8-2COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig. 8-4)PARTS LOCATION GRID

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-15/(8-16 blank)

8-17/(8-18 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3


8-19/(8-20 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-21/(8-22 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3


8-23/(8-24 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-25/(8-26 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3DC 503A


8-27/(8-28 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-29/(8-30 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

DC 503A


8-31/(8-32 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-33/(8-34 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3DC 503A


8-35/(8-36 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

Fig. 8-5.

8-37/(8-38 blank)

DC 503ATM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

PARTS LOCATION GRID Table 8-8COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART

8-39/(8-40 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-41/(8-42 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3DC 503A


8-43/(8-44 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

8-45/(8-46 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

DC 503A Table 8-10COMPONENT REFERENCE CHART (See Fig. 8-4)

8-47/(8-48 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

9-1

SECTION 9TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

REPLACEABLEMECHANICAL PARTS

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

Replacement parks are available from or through your localTektronix, Inc. Field Office cur representative.

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made toaccommodate improved components as they become available,and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvermentsdeveloped in our engineering department. It is thereforeimportant, when ordering parts, to include the followinginformation in your order: Part number, instrument type ornumber, serial number, and modification number if applicable.

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new orimproved part, your local Tektronix, Inc Field Office orrepresentative will contact you concerning any change in partnumber.

Change information, if any, iS located at the rear of thismanual.

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS

X000 Part first added at this serial number

00X Part removed after this serial number

FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS

#A(HH

ADPKRALIGN

ALASSEMASSVATTENAWGBclBRKTEmsBFLZBSHGCABCAPC.ERCHAS(XTCOMPCCDNNcowCPLGCRTDEGD*R

INCHNUMBER SIZEACTUATORADAPTERALIGNMENTALUMWWJF%4ASSEMBLEDASSEME4LVATTENuATORAMERICAN WIRE GAGEBOARDBRACKETBRASSBRONZEBUSHINGCABINETCAPACITORCERAMICCHASSISCIRCUITCOMPOSITIONCONNECTORCOVERCOUPLINGCATHODE RAV TUBEDEGREEDRAWER

ELC7RNELECELCTLTELEMEPLEQPTEXTFILFLEXFLtiFLTRFRFSTNRFTFXOcisKTHDLHEXHEX HoHEX SocHLCPSHLEXTHvIc10IOENTIMPLR

INDENTATION SYSTEM

This mechanical parts list iS indented to indicate itemrelationships. Following is an example of the indentation systemused in the description column.

1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description

Assembly and/or ComponentAttachfng parts for Assembly and/or Component

. . . . .

Detail Part of Assembly and /or ComponentAttaching parts for Detail Part

. . . . .

Parts of Detail PartAttaching parts for Parts of Detail Part

. . . . .

Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation asthe item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right.Indented Items are part of, and included with, the next higherindentation. The separation symbol --- ‘ --- indicates the end ofattaching parts.

Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwisespecified.

ITEM NAME

In the Parts List, an Item Name IS separated from thedescription by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an ItemName may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further ItemName identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1can be utiIized where possible.

ABBREVIATIONS

ELECTRONELECTRICALELECTROLYTICELEMENTELECTRICAL PARTS LISTEQUIPMENTEXTERNALFILL ISTER HEADFLEXIBLEFLAT HEADFILTERFRAME or FRONTFASTENERFOOTFIXEDGASKETHANDLEHEXAGONHEXAGONAL HEADHEXAGONAL SOCKETHELICAL COMPF4ESSIONHELICAL EXTENSIONHIGH VOLTAGEINTEGRATED CIRCUITINSIOE DIAMETERIDENTIFICATIONIMPELLER

IN INCHINCAND INCANDESCENTINSUL INSULATORINTL INTERNALLPHLOR LAMPHOLDERMACH MACHINEMECH MECHANICALMTG MOUNTINGNIP NIPPLENON WIRE NOT WIRE WOUNOo@, Ll OROER BY DESCRIPTIONOD OUTSIOE DIAMETEROVH OVAL HEAOP+! 13RZ PHOSPHOR BRONZEPL PLAIN or PLATEPLSTC PLASTICPPI PART NJLJKABEFIPNH PAN HEADPWR POWERRCPT RECEPTACLERES RESISTORRGD RIGIDRLF RELIEFRTNF4 RETAINERSCH SOCKET HEADSCOPE OSCILLOSCOPESCR SCREW

SE SINGLE ENDSECT SECTIONSE MICOND SEMICONDUCTORSHLO SH!ELOSHLOR SHOLJLOEREOSKT SOCKETSL SLIOESLFLKG SELF-LOCKINGSLVG SLEEVINGSPR SPRINGS(I SQUARESST STAINLESS STEELSTL STEELSw SWITCHT TLJBETERM TERMINALTHO THREADTHK THICKTNSN TENSIONTPG TAPPINGTRtl TRUSS HEAOv VOLTAGEVAR VARIABLEw’ WITHWSHR WASHERXFMR TRANSFORMERxSTR TRANSISTOR

9-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

CROSS

Mfr. Code Manufacturer

INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER

Address

()()()PJB

0077907?0722516496717178573743738(1’j

779157980780009”8338593907

BEROU1 ST COMPANY

AMP, INC.IJSM CORP. , IJSM FAs TENI?R OLV.

BERG IZI. P:(:TRONICS , INC.

RCA (:()}{ PoRA’I LON

‘rRw, (: LNCH CON NliCTORSFISCIIKR SPEC IA. MF(; . CO,

‘rli XAS lN!; TRUMF, N?S, [N(; . , MErA[, \,[JK(; I(; AIJ

NA’rti RIALS [)[V.

L[rrl; l,}posh; , INC.

WROIJGIIT WAStlEK Mf~G . C()

Lb: K’r R[)li LX, INC.

CENr RAl, c; CRtTW (;().

CAMCAR SCREW AND MFG. C(J .

T0 MANUFACTURER

City, State, ZIP

4350 wEsr 78rti

P O BOX 3608>10 RIvER RD.

YOUK EXPRF,SSWAY

30 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA

1501 MotLSE AVENIJE446 MORGAN ST.

14 FOREST’ STREET

800 E. NORTHWEST HWY

2100 s. o BAY sr.

P O BOX 500

2530 CRESCENT DR.

600 lf3’rH AVE.

NINNEAPOLIS, MN 55435

HARRISBURG, PA 17105

SHELTON, CT 06484NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070

NEW YORK, NY 10020

ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 60[]07CINCINNATI, OH 45206

ATTLEBORO, MA 02703

DES PLAINES, IL 60016

MILWAUKEE, WI 53207

BEAVERTON, OR 97077BROADVIEW, IL 60153

ROCKFORD, IL 61101

TM9-6625-474-14&P-3FIG. &INDEX TEKTRONIX SERIAL/MODEL NO. MFRNO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT QTY 1 2 3 4 5 NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBER1-1 337-1399-11 1 SHIELD,ELEC:RIGHT SIDE 80009 337-1399-11-2 337-1399-10 1 SHIELD,ELEC:LEFT SIDE 80009 337-1399-10-3 366-1023-07 1 KNOB:GRAY,0.127 ID,0.392 OD,0.466 80009 366-1023-07-4 366-0494-05 2 KNOB:GRAY,0.127 IDX 0.5 OD,0.531H 80009 366-0494-05-5 -*- 2 RESISTOR VAR:(SEE R500,R600 REPL)

(ATTACHING PARTS)-6 210-0583-00 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 73743 2X20317-402-7 210-0940-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 79807 OBD

-*--8 -*- 2 CONNECTOR:(SEE J510,J610 REPL)-9 210-0255-00 2 TERMINAL,LUG:0.391" ID INT TOOTH 80009 210-0255-00-10 366-1690-00 1 KNOB,LATCH:SIL GY,0.53 X0.23 X 1.059 80009 366-1690-00-11 333-2641-00 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-2641-00

(ATTACHING PARTS)-12 213-0875-00 2 SCR ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.5,TAPTITE 93907 OBD

-*--13 334-3796-00 1 PLATE,IDENT: 80009 334-3796-00-14 378-2030-03 1 LENS,LED DSPL:RED 80009 378-2030-03-15 105-0719-00 1 LATCH,RETAINING:PLUG-IN 80009 105-0719-00

(ATTACHING PARTS)-16 213-0113-00 1 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:2-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 93907 OBD

-*--17 105-0718-01 1 BAR,LATCH RLSE: 80009 105-0718-01-18 -*- 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:DISPLAY(SEE A10 REPL)

(ATTACHING PARTS)-19 211-0007-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD

-*--*- - CKT BOAR ASSY INCLUDES:

-20 -*- 1 TERM SET,PIN:(SEE A10J1012,J1101,J1102 REPL)-21 136-0252-07 12 SOCKET,PIN CONN:W/O DIMPLE 22526 75060-012-22 386-4404-01 1 SUBPANEL,FRONT:W/INSERTS 80009 386-4404-01

(ATTACHING PARTS)-23 213-0868-00 2 SCREW,TPG,TF:6-32 X 0.375 L,FILM,STEEL 93907 OBD

-*--*- - SUBPANEL INCLUDES:

-24 -*- 5 JACK,TIP:GRAY(SEE J520,J530,J540,J620,-*- - J630 REPL)

-25 337-2744-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:FRONT SUBPANEL,AL 80009 337-2744-00-26 366-1512-00 10 PUSH BUTTON:GRAY.0.18 SQ X 0.83 INCH LG 80009 366-1512-00-27 384-1506-00 2 EXTENSION SHAFT:2-764 L X 0.187 OD,NYLON 80009 384-1506-00-28 384-1571-00 1 EXTENSION SHAFT:4.275 L X 0.123 DIA 80009 384-1571-00-29 376-0029-00 1 CPLG,SHAFT,RDG:0.128 ID X 0.312 OD X 0.5"L 80009 376-0029-00-30 386-4278-00 1 SUPPORT,FRAME:REAR,AL 80009 386-4278-00

(ATTACHING PARTS)-31 213-0868-00 2 SCREW,TPG,TF:6-32 X 0.375 L.FILM,STEEL 93907 OBD-32 386-3657-01 2 SUPPORT,PLUG IN: 93907 OBD

-*--33 -*- 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:AUXILIARY(SEE A12 REPL)


-*--*- - CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:

-35 -*- 1 SWITCH,LEVER:(SEE A12S1810 REPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-36 213-0869-00 3 SCREW,TPG,TF:2-28 X 0.25,PLASTITE 93907 OBD-*-

-37 -*- 4 SWITCH MBS:(SEE A12S1720,S1730,S1731,-*- - S1732 REPL)

-38 343-0495-04 1 CLIP,SWITCH:FRONT,7.5 MM,4 UNIT 80009 343-0495-04(ATTACHING PARTS)

-39 210-3033-00 4 EYELET,METALLIC:0.59 OD X 0.156 INCH LONG 07707 SE-25-*-

-40 343-0499-04 1 CLIP,SWITCH:REAR,7.5MM X 4 UNIT 80009 343-0499-04(ATTACHING PARTS)


9-3

TM9-6625-474-14&P-3FIG. &INDEX TEKTRONIX SERIAL/MODEL NO. MFRNO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT QTY 1 2 3 4 5 NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBER1-42 337-2804-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:CIRCUIT BOARD 80009 337-2804-00-43 9 TERMINAL,PIN:(SEE A12J1519,J1530,J1630,

J1730 EPL)-44 131-0993-00 1 BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK 00779 530153-2-45 136-0252-07 10 SOCKET,PIN CONN:W/O DIMPLE 22526 75060-012-46 136-0514-00 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEC:MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP 73803 CS9002-8-47 136-0269-02 6 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CLE 73803 CS9002-14-48 136-0260-02 19 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW CLE 71785 133-51-92-008-49 1 CONTACT SET,ELEC:(SEE A12J1020 EPL)-50 1 TERM SET,PIN:(SEE A12P1430,P1520,P1521,P1601,

P1630 EPL)-51 337-2743-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:CONNECTORS,AL 80009 337-2743-00


-*--53 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN(SEE A14 EPL)

(ATTACHING PARTS)-54 211-0008-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD-55 129-0097-00 4 SPACER,POST:0.560L X 0.188,W/4-40 THD 80009 129-0097-00-56 211-0012-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.375,PNH STL CD PL 83385 OBD-57 210-0551-00 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL 83385 OBD

210-1178-00 1 WSHR,SHOULDERED:FOR MTG TO-220 TRANSISTOR 49671 DF 137A(OPTION 1 ONLY)

342-0355-00 1 INSULATOR,PLATE:TRANSISTOR,SILICONE RUBBER 000BB 7403-09FR-51(OPTION 1 ONLY)-*-CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:

-58 1 SWITCH,LEVER:(SEE A14S1010 EPL)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-59 213-0869-00 3 SCREW,TPG,TF:2-28 X 0.25,PLASTITE 93907 OBD-*-

-60 4 SWITCH,MBS:(SEE A14S1020,S1021,S1030,S1031 EPL)

-61 343-0495-04 1 CLIP,SWITCH:FRONT,7.5 MM,4 UNIT 80009 343-0495-04(ATTACHING PARTS)


-63 343-0499-04 1 CLIP,SWITCH:REAR,7.5MM X 4 UNIT 80009 343-0499-04(ATTACHING PARTS)


-65 136-0499-08 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT,:8 CONTACT 00779 30380949-8-66 136-0514-00 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEC:MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP 73803 CS9002-8-67 1 SWITCH,PUSH:(SEE A14S1310,S1311 EPL)-68 361-0900-00 4 SPACER,PB SW:0.2 L,YELLOW 80009 361-0900-00-69 136-0499-10 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT,:10 CONTACT 00779 4-380949-0-70 1 RESISTOR VAR:(SEE A14R1410,S1410 EPL)-71 136-0499-12 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT,:12 CONTACT 00779 4-380949-2-72 337-2804-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:CIRCUIT BOARD 80009 337-2804-00-73 136-0670-00 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCKT,18 PIN,LOW PROFILE 73803 CS9002-18-74 136-0623-00 1 SOCKET,PLUG-IN:40 DIP,LOW PROFILE 73803 CS9002-40-75 136-0260-02 8 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW CLE 71785 133-51-92-008-76 136-0269-02 5 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CLE 73803 CS9002-14-77 136-0252-07 8 SOCKET,PIN CONN:W/O DIMPLE 22526 75060-012-78 2 SOCKET,PIN TERM:(SEE A14J1520,J1521 EPL)-79 40 TERMINAL,PIN:(SEE A14J1130,J1230,J1300,J1320

J1400,J1500,J1710,J1720,J1820,J1820 EPL)-80 344-0326-00 6 CLIP,ELECTRICAL:FUSE,BRASS 75915 102071-81 131-0993-00 2 BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK 00779 530153-2-82 1 OSCILLATOR:(SEE A14Y1710 EPL)

(OPTION 1 ONLY)(ATTACHING PARTS)

-83 211-0097-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD(OPTION 1 ONLY)

-84 361-0548-00 2 SPACER,RING:0.125 ID X 0.25 OD X 0.110 ID 80009 361-0548-00(OPTION 1 ONLY)-*-

-85 214-1061-00 1 SPRING,GROUND:FLAT 80009 214-1061-00-86 426-1515-00 1 FR SECT,PLUG-IN:TOP 80009 426-1515-00-87 426-0724-19 1 FR SECT,PLUG-IN:BOTTOM 80009 426-0724-19

9-4

TM9-6625-474-14&P-3FIG. &INDEX TEKTRONIX SERIAL/MODEL NO. MFRNO. PART NO. EFF DSCONT QTY 1 2 3 4 5 NAME & DESCRIPTION CODE MFR PART NUMBER

WIRE ASSEMBLIES

175-2984-00 1 CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX.6.0 L 80009 175-2984-00(FROM A12J1522 TO J520)

352-0169-00 1 HLDR.TERM CONN:2 WIRE BLACK 80009 352-0169-00175-3539-00 1 CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX.6.0 L 80009 175-3539-00

(FROM A12J1530 TO J540)352-0169-00 1 HLDR.TERM CONN:2 WIRE BLACK 80009 352-0169-00175-2980-00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:3,26 AWG,3.0 L 80009 175-2980-00

(FROM A12J1630 TO R600)352-0161-02 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE RED 80009 352-0161-02175-2985-00 1 CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,10.0 L 80009 175-2985-00

(FROM A14J1130 TO A14J1810)352-0169-00 2 HLDR.TERM CONN:2 WIRE BLACK 80009 352-0169-00175-2980-00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:3,26 AWG,3.0 L 80009 175-2980-00

(FROM A14J1230 TO R500)352-0161-02 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE RED 80009 352-0161-02175-2981-00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:7,26 AWG,7.0 L 80009 175-2981-00

(FROM A14J1300 TO A10J1012)352-0165-03 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:7 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0165-03175-3056-00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:2-26 AWG,5.5 L 80009 175-3056-00

(FROM A14J1320 TO J620,J630)352-0169-01 1 HLDR TERM CONN:2 WIRE,BROWN 80009 352-0169-01175-2983-00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:8,26 AWG,6.0 L 80009 175-2983-00

(FROM A14J1400 TO A10J1102)352-0166-04 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:8 WIRE YELLOW 80009 352-0166-04175-2982-00 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:8,26 AWG,8.0 L 80009 175-2982-00

(FROM A14J1500 TO A10J1101)352-0166-05 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:8 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0166-05175-2986-00 1 CA ASSY,RF:50 OHM COAX,14.5 L 80009 175-2986-00

(FROM A14J1820 TO A12J1730)352-0169-00 2 HLDR,TERM CONN:2 WIRE BLACK 80009 352-0169-00

9-5/(9-6 BLANK)

A-1/(A-2 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

APPENDIX A

REFERENCES

DA PAM 310-4

DA PAM 310-7

FM 21-11

AR 385-40

AR 750-1

TB 750-25-1

TM 38-750

TM 750-244-2

Index of Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, Supply Manuals(Types 7, 8, and 9), Supply Bulletins, and Lubrication orders

Index of US Army Equipment Modification Work Orders

First Aid for Soldiers

Accident Reporting and Records

Army Materiel Maintenance Concept and Policies

Maintenance Supplies and Equipment: Army Metrology and Calibration System

The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS)

Procedures for Destruction of Electronics Materiel to Prevent Enemy Use

B-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

APPENDIX B

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

Section 1. INTRODUCTION

B-1. GENERAL.

a. This section provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at variousmaintenance categories.

b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Section II designates overall authority and responsibility for theperformance of maintenance functions on the identified end items or component. The application of themaintenance functions to the end item or component will be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of thedesignated maintenance categories.

c. Section III lists the tools and test equipment (both special and common) required for each maintenancefunction as referenced from Section II.

d. Section IV contains supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenancefunction.

B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS. Maintenance Functions will be limited to and defined as follows:

a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electricalcharacteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).

b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, electrical characteristicsof an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.

c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition, i.e., to clean(includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemicalfluids, or gases.

d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or bysetting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.

e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.

f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test,measuring, and diagnostic equipment used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of twoinstruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in theaccuracy of the instrument being compared.

g. Removal/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or othermaintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part, ormodule (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.

h. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place.

i. Repair. The application of maintenance services 1, including fault Iocation/troubleshooting 2, removal/installation, and disassembly/assembly 3, procedures, and maintenance actions 4, to identify troubles andrestore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part,subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or system.

Section II

Section II

Section IV

B-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completelyserviceable-operational condition as required by maintenance standard in appropriate technical publications.Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally returnan item to like-new condition.

k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to alike-new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards, Rebuild is the highest degree of materialmaintenance applied to army equipment and is normally reserved for the depot category of maintenance. Therebuild operation inciudes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours/mile, etc.) considered inclassifying army equipment/components.

(1) Services - inspect, test, service, adjust, aline, calibrate, and/or replace.

(2) Fault locate/troubleshoot - the process of investigating and detecting the cause of equipmentmalfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault within a system or Unit Under Test (UUT).

(3) Disassembly/assembly - encompasses the step-by-step taking apart (or breakdown) of a repairableassembly (group numbered itern) to the level of its least componency identified as maintenance significant (i. e.,assigned an SMR code) for the category of maintenance under consideration.

(4) Actions - welding, griding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachinery, and/or resurfacing.

B-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION Il.

a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 Iists group numbers, the purpose of which is to identify maintenancesignificant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly.

b. Column 2, Component/Assemb/y. Column 2 contains the names of components, assemblies, subassemb-lies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.

c. Column 3, Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the item listed inColumn 2 (for detailed explanation of these functions, see paragraph B-2).

d. Co/umn 4, Maintenance Category. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a work time figure in theappropriate subcolumn(s), the category of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in Column 3.This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category ofmaintenance. If the number of complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function vary at differentmaintenance categories, appropriate work time figures will be shown for each category. The work time figurerepresents the average time required to restore an item (assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item,or system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions, This time includes preparation time

(including any necessary disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance/quality control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenancefunctions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. The symbol designations for the various maintenancecategories are as follows:

C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opera to r o r C rew O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oganizational MaintenanceF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Support MaintenanceH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Genera l Support Maintenance

L . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Specialized Repair Activity (SRA)5

D. . . . . . . . . .. Depot Maintenance

B-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

e. Column 5, Tools and Test Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, those common tools sets (notindividual tools) and special tools, TMDE, and support equipment required to perform the designated function.

f. Column 6, Remarks. This column shall, when applicable, contain a letter code, in alphabetic order, whichshall be keyed to the remarks contained in Section IV.

B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS, SECTION Ill.

a. Column 1, Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in theMAC, Section Ill, Column 5.

b. Column 2, Maintenance Category. The lowest category of maintenance authorized to use the tool or testequipment.

c. Column 3, Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.

d. Column 4, National Stock Number. The National Stock Number of the tool or test equipment.

e. Column 5, Too/Number. The manufacturer’s part number

B-5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, SECTION IV.

a. Column 1, Reference Code. The code recorded in Column 6, Section Il.

b. Column 2, Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performedas indicated in the MAC, Section Il.

B-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

CHART

(1)

——

GROUP

NUMBER

SECTION Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATIONFOR

TEKTRONIX DC 503A UNIVERSAL COUNTER

Fig 1

(2)——

COMPONENT/ASSEMBLY

TEK 503A UniversalCounter

Circuit Card Assy

Circuit Card ,4ssy

Push Button

(3)

MAINTENANCE

FUNCTION

—

InspTestRepair

InspReplace

InspReplace

InspReplace

‘C.oper;itollcrew O.organizatiollal F.direct support

(4)

MAINTENANCE CATETORY*

c

,10

0 F H

1.001.50

.10

.50

.10

.50

.10

.50

H,general support D.depot

D

SECTION III. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTSFOR

TEKTRONIX DC 503A UNIVERSAL COUNTER

TOOL OR TEST MAINTENANCE NATIONAUNATOEQtJIPMENT CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STOCK NUMBER

1I

H I Test Equipment I2 H JTK 17LAL, 35H 4931-01-073-3845

Tool Kit

(5) (6)

TOOLS

AND

EQUPT

22

2

2

2

REMARKS

A

CD

B

B

B

TOOL NUMBER

Ref Table 4-1

B-5/(B-6 blank)

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

REFERENCECODE

A

B

cD

SECTION IV. REMARKS

REMARKS

Organizational maintenance will be accomplished by the organizationowning and using the equipment.

All special tools and test equipment are called out in Table 4-1.

Supply of parts will be through normal supply channels.

A recommended repair parts list will be published as part of this manual.Parts that have NSN’S assigned will be requisitioned separately andwill not be part of this kit..

TM9-6625-474-14&P-3

APPENDIX CRECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST

FORTEKTRONIX DC 503A UNIVERSAL COUNTER

ITEM TEKTRONIXNO. PART NO. ITEM NAME REC. QTY1 136-0387-00 JACK, TIP 1

2 366-1512-00 PUSH BUTTON 1

3 670-6556-01 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 1

4 672-0103-00 CIRCUIT BD ASSY 1

C-1/(C-2 BLANK)

D-1

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

APPENDIX D


D-2

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

D-3

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

P a g e 1 o f 2

Page 2

D-4

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

D-5

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

DESCRIPTION

EFF SN B022560 (DC 503A)

EFF SN B022710 (DC 503A -Option 01)

REPLACABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES

CHANGE TO:

A14 670-6556-01 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN

A14 670-6559-01 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN

(OPTION 1 ONLY)

A14C1431 281-0852-00 CAP., FXD, CER DI : 1800 PF, 10%, 100V

A14R1531 315-0512-00 RES., FXD, CMPSN : 5.lK 0HM, 5%, 0.25W

A14U1423 156-1152-00 MICROCIRCUIT, DI : DUAL PRCN RETRIGGERABLE,

RESETTABLE MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR

The above components are shcwn on diagram 5 MEASUREMENT CYCLE TIMING

and are located on the MAIN circuit board assembly.

D-6

TM 9-6625-474-14&P-3

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.General, United States Army

Chief of Staff

Official:ROBERT M. JOYCE

Major General, United States ArmyThe Adjutant General

Distribution:

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-37, Block 1097, OrganizationalMaintenance requirements for Bradley Fighting Vehicle TOW Subsystem.

THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS

PIN: 056816-000

Documents

DC503a.pdf - xDevs.com